Compounds and methods of treating diabetes

ABSTRACT

Hydrogenated pyrido[4,3-b]indoles, pyrido[3,4-b]indoles and azepino[4,5-b]indoles are described. The compounds may bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α 2A . The compounds may also bind to and are an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α 2B ; or the compounds are not antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α 2B  and the compounds are administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual. The compounds may find use in therapy, e.g., to regulate blood glucose level, increase insulin secretion and treat diseases or conditions that are, or are expected to be, responsive to an increase in insulin production. Use of the compounds to treat type 2 diabetes is particularly described.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/444,642 filed Feb. 18, 2011, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/444,655 filed Feb. 18, 2011, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/444,659 filed Feb. 18, 2011, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/469,664 filed Mar. 30, 2011, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/529,745 filed Aug. 31, 2011, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/529,816 filed Aug. 31, 2011, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/562,927 filed Nov. 22, 2011 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/562,938 filed Nov. 22, 2011, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Type 2 diabetes is a serious and prevalent disease. This form of diabetes may involve insulin resistance and impaired insulin release. Approximately 25.8 million people in the United States alone suffer from diabetes, whereby type 2 diabetes accounts for about 90-95% of all diagnosed diabetes cases. From 1980 to 2008 the number of Americans with diabetes has more than tripled. Diabetes is also increasingly prevalent elsewhere, such as in certain Asian countries whose populations have experienced a dramatic increase in the disease. For example, in India and China, where rapid lifestyle and economic changes have led to a more sedentary lifestyle and poorer diet among the overall population, diabetes is becoming a major health concern. In addition, more than a third of adults at least 20 years old have pre-diabetes, which is a significant risk factor for developing type 2 diabetes. Other diseases and indications, such as glucose intolerance and metabolic syndrome may also be associated with impaired insulin release.

There remains a need for new and improved therapies that enhance insulin secretion and/or promote insulin release into the blood stream in individuals who have a reduced or impaired ability to secrete insulin and/or release insulin into the blood stream.

BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

Hydrogenated pyrido[4,3-b]indoles, pyrido[3,4-b]indoles and azepino[4,5-b]indoles are described. Compositions and kits comprising the compounds are also provided, as are methods of using and making the compounds. Compounds provided herein may find use in therapy, e.g., to regulate blood glucose level, increase insulin secretion and treat diseases or conditions that are, or are expected to be, responsive to an increase in insulin production. In one aspect, compounds provided herein are α_(2A) antagonists that may find use in therapy, e.g., to increase insulin secretion and treat diseases or conditions that are, or are expected to be, responsive to an increase in insulin production. Use of the compounds to treat type 2 diabetes is particularly described.

In one aspect, the present invention discloses methods of regulating blood glucose levels in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl, SO₃H, SR^(1a), S(O)R^(1a), SO₂R^(1a) and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(1a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R^(2a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a), where present, is H; halo; hydroxyl; cyano; carboxyl; —OC(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); —C(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a), where present, is H; halo; hydroxyl; cyano; carboxyl; —OC(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); —C(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b) and R^(3b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

each R^(4b) and R^(5b), where present, is independently H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

each X¹, X², X and U is independently N or CR⁶;

each R⁶ is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H; halo; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R⁸ is H; halo; hydroxyl; azido; aminoacyl, carboxyl; carbonylalkoxy; N(R¹¹)R¹²; SR¹³, S(O)R¹³; SO₂R¹³; —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; —C(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; optionally substituted —OC(O)-aryl; optionally substituted —OC(O)-heteroaryl; —OC(O)C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with amino or carboxyl; or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl; or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond;

R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene;

each R^(14a), and R^(15a) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.

In one embodiment, the method reduces blood glucose level in the individual. In another embodiment, the method reduces blood glucose level in the individual for a period of more than 0.5 hour following administration. In another embodiment, the method stabilizes blood glucose level in the individual at a desired level.

In another aspect, the present invention provides methods of (i) increasing insulin secretion, and/or (ii) promoting insulin release into the blood stream, in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I), or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof. In one embodiment, the method increases insulin secretion. In another embodiment, the method promotes insulin release into the blood stream.

In one embodiment, the individual has a disease or condition that involves impaired insulin secretion. In another embodiment, the individual has one or more risk factors for developing a disease or condition that involves impaired insulin secretion. In another embodiment, the administration results in decrease of blood pressure in the individual.

In one aspect, a method is provided for one or more of the following: reducing blood glucose levels, increasing insulin secretion, and promoting insulin release in the blood stream.

In another aspect, the invention presents methods of treating a disease or condition that is responsive to an increase in insulin secretion, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I), or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof.

In a further aspect, the present invention provides methods of delaying the onset of a disease or condition that is responsive to an increase in insulin secretion, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the formula (I), or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof.

In one embodiment, with respect to the method, the disease or condition is type 2 diabetes. In another embodiment, the disease or condition is glucose intolerance. In another embodiment, the disease or condition is metabolic syndrome.

In one embodiment, with respect to the above method, the individual is not responsive to standard treatment of type 2 diabetes.

In another embodiment, with respect to the method, the method further comprising administering to the individual in need thereof one or more anti-diabetic agents. In one embodiment, the anti-diabetic agents is an insulin sensitizer.

In some embodiments, the compound used in the methods described above is a compound of formula (A-III):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

R^(2a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

t is 1, 2 or 3;

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H; halo; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R⁸ is H; halo; hydroxyl; N(R¹¹)R¹²; SR¹³, S(O)R¹³; SO₂R¹³; —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; OC(O)-aryl; —OC(O)-heteroaryl; or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino; or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond;

R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In some embodiments, the compound used in the methods described above is a compound of formula (A-III), wherein any one or more of provisions (1) to (34) apply:

(1) X is CR^(6a), wherein each R^(6a) is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(2) each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(3) X is N;

(4) R¹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(5) R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H;

(6) R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(8) R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(9) R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(10) R⁷ is H, and R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(11) R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(12) R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl;

(13) R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is hydroxyl;

(14) R⁷ is H, and R⁸ is hydroxyl;

(15) R⁷ is methyl, and R⁸ is hydroxyl;

(16) R⁷ is H, and R⁸ is NH₂;

(17) R⁷ is H, and R⁸ is —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(18) R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(19) R¹⁰ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(20) each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H;

(21) one of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H and the other is C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(22) Q is: unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; unsubstituted imidazolyl; unsubstituted triazolyl; pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; pyrimidyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; pyrazinyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or phenyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; imidazolyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or triazolyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(23) X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; and each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(24) wherein R¹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(25) wherein R¹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl;

(26) R¹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is hydroxyl;

(27) wherein R¹ is CH₃, R⁷ is H, R⁸ is hydroxyl, n is zero and m is 1;

(28) R¹ is CH₃, R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is hydroxyl, n is zero and m is 1;

(29) X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R¹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is hydrogen; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; or pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(30) n is 0 and m is 1; R¹ is H or CH₃; R⁷ is H or CH₃; and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl;

(31) X is N; R¹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is hydrogen; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; or pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(32) n is 0 and m is 1; R¹ is H or CH₃; R⁷ is H or CH₃; and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl;

(33) n is 0 and m is 1; R¹ is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is hydrogen; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; or pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

(34) R⁷ is H or CH₃; and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl.

In some embodiments, the compound used in the methods described herein is a compound of formula (A-IIIA) detailed herein, wherein any one or more of provisions (35)-(45) apply:

(35) X is CH;

(36) X is N;

(37) R¹ is H or CH₃;

(38) R^(2a) is H or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

(39) each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl;

(40) R⁷ is H or CH₃;

(41) R⁸ is hydroxyl;

(42) Q is: unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrimidyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrazinyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; or phenyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃;

(43) Q is: unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; unsubstituted imidazolyl; unsubstituted triazolyl; pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrimidyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrazinyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; or phenyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃;

(44) X is CH; R¹ is H or CH₃; each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H or CH₃; R⁸ is hydroxyl; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; and

(45) R¹ is CH₃; R⁶ is CH₃; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl.

In another embodiment, with respect to the methods of the invention, the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and, wherein the compound either (a) also binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) the compound is not an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and the compound is administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces blood pressure in the individual. In one embodiment, the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B). In another embodiment, the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B). In another embodiment, the compound is not an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and the compound is administered in conjunction with a diuretic, an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, an angiotensin-2 receptor antagonist, a beta blocker, a calcium channel blocker, or any combination thereof.

Also provided is a kit comprising (i) a compound of formula (I) or any variations detailed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (ii) instructions for use according to the methods of described herein. Further provided is a kit comprising a compound of formula (A-IIIA) or any variations detailed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (ii) instructions for use according to the method described herein.

Also provided is use of a compound detailed herein, such as a compound of formula (I) or any variations thereof, or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, in regulating (reducing and/or stabilizing) blood glucose, increasing insulin secretion, and/or promoting insulin release in the blood stream. Further provided are uses of a compound detailed herein, such as a compound of formula (I) or any variations thereof, or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, for the manufacturing of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition that is responsive to an increase in insulin secretion, such as type 2 diabetes, glucose intolerance and metabolic syndrome.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1 illustrates the effects of Compound No. 129d on blood glucose levels in clonidine induced hyperglycemic SHR.OB rats. The term “Compound” may be defined as “Cpd” in the Figures.

FIG. 2 illustrates the effects of Compound No. 129d on blood glucose levels in clonidine induced hyperglycemic Wistar rats.

FIG. 3 illustrates the effects of Compound No. 129d on blood glucose levels in norepinephrine induced hyperglycemic SHR.OB rats.

FIG. 4 illustrates the effects of Compound No. 129d on blood glucose levels in norepinephrine induced hyperglycemic Wistar rats.

FIG. 5 illustrates the effects of Compound No. 129d on blood glucose levels in normoglycemic SHR.OB rats.

FIG. 6 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on insulin levels (competition with clonidine) [With 0% as the insulin secreted at low glucose (LG) and 100% the insulin secreted at high glucose (HG)].

FIG. 7 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on insulin levels (competition with norepinephrine) [With 0% as the insulin secreted at low glucose (LG) and 100% the insulin secreted at high glucose (HG)].

FIG. 8 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d with Nateglinide/Meglitinide induced insulin release in pancreatic beta cell model.

FIG. 9 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on blood glucose levels in norepinephrine induced hyperglycemic SHR.OB rats.

FIG. 10 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on serum insulin levels in norepinephrine induced hyperglycemic SHR.OB rats.

FIG. 11 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on blood glucose levels in norepinephrine induced hyperglycemic Wistar rats.

FIG. 12 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on serum insulin levels in norepinephrine induced hyperglycemic Wistar rats.

FIG. 13 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on blood glucose levels in norepinephrine induced hyperglycemic ob/ob mice.

FIG. 14 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on serum insulin levels in norepinephrine induced hyperglycemic ob/ob mice.

FIG. 15 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on blood glucose levels in spontaneously hyperglycemic ob/ob mice (No NE challenge).

FIG. 16 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on serum insulin levels in spontaneously hyperglycemic ob/ob mice (No NE challenge).

FIG. 17 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on blood glucose levels in glucose challenged hyperglycemic (OGTT) SHR.OB rats.

FIG. 18 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d on serum insulin levels in glucose challenged hyperglycemic (OGTT) SHR.OB rats.

FIG. 19 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d (oral) on systolic blood pressure in SHR rats.

FIG. 20 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d (i.v., bolus) on systolic blood pressure in SHR rats.

FIG. 21 illustrates the effect of Compound No. 129d (i.v., escalating doses) on systolic blood pressure in SHR rats.

FIG. 22 illustrates Compound No. 129d in a human adrenergic a2A receptor inverse agonist activity (using GTPg35S binding functional) assay.

FIG. 23 illustrates the synergistic effect of Compound No. 129d with glibenclamide in rat pancreatic islets.

FIG. 24 illustrates the synergistic effect of Compound No. 129d with glimepiride in rat pancreatic islets.

FIG. 25 illustrates that Compound No. 129d blocks pERK1/2 norepinephrine mediated effects in rat pancreatic islets.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Definitions

Unless clearly indicated otherwise, the terms “a,” “an,” and the like, refer to one or more.

It is also understood and clearly conveyed by this disclosure that reference to “the compound” or “a compound” includes and refers to any compounds (e.g., selective adrenergic receptor α_(2B) antagonists) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or other form thereof as described herein.

Reference to “about” a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se. For example, description referring to “about X” includes description of “X”.

Unless clearly indicated otherwise, “an individual” as used herein intends a mammal, including but not limited to a human. The invention may find use in both human medicine and in the veterinary context.

As used herein, an “at risk” individual is an individual who is at risk of developing a disease or condition. An individual “at risk” may or may not have a detectable disease or condition, and may or may not have displayed detectable disease prior to the treatment methods described herein. “At risk” denotes that an individual has one or more so-called risk factors, which are measurable parameters that correlate with development of a disease or condition and are known in the art. An individual having one or more of these risk factors has a higher probability of developing the disease or condition than an individual without these risk factor(s).

As used herein, “treatment” or “treating” is an approach for obtaining a beneficial or desired result, including clinical results.

As used herein, “delaying” development of a disease or condition means to defer, hinder, slow, retard, stabilize and/or postpone development of the disease or condition. This delay can be of varying lengths of time, depending on the history of the disease and/or individual being treated. As is evident to one skilled in the art, a sufficient or significant delay can, in effect, encompass prevention, in that the individual does not develop the disease or condition.

As used herein, the term “effective amount” intends such amount of a compound of the invention which should be effective in a given therapeutic form. As is understood in the art, an effective amount may be in one or more doses, i.e., a single dose or multiple doses may be required to achieve the desired treatment endpoint. An effective amount may be considered in the context of administering one or more therapeutic agents, and a single agent may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable or beneficial result may be or is achieved. Suitable doses of any of the co-administered compounds may optionally be lowered due to the combined action (e.g., additive or synergistic effects) of the compounds.

As used herein, “unit dosage form” refers to physically discrete units, suitable as unit dosages, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active ingredient, or compound which may be in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

As used herein, by “pharmaceutically acceptable” is meant a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, e.g., the material may be incorporated into a pharmaceutical composition administered to an individual without causing significant undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the other components of the composition in which it is contained. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients have preferably thus in some embodiments met the required standards of toxicological and manufacturing testing and/or are included on the Inactive Ingredient Guide prepared by the U.S. Food and Drug administration.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” are those salts which retain at least some of the biological activity of the free (non-salt) compound and which can be administered as drugs or pharmaceuticals to an individual. Such salts, for example, include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, propionic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid and the like; (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base. Acceptable organic bases include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like. Further examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those listed in Berge et al., Pharmaceutical Salts, J. Pharm. Sci. 1977 January; 66(1):1-19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be prepared in situ in the manufacturing process, or by separately reacting a purified compound of the invention in its free acid or base form with a suitable organic or inorganic base or acid, respectively, and isolating the salt thus formed during subsequent purification. It should be understood that a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and are often formed during the process of crystallization. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Polymorphs include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectra, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.

The term “excipient” as used herein includes an inert or inactive substance that may be used in the production of a drug or pharmaceutical, such as a tablet containing a compound detailed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as an active ingredient. Various substances may be embraced by the term excipient, including without limitation any substance used as a binder, disintegrant, coating, compression/encapsulation aid, cream or lotion, lubricant, solutions for parenteral administration, materials for chewable tablets, sweetener or flavoring, suspending/gelling agent, or wet granulation agent. Binders include, e.g., carbomers, povidone, xanthan gum, etc.; coatings include, e.g., cellulose acetate phthalate, ethylcellulose, gellan gum, maltodextrin, enteric coatings, etc.; compression/encapsulation aids include, e.g., calcium carbonate, dextrose, fructose dc (dc=“directly compressible”), honey dc, lactose (anhydrate or monohydrate; optionally in combination with aspartame, cellulose, or microcrystalline cellulose), starch dc, sucrose, etc.; disintegrants include, e.g., croscarmellose sodium, gellan gum, sodium starch glycolate, etc.; creams or lotions include, e.g., maltodextrin, carrageenans, etc.; lubricants include, e.g., magnesium stearate, stearic acid, sodium stearyl fumarate, etc.; materials for chewable tablets include, e.g., dextrose, fructose dc, lactose (monohydrate, optionally in combination with aspartame or cellulose), etc.; suspending/gelling agents include, e.g., carrageenan, sodium starch glycolate, xanthan gum, etc.; sweeteners include, e.g., aspartame, dextrose, fructose dc, sorbitol, sucrose dc, etc.; and wet granulation agents include, e.g., calcium carbonate, maltodextrin, microcrystalline cellulose, etc.

An inverse agonist is a compound that binds to a receptor and inhibits the activity of the receptor in the absence of an agonist. An inverse agonist requires that the receptor have some constitutive basal activity in the absence of an agonist. While an agonist increases activity of the receptor over basal level an inverse agonist reduces receptor activity below basal level.

“Alkyl” refers to and includes saturated linear, branched, or cyclic univalent hydrocarbon structures and combinations thereof. Particular alkyl groups are those having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (a “C₁-C₂₀ alkyl”). More particular alkyl groups are those having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (a “C₁-C₈ alkyl”). When an alkyl residue having a specific number of carbons is named, all geometric isomers having that number of carbons are intended to be encompassed and described; thus, for example, “butyl” is meant to include n-butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl and cyclobutyl; “propyl” includes n-propyl, iso-propyl and cyclopropyl. This term is exemplified by groups such as methyl, t-butyl, n-heptyl, octyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopropyl and the like. Cycloalkyl is a subset of alkyl and can consist of one ring, such as cyclohexyl, or multiple rings, such as adamantyl. A cycloalkyl comprising more than one ring may be fused, spiro or bridged, or combinations thereof. A preferred cycloalkyl is a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon having from 3 to 13 annular carbon atoms. A more preferred cycloalkyl is a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon having from 3 to 8 annular carbon atoms (a “C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl”). Examples of cycloalkyl groups include adamantyl, decahydronaphthalenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like.

“Alkylene” refers to the same residues as alkyl, but having bivalency. Examples of alkylene include methylene (—CH₂—), ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—), propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—), butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) and the like.

“Alkenyl” refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon group having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation (i.e., having at least one moiety of the formula C═C) and preferably having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl include but are not limited to —CH₂—CH═CH—CH₃ and —CH₂—CH₂-cyclohexenyl, where the ethyl group of the latter example can be attached to the cyclohexenyl moiety at any available position on the ring. Cycloalkenyl is a subset of alkenyl and can consist of one ring, such as cyclohexyl, or multiple rings, such as norbornenyl. A more preferred cycloalkenyl is an unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon having from 3 to 8 annular carbon atoms (a “C₃-C₈ cycloalkenyl”). Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl and the like.

“Alkynyl” refers to an unsaturated hydrocarbon group having at least one site of acetylenic unsaturation (i.e., having at least one moiety of the formula CC) and preferably having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms and the like.

“Substituted alkyl” refers to an alkyl group having from 1 to 5 substituents including, but not limited to, substituents such as alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy, acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo, carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like.

“Substituted alkenyl” refers to alkenyl group having from 1 to 5 substituents including, but not limited to, substituents such as alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy, acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo, carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like.

“Substituted alkynyl” refers to alkynyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents including, but not limited to, groups such as alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy, acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo, carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like.

“Acyl” refers to the groups H—C(O)—, alkyl-C(O)—, substituted alkyl-C(O)—, alkenyl-C(O)—, substituted alkenyl-C(O)—, cycloalkyl-C(O)—, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)—, alkynyl-C(O)—, substituted alkynyl-C(O)—, aryl-C(O)—, substituted aryl-C(O)—, heteroaryl-C(O)—, substituted heteroaryl-C(O)—, heterocyclic-C(O)—, and substituted heterocyclic-C(O)—, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Acyloxy” refers to the groups H—C(O)O—, alkyl-C(O)O—, substituted alkyl-C(O)O—, alkenyl-C(O)O—, substituted alkenyl-C(O)O—, alkynyl-C(O)O—, substituted alkynyl-C(O)O—, cycloalkyl-C(O)O—, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)O—, aryl-C(O)O—, substituted aryl-C(O)O—, heteroaryl-C(O)O—, substituted heteroaryl-C(O)O—, heterocyclic-C(O)O—, and substituted heterocyclic-C(O)O—, wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Heterocycle”, “heterocyclic”, or “heterocyclyl” refers to a saturated or an unsaturated non-aromatic group having a single ring or multiple condensed rings, and having from 1 to 10 annular carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 annular heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen, and the like. A heterocycle comprising more than one ring may be fused, spiro or bridged, or any combination thereof. In fused ring systems, one or more of the rings can be aryl or heteroaryl. A heterocycle having more than one ring where at least one ring is aromatic may be connected to the parent structure at either a non-aromatic ring position or at an aromatic ring position. In one variation, a heterocycle having more than one ring where at least one ring is aromatic is connected to the parent structure at a non-aromatic ring position.

“Substituted heterocyclic” or “substituted heterocyclyl” refers to a heterocycle group which is substituted with from 1 to 3 substituents including, but not limited to, substituents such as alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy, acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo, carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like. In one variation, a substituted heterocycle is a heterocycle substituted with an additional ring, wherein the additional ring may be aromatic or non-aromatic.

“Aryl” or “Ar” refers to an unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed rings (e.g., naphthyl or anthryl) which condensed rings may or may not be aromatic. In one variation, the aryl group contains from 6 to 14 annular carbon atoms. An aryl group having more than one ring where at least one ring is non-aromatic may be connected to the parent structure at either an aromatic ring position or at a non-aromatic ring position. In one variation, an aryl group having more than one ring where at least one ring is non-aromatic is connected to the parent structure at an aromatic ring position.

“Heteroaryl” or “HetAr” refers to an unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group having from 1 to 10 annular carbon atoms and at least one annular heteroatom, including but not limited to heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. A heteroaryl group may have a single ring (e.g., pyridyl, furyl) or multiple condensed rings (e.g., indolizinyl, benzothienyl) which condensed rings may or may not be aromatic. A heteroaryl group having more than one ring where at least one ring is non-aromatic may be connected to the parent structure at either an aromatic ring position or at a non-aromatic ring position. In one variation, a heteroaryl group having more than one ring where at least one ring is non-aromatic is connected to the parent structure at an aromatic ring position.

“Substituted aryl” refers to an aryl group having 1 to 5 substituents including, but not limited to, groups such as alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy, acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo, carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like.

“Substituted heteroaryl” refers to a heteroaryl group having 1 to 5 substituents including, but not limited to, groups such as alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyloxy, carbonylalkoxy, acylamino, substituted or unsubstituted amino, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylamino, aminocarbonyloxy, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, aryloxy, substituted aryloxy, cyano, halo, hydroxyl, nitro, carboxyl, thiol, thioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, sulfonyl, oxo, carbonylalkylenealkoxy and the like.

“Aralkyl” refers to a residue in which an aryl moiety is attached to an alkyl residue and wherein the aralkyl group may be attached to the parent structure at either the aryl or the alkyl residue. Preferably, an aralkyl is connected to the parent structure via the alkyl moiety. In one variation, an aralkyl is a fused ring system where at least one cycloalkyl moiety is fused with at least one aryl moiety. A “substituted aralkyl” refers to a residue in which an aryl moiety is attached to a substituted alkyl residue and wherein the aralkyl group may be attached to the parent structure at either the aryl or the alkyl residue. When an aralkyl is connected to the parent structure via the alkyl moiety, it may also be referred to as an “alkaryl”. More particular alkaryl groups are those having 1 to 3 carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety (a “C₁-C₃ alkaryl”).

“Alkoxy” refers to the group alkyl-O—, which includes, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, and the like. Similarly, alkenyloxy refers to the group “alkenyl-O—” and alkynyloxy refers to the group “alkynyl-O—”. “Substituted alkoxy” refers to the group substituted alkyl-O.

“Unsubstituted amino” refers to the group —NH₂.

“Substituted amino” refers to the group —NR_(a)R_(b), where either (a) each R_(a) and R_(b) group is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, provided that both R_(a) and R_(b) groups are not H; or (b) R_(a) and R_(b) are joined together with the nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic ring.

“Acylamino” refers to the group —C(O)NR_(a)R_(b) where R_(a) and R_(b) are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic or R_(a) and R_(b) groups can be joined together with the nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic ring.

“Aminoacyl” refers to the group —NR_(a)C(O)R_(b) where each R_(a) and R_(b) group is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic. Preferably, R_(a) is H or alkyl.

“Aminosulfonyl” refers to the groups —NRSO₂-alkyl, —NRSO₂ substituted alkyl, —NRSO₂-alkenyl, —NRSO₂-substituted alkenyl, —NRSO₂-alkynyl, —NRSO₂— substituted alkynyl, —NRSO₂-cycloalkyl, —NRSO₂-substituted cycloalkyl, —NRSO₂-aryl, —NRSO₂-substituted aryl, —NRSO₂-heteroaryl, —NRSO₂— substituted heteroaryl, —NRSO₂-heterocyclic, and —NRSO₂— substituted heterocyclic, where R is H or alkyl and wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclic are as defined herein.

“Sulfonylamino” refers to the groups —SO₂NH₂, —SO₂NR-alkyl, —SO₂NR-substituted alkyl, —SO₂NR-alkenyl, —SO₂NR-substituted alkenyl, —SO₂NR-alkynyl, —SO₂NR-substituted alkynyl, —SO₂NR-aryl, —SO₂NR-substituted aryl, —SO₂NR-heteroaryl, —SO₂NR-substituted heteroaryl, —SO₂NR-heterocyclic, and —SO₂NR-substituted heterocyclic, where R is H or alkyl, or —SO₂NR₂, where the two R groups are taken together and with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic ring.

“Sulfonyl” refers to the groups —SO₂-alkyl, —SO₂-substituted alkyl, —SO₂-alkenyl, —SO₂-substituted alkenyl, —SO₂-alkynyl, —SO₂-substituted alkynyl, —SO₂-aryl, —SO₂-substituted aryl, —SO₂-aralkyl, —SO₂-substituted aralkyl, —SO₂-heteroaryl, —SO₂-substituted heteroaryl, —SO₂-heterocyclic, and —SO₂-substituted heterocyclic.

“Aminocarbonylalkoxy” refers to the group —NR_(a)C(O)OR_(b) where each R_(a) and R_(b) group is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic and substituted heterocyclyl.

“Carbonylalkylenealkoxy” refers to the group —C(O)—(CH₂)_(n)—OR where R is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl and n is an integer from 1 to 100, more preferably n is an integer from 1 to 10 or 1 to 5.

“Halo” or “halogen” refers to elements of the Group 17 series having atomic number 9 to 85. Preferred halo groups include the radicals of fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. Where a residue is substituted with more than one halogen, it may be referred to by using a prefix corresponding to the number of halogen moieties attached, e.g., dihaloaryl, dihaloalkyl, trihaloaryl etc. refer to aryl and alkyl substituted with two (“di”) or three (“tri”) halo groups, which may be but are not necessarily the same halogen; thus 4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl is within the scope of dihaloaryl. An alkyl group in which each H is replaced with a halo group is referred to as a “perhaloalkyl.” A preferred perhaloalkyl group is trifluoroalkyl (—CF₃). Similarly, “perhaloalkoxy” refers to an alkoxy group in which a halogen takes the place of each H in the hydrocarbon making up the alkyl moiety of the alkoxy group. An example of a perhaloalkoxy group is trifluoromethoxy (—OCF₃).

“Carbonyl” refers to the group C═O.

“Cyano” refers to the group —CN.

“Oxo” refers to the moiety ═O.

“Nitro” refers to the group —NO₂.

“Thioalkyl” refers to the groups —S-alkyl.

“Alkylsulfonylamino” refers to the groups —R¹SO₂NR_(a)R_(b) where R_(a) and R_(b) are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclic, substituted heterocyclic, or the R_(a) and R_(b) groups can be joined together with the nitrogen atom to form a heterocyclic or substituted heterocyclic ring and R¹ is an alkyl group.

“Carbonylalkoxy” refers to as used herein refers to the groups —C(O)O-alkyl, —C(O)O-substituted alkyl, —C(O)O-aryl, —C(O)O-substituted aryl, —C(O)O-alkenyl, —C(O)O-substituted alkenyl, —C(O)O-alkynyl, —C(O)O-substituted alkynyl, —C(O)O-heteroaryl, —C(O)O-substituted heteroaryl, —C(O)O-heterocyclic or —C(O)O-substituted heterocyclic.

“Geminal” refers to the relationship between two moieties that are attached to the same atom. For example, in the residue —CH₂—CHR¹R², R¹ and R² are geminal and R¹ may be referred to as a geminal R group to R².

“Vicinal” refers to the relationship between two moieties that are attached to adjacent atoms. For example, in the residue —CHR¹—CH₂R², R¹ and R² are vicinal and R¹ may be referred to as a vicinal R group to R².

A composition of “substantially pure” compound means that the composition contains no more than 15% or preferably no more than 10% or more preferably no more than 5% or even more preferably no more than 3% and most preferably no more than 1% impurity, which impurity may be the compound in a different stereochemical form. For instance, a composition of substantially pure (S) compound means that the composition contains no more than 15% or no more than 10% or no more than 5% or no more than 3% or no more than 1% of the (R) form of the compound.

Receptor Binding Profile

In some embodiments, compounds provided herein bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A). In one variation, compounds provided herein bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and either (a) also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) are not antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) but are administered in the methods detailed herein in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual. By exhibiting the dual properties of binding to and being an antagonist of both the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and the adrenergic receptor α_(2B), compounds provided herein may exert the beneficial effect of increasing insulin secretion and/or promoting insulin release in an individual while reducing or eliminating the side effect of an increase in blood pressure that may be associated with antagonizing the adrenergic receptor α_(2A). Alternatively, compounds provided herein that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), but which do not bind to and are not antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B), may be used in therapy in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual, thereby allowing the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist to exert its therapeutic effects while reducing or eliminating the side effect of an increase in blood pressure that may be associated with antagonizing the adrenergic receptor α_(2A). Thus, it is understood that a second compound that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual includes a second compound that reduces or prevents an increase in an individual's blood pressure associated with antagonizing the adrenergic receptor α_(2A). It is further understood that any of the compounds provided herein may be administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual. For example, such a combination therapy may be utilized in an individual who has high blood pressure or has a propensity toward high blood pressure that is not associated with being administered a compound that antagonizes the adrenergic receptor α_(2A). Compounds that exhibit the dual properties of binding to and being an antagonist of both the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) may also be administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual.

Compounds that antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) may lower blood glucose and reduce blood pressure and be of therapeutic utility in individuals with high glucose and high blood pressure, for example individuals who have metabolic syndrome. Compounds that antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) may also block the adrenergic receptor α_(1B) and have utility in individuals with high blood glucose and high blood pressure.

The compounds provided herein may in some embodiments also bind to and be antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B), which activity may also help reduce or eliminate an increase in blood pressure in an individual in response to a compound that is an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. Thus, in one variation, compounds that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) are provided, wherein the compounds also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B) and α_(1B). In another variation, compounds that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) are provided, wherein the compounds also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B) but which are not antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B). Such compounds, when are administered in the methods detailed herein, may be administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual.

The compounds provided herein may in some embodiments also bind to and be antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(1D), which activity may also help reduce or eliminate an increase in blood pressure in an individual in response to a compound that is an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. Thus, in one variation, compounds that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) are provided, wherein the compounds also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In another variation, compounds that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) are provided, wherein the compounds also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B) and α_(1D) but which are not antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B). In another variation, compounds that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) are provided, wherein the compounds also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and α_(1D) but which are not antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B). In another variation, compounds that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) are provided, wherein the compounds also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptors α_(1D), but which are not antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or α_(1B). Such compounds, when administered in the methods detailed herein, may be administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual.

The second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual may be a diuretic, an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, an angiotensin-2 receptor antagonist, a beta blocker, a calcium channel blocker, or any combination thereof. In one variation, the second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual is a compound that binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) but which is not an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A). In one variation, the second agent is a single compound. However, it is understood that the second agent in one embodiment may be two or more compounds, such as a second agent that comprises a first compound that is a diuretic and a second compound that is an ACE-inhibitor.

In one variation, a compound provided herein exhibits equal to or greater than about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A). In one variation, a compound provided herein exhibits greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or 95% or between about 50% and about 90% or between about 60% and about 90% or between about 70% and about 90% or between about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A). In one variation, a compound provided herein exhibits equal to or greater than about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A). In one variation, a compound provided herein exhibits greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or 95% or between about 50% and about 90% or between about 60% and about 90% or between about 70% and about 90% or between about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A).

In another variation, a compound as provided herein (i) binds to and is an antagonist of adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and (ii) exhibits greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B). In one such variation, a compound as provided herein exhibits (i) greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and (ii) greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B). When the compound exhibits greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B), in some embodiments, it exhibits greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or 95% or between about 50% and about 90% or between about 60% and about 90% or between about 70% and about 90% or between about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B). In another variation, a compound as provided herein exhibits (i) greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and (ii) greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B). In another variation, a compound as provided herein exhibits (i) greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and (ii) greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B). In another variation, a compound as provided herein exhibits (i) greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and (ii) greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B). When the compound exhibits greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B), in some embodiments, it exhibits greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or 95% or between about 50% and about 90% or between about 60% and about 90% or between about 70% and about 90% or between about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B). It is understood and clearly conveyed herein that an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist can exhibit any of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) binding profiles described herein in combination with any of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) binding profiles described herein, as if each and every combination were listed separately.

The adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists may also be used in conjunction with other agents that antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(2B). Administration in conjunction with another compound includes administration in the same or different composition, either sequentially, simultaneously, or continuously.

In one variation, compounds provided herein that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) will also bind to and antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(1B). In another variation, compounds provided herein that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and either (a) also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) are administered in the methods detailed herein in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual, will also bind to and antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(1B). In some embodiments, compounds provided herein may exhibit greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1B). In some embodiments, compounds provided herein may exhibit greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95%, or between about 50% and about 90%, between about 60% and about 90%, between about 70% and about 90%, or between about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(1B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1B). In some embodiments, compounds provided herein may exhibit greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1B) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1B). In some embodiments, compounds provided herein may exhibit greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95%, or between about 50% and about 90%, between about 60% and about 90%, between about 70% and about 90%, or between about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(1B) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1B). For example, in one variation, a compound provided herein exhibits equal to or greater than about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1B). In another variation, a compound provided herein exhibits equal to or greater than about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A), greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1B) and greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1B). In one variation, a compound provided herein exhibits equal to or greater than about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A), greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95%, or between about 50% and about 90%, between about 60% and about 90%, between about 70% and about 90%, or between about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(1B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1B). It is understood and clearly conveyed herein that an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist can exhibit any of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) binding profiles described herein in combination with any of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) binding profiles described herein, and/or any of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B) binding profiles described herein as if each and every combination were listed separately.

The adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists may also be used in conjunction with other agents that antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(1B). Administration in conjunction with another compound includes administration in the same or different composition, either sequentially, simultaneously, or continuously.

In one variation, compounds provided herein that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) will also bind to and antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(1D). In another variation, compounds provided herein that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and either (a) also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) are administered in the methods detailed herein in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual, will also bind to and antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(1D). In another variation, compounds provided herein that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and either (a) also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) are administered in the methods detailed herein in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual, and bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B) will also bind to and antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(1D). In some embodiments, compounds provided herein may exhibit greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1D) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1D). In some embodiments, compounds provided herein may exhibit greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95%, or between about 50% and about 90%, between about 60% and about 90%, between about 70% and about 90%, or between about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(1D) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1D). In some embodiments, compounds provided herein may exhibit greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1D) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1D). In some embodiments, compounds provided herein may exhibit greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95%, or between about 50% and about 90%, between about 60% and about 90%, between about 70% and about 90%, or between about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(1D) ligand binding at 0.03 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1D). For example, in one variation, a compound provided herein exhibits equal to or greater than about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1D) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1D). In another variation, a compound provided herein exhibits equal to or greater than about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A), greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1D) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1D). In another variation, a compound provided herein exhibits equal to or greater than about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A), greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B), greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1B), and greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1D) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1D). In one variation, a compound provided herein exhibits equal to or greater than about 50% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2A), greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(2B), greater than or equal to about 50% inhibition of α_(1B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1B) and greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, or 95%, or between about 50% and about 90%, between about 60% and about 90%, between about 70% and about 90%, or between about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(1D) ligand binding at 0.1 μM and antagonist activity to adrenergic receptor α_(1D). It is understood and clearly conveyed herein that an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist can exhibit any of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) binding profiles described herein in combination with any of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) binding profiles described herein, and/or any of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B) binding profiles described herein and/or any of the adrenergic receptor α_(1D) binding profiles described herein as if each and every combination were listed separately.

The adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists may also be used in conjunction with other agents that antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(1D). Administration in conjunction with another compound includes administration in the same or different composition, either sequentially, simultaneously, or continuously.

The binding properties to adrenergic receptors of compounds disclosed herein may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as competitive binding assays. In one variation, compounds are assessed by the binding assays detailed herein. In one variation, inhibition of binding of a ligand to a receptor is measured by the assays described herein. In another variation, inhibition of binding of a ligand is measured in an assay known in the art.

Functional Assay Profile

Antagonist activity to the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D) may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as standard α_(2A), α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D) receptor cell membrane-based or intact cell-based activity assays. For example, the Aequorin-based assay may be used to assess antagonist activity to the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), α_(2B), α_(1B) or α_(1D) and the cell membrane-based GTPγS binding assay may be used to assess antagonist activity to the adrenergic receptor α_(2B).

In one variation, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit an IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay) in an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist assay.

In another variation, a compound provided herein binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), wherein the compound is also an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and exhibits an IC₅₀ value that is equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of oxymetazoline (for Aequorin assay) or guanfacine (for GTPγS assay) in an adrenergic receptor α_(2B) antagonist assay. In some embodiments, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit: (i) an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2A) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay), and (ii) an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2B) antagonist assay that is equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of oxymetazoline (for Aequorin assay) or guanfacine (for GTPγS assay). In another variation, a compound provided herein binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), wherein the compound is also an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B) and exhibits an IC₅₀ value that is equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline (for Aequorin assay) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1B) antagonist assay. In some embodiments, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit: (i) an IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay) in an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist assay, and (ii) an IC₅₀ value equal or less than about any one of 100 nM or 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1B) antagonist assay. In yet another variation, a compound provided herein binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), wherein the compound is also an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(1D) and exhibits an IC₅₀ value that is equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline (for Aequorin assay) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1D) antagonist assay. In some embodiments, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit: (i) an IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay) in an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist assay, and (ii) an IC₅₀ value equal or less than about any one of 100 nM or 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1D) antagonist assay.

In yet another embodiment, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit: (i) an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2A) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay); (ii) an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2B) antagonist assay that is equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of oxymetazoline (for Aequorin assay) or guanfacine (for GTPγS assay); and (iii) an IC₅₀ value equal or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1B) antagonist assay. In another embodiment, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit: (i) an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2A) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay); (ii) an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2B) antagonist assay that is equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of oxymetazoline (for Aequorin assay) or guanfacine (for GTPγS assay); and (iii) an IC₅₀ value equal or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1D) antagonist assay. In another embodiment, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit: (i) an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2A) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay); (ii) an IC₅₀ value equal or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1B) antagonist assay; and (iii) an IC₅₀ value equal or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1D) antagonist assay.

In yet another embodiment, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit: (i) an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2A) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay); (ii) an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2B) antagonist assay that is equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of oxymetazoline (for Aequorin assay) or guanfacine (for GTPγS assay); (iii) an IC₅₀ value equal or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1B) antagonist assay; and (iv) an IC₅₀ value equal or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1D) antagonist assay.

In one variation, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit an IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay) in an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist assay. In one variation, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit an IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay) in an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist assay. In one variation, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit an IC₅₀ value in an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay) corresponding to its EC₈₀ concentration obtained by assay protocols described herein. In one variation, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit an IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of UK14304 between about 0.4 and about 40 nM in an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) (Aequorin) antagonist assay. In one variation, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit an IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of about 4.57 nM UK14304 in an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) (Aequorin) antagonist assay.

In one variation adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit an IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of oxymetazoline (for Aequorin assay) or guanfacine (for GTPγS assay) in an α_(2B) antagonist assay. In some embodiments, adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein exhibit an IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of oxymetazoline (for Aequorin assay) or guanfacine (for GTPγS assay) in an α_(2B) antagonist assay. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2B) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of oxymetazoline corresponding to its EC₈₀ concentration as obtained by assay protocols described herein. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2B) antagonist (Aequorin) assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of oxymetazoline between about 50 nM to about 5000 nM. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2B) antagonist (Aequorin) assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of about 480 nM oxymetazoline. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2B) antagonist (GTPγS) assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of guanfacine between about 50 nM to about 5000 nM. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(2B) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of about 500 nM guanfacine, which is a particular variation, is 504 nM guanfacine.

In one variation, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(1B) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1B) antagonist assay. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(1B) antagonist assay equal to or less than about 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1B) antagonist assay. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(1B) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of cirazoline corresponding to its EC₈₀ concentration as obtained by assay protocols described herein. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(1B) antagonist (Aequorin) assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of cirazoline between about 2.3 nM and about 230 nM. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(1B) antagonist (Aequorin) assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of about 25 nM cirazoline, which in a particular variation is 23.56 nM cirazoline.

In one variation, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(1D) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1D) antagonist assay. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(1D) antagonist assay equal to or less than about 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of cirazoline) in an adrenergic receptor α_(1D) antagonist assay. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(1D) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of cirazoline corresponding to its EC₈₀ concentration as obtained by assay protocols described herein. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(1D) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of cirazoline between about 2.3 nM and about 230 nM. In some embodiments, a compound described herein exhibits an IC₅₀ value in an α_(1D) antagonist assay equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a concentration of about 25 nM cirazoline, which in a particular variation is 23.56 nM cirazoline.

In some embodiments, compounds provided herein exhibit inverse agonist activity for the adrenergic receptor α_(2A). In some embodiments, the compound binds to and is an inverse agonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and binds to and is antagonist of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In one variation, the compound binds to and is an inverse agonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and binds to and is antagonist of any one of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In another variation, the compound binds to and is an inverse agonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and binds to and is antagonist of any two of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In yet another variation, the compound binds to and is an inverse agonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and binds to and is antagonist of adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). Inverse agonist activity to the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) may be assessed by methods known in the art, such as those described in Wade, S. M. et al., Mol. Pharmacol. 59:532-542 (2001).

It is understood and clearly conveyed herein that any of the binding profiles detailed herein can be combined with any of the antagonist profiles detailed herein, as if each and every combination were listed separately. For example, in one variation, a compound provided herein exhibits (i) greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or between about 50% and 90%, between about 60% and about 90%, between about 70% and about 90%, or about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(2A) ligand binding at 0.1 μM to adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and an IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of UK14304 (for Aequorin assay) in an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist assay; and (ii) greater than or equal to about any one of 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or between about 50% and 90%, between about 60% and about 90%, between about 70% and about 90%, or about 80% and about 100% inhibition of α_(2B) ligand binding at 0.1 μM to adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and IC₅₀ value equal to or less than about any one of 100 nM, 30 nM or 10 nM at a given concentration of agonist (e.g. concentration corresponding to EC₈₀ of oxymetazoline (for Aequorin assay) or guanfacine (for GTPγS assay) in an α_(2B) antagonist assay.

Medical Use

Without being bound by theory, it is believed that compounds that bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) affect an increase in insulin secretion and/or promote insulin release into the blood stream in an individual, which aids in glucose uptake. However, such compounds may also increase an individual's blood pressure. When the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists as provided herein also bind to and are antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and/or the adrenergic receptor α_(1B), and/or the adrenergic receptor α_(1D), it is believed that the increases in an individual's blood pressure due to antagonizing the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) may be reduced or eliminated. If an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist as provided herein is not also an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and/or the adrenergic receptor α_(1B) and/or the adrenergic receptor α_(1D), then the increase in an individual's blood pressure as a result of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist may be reduced or eliminated by administering the compound in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual.

Compounds provided herein, such as the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists provided herein, are expected to find use in therapy, particularly in indications in which an increase in an individual's insulin secretion and/or an increase in insulin release into the blood stream would be, or would be expected to be, beneficial. Thus, individuals who have a disease or condition that involves reduced or impaired insulin secretion and/or release may benefit from the compounds detailed herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Such indications include, but are not limited to type 2 diabetes, glucose intolerance and metabolic syndrome. An individual who has a disease or condition that involves reduced or impaired insulin secretion and/or release may experience one or more beneficial or desirable results upon administration of an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist provided herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one aspect, the beneficial or desirable result is a reduction in the individual's blood glucose level for a period of time (e.g., about any one of 6, 12, 24 or 48 hours or more) following administration of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another aspect, the beneficial or desirable result is an increase in glucose metabolism for a period of time (e.g., about any one of 6, 12, 24 or 48 hours or more) following administration of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Compounds that are inverse agonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) may stimulate islet cell release of insulin even in the absence of sympathetic stimulation of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) with epinephrine and/or norepinephrine. Inverse agonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) provided herein are thus expected to find use in therapy, particularly in indications in which stimulation of islet cell release of insulin would be, or would be expected to be, beneficial. Individuals who have a disease or condition responsive to inhibition of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) may benefit from the compounds detailed herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Such indications include, but are not limited to type 2 diabetes, metabolic syndrome, and glucose intolerence.

In one aspect, compounds are provided that do not bind appreciably any one or more of the histamine, dopamine and serotonin receptors. In any of the methods detailed herein, in one variation the individual does not have a cognitive disorder, psychotic disorder, neurotransmitter-mediated disorder and/or neuronal disorder. As used herein, the term “cognitive disorders” refers to and intends diseases and conditions that are believed to involve or be associated with or do involve or are associated with progressive loss of structure and/or function of neurons, including death of neurons, and where a central feature of the disorder may be the impairment of cognition (e.g., memory, attention, perception and/or thinking). These disorders include pathogen-induced cognitive dysfunction, e.g., HIV associated cognitive dysfunction and Lyme disease associated cognitive dysfunction. Examples of cognitive disorders include Alzheimer's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, schizophrenia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), autism, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), stroke, traumatic brain injury (TBI) and age-associated memory impairment (AAMI). As used herein, the term “psychotic disorders” refers to and intends mental diseases or conditions that are believed to cause or do cause abnormal thinking and perceptions. Psychotic disorders are characterized by a loss of reality which may be accompanied by delusions, hallucinations (perceptions in a conscious and awake state in the absence of external stimuli which have qualities of real perception, in that they are vivid, substantial, and located in external objective space), personality changes and/or disorganized thinking. Other common symptoms include unusual or bizarre behavior, as well as difficulty with social interaction and impairment in carrying out the activities of daily living. Exemplary psychotic disorders are schizophrenia, bipolar disorders, psychosis, anxiety and depression. As used herein, the term “neurotransmitter-mediated disorders” refers to and intends diseases or conditions that are believed to involve or be associated with or do involve or are associated with abnormal levels of neurotransmitters such as histamine, serotonin, dopamine, norepinephrine or impaired function of aminergic G protein-coupled receptors. Exemplary neurotransmitter-mediated disorders include spinal cord injury, diabetic neuropathy, allergic diseases and diseases involving geroprotective activity such as age-associated hair loss (alopecia), age-associated weight loss and age-associated vision disturbances (cataracts). Abnormal neurotransmitter levels are associated with a wide variety of diseases and conditions including, but not limited, to Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's Disease, autism, Guillain-Barré syndrome, mild cognitive impairment, schizophrenia, anxiety, multiple sclerosis, stroke, traumatic brain injury, spinal cord injury, diabetic neuropathy, fibromyalgia, bipolar disorders, psychosis, depression and a variety of allergic diseases. As used herein, the term “neuronal disorders” refers to and intends diseases or conditions that are believed to involve, or be associated with, or do involve or are associated with neuronal cell death and/or impaired neuronal function or decreased neuronal function. Exemplary neuronal indications include neurodegenerative diseases and disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Parkinson's disease, canine cognitive dysfunction syndrome (CCDS), Lewy body disease, Menkes disease, Wilson disease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, Fahr disease, an acute or chronic disorder involving cerebral circulation, such as ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke or other cerebral hemorrhagic insult, age-associated memory impairment (AAMI), mild cognitive impairment (MCI), injury-related mild cognitive impairment (MCI), post-concussion syndrome, post-traumatic stress disorder, adjuvant chemotherapy, traumatic brain injury (TBI), neuronal death mediated ocular disorder, macular degeneration, age-related macular degeneration, autism, including autism spectrum disorder, Asperger syndrome, and Rett syndrome, an avulsion injury, a spinal cord injury, myasthenia gravis, Guillain-Barré syndrome, multiple sclerosis, diabetic neuropathy, fibromyalgia, neuropathy associated with spinal cord injury, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, psychosis, anxiety or depression.

The adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists provided herein may also be administered in combination with an insulin sensitizer, and as such find use in therapy for treating indications in which increasing in an individual's insulin secretion and/or insulin release into the blood stream would be, or would be expected to be, beneficial, provided that the therapy also promotes insulin responsiveness to glucose. In one aspect, where the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists provided herein may be administered in combination with another anti-diabetic drug, such as an insulin sensitizer, the beneficial or desirable result of which is a reduction in the individual's blood glucose levels for a period of time (e.g., about any one of 6, 12, 24 or 48 hours or more) following administration of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In a particular variation, such a therapy may include an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist provided herein and a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure and an insulin sensitizer. In a further variation, such a therapy may include an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist provided herein and a second agent that (i) is an agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure; (ii) is an agent that is an insulin sensitizer or (iii) is an agent that induces no or reduced (in number and/or severity) hypoglycemic episodes.

Methods

Methods of using the compounds detailed herein, or pharmaceutical salts thereof, to increase an individual's ability to secrete insulin and/or to release insulin into the blood stream are provided. In any of the methods detailed herein, the method may comprise the step of administering an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to an individual in need thereof. In one aspect, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonists of the methods also bind to and are antagonists of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In one variation, a method of increasing insulin secretion and/or release into the blood stream in an individual in need thereof is provided, wherein the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof a compound that binds to and is an antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A). In another variation, a method of increasing insulin secretion and/or release into the blood stream in an individual in need thereof is provided, wherein the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof a compound that binds to and is an antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), wherein the compound either (a) also binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) is administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in the individual. In some variations, methods of using the compounds detailed herein to increase an individual's ability to secrete insulin and/or release insulin into the blood stream while reducing or eliminating an increase in the individual's blood pressure due to antagonizing the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) are thus provided. Methods of using the compounds detailed herein to promote an individual's ability to metabolize glucose while reducing or eliminating an increase in the individual's blood pressure due to antagonizing the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) are also provided. It is understood that in methods of promoting an individual's ability to metabolize glucose, the method in one variation may employ administration of both an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist and an insulin sensitizer. The compounds or pharmaceutical salts thereof may also find use in treating a disease or condition that is, or is expected to be, responsive to an increase in an individual's ability to secrete insulin and/or release of insulin into the blood stream. Individuals to be treated in such methods in one variation have a reduced or impaired ability to secrete insulin and/or release insulin into the blood stream. The compounds as provided herein may also be used in a method of delaying the onset and/or development of a disease or condition associated with reduced or impaired ability to secrete insulin and/or release insulin into the blood stream, comprising administering a compound as provided herein, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, to an individual who is at risk of developing a disease or condition associated with reduced or impaired ability to secrete insulin and/or release insulin into the blood stream. The compounds as provided herein may also be used in a method of delaying the onset and/or development of a disease or condition associated with reduced or impaired ability to metabolize glucose, comprising administering an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist as provided herein, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, to an individual who is at risk of developing a disease or condition associated with reduced or impaired ability to metabolize glucose. The individual may be an adult, child or teen who has or is at risk of developing type 2 diabetes, glucose intolerance or metabolic syndrome.

Non-limiting examples of a second agent that lowers blood pressure includes diuretics, angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors, angiotensin-2 receptor antagonists, beta blockers, calcium channel blockers, or any combination thereof.

Also provided herein are methods of using an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with one or more of other anti-diabetic agents, such as insulin sensitizers and secretagogue agents. Non-limiting examples of anti-diabetic agents includes insulin therapies (e.g., insulin glargine and insulin lispro), secretagogue agents that increase insulin secretion and/or release (e.g., sulfonylureas such as glimepiride, glipizide and glyburide; meglitinides such as repaglinide and nateglinide), agents that increase insulin sensitivity (e.g., thiazolidinediones, such as pioglitazone and rosiglitazone), agents that decrease glucose absorption (e.g., alpha-glucosidase inhibitors such as miglitol and acarbose); and agents that reduce gluconeogenesis (biguanide such as metformin); amylinomimetics such as pramlintide, and agents that sequester bile acids.

Further provided herein are methods of using an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with an insulin sensitizer to promote insulin responsiveness and increase an individual's ability to secrete insulin and/or to release insulin into the blood stream. In one aspect, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist also binds to and is an antagonist of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In one variation, a method of promoting insulin responsiveness and increasing insulin secretion and/or release into the blood stream in an individual in need thereof is provided, wherein the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof an insulin sensitizer and an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. In another variation, a method of promoting insulin responsiveness and increasing insulin secretion and/or release into the blood stream in an individual in need thereof is provided, wherein the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof an insulin sensitizer and a compound that binds to and is an antagonists of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), wherein the compound either (a) also binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) is administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in the individual. In a particular variation, a method of promoting insulin responsiveness and increasing insulin secretion and/or release into the blood stream in an individual in need thereof is provided, wherein the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof an insulin sensitizer and an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist that also binds to and is an antagonist of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In some embodiments, the method comprises administering any of the compounds detailed herein in combination with an insulin sensitizer.

In one aspect, a method of treating type 2 diabetes is provided, where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof a compound detailed herein, such as an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist detailed herein. In one aspect, the compound binds to and is an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. In some embodiments, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist also binds to and is an antagonist of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In another aspect, a method of treating type 2 diabetes is provided, where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof a compound as provided herein, wherein the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and wherein the compound either (a) also binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) is administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual. Individuals to be treated in such methods in one variation have type 2 diabetes. The compounds as provided herein may also be used in a method of delaying the onset and/or development of type 2 diabetes, comprising administering an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to an individual who has one or more risk factors associated with developing type 2 diabetes. In one variation, the compounds as provided herein are used in a method of delaying the onset and/or development of type 2 diabetes; and inducing extra-pancreatic effects such as reducing hepatic glucose production via glycogenolysis or gluconegogenesis or both, comprising administering an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to an individual such as an individual who has one or more risk factors associated with developing type 2 diabetes. In one variation, compounds provided herein may (i) have an extra-pancreatic effect and/or (ii) prevent or lower hepatic glucose production.

Risk factors may include gender, race, ethnicity, age, family history, weight and/or lifestyle. For example, certain races and ethnicities (e.g., Blacks, Hispanics, Native Americans and Asians (which as used herein includes individuals of the continent of Asia, such as Indians and Chinese) and individuals of such descent) are more likely to develop type 2 diabetes. Being overweight (e.g., having a body mass index >25) is also a risk factor for type 2 diabetes, with higher amount of fatty tissue also correlating with higher resistance of cells to insulin. Inactivity, which can lead to weight gain, is also a risk factor for type 2 diabetes (physical activity helps not only to control an individual's weight, but also utilizes glucose as energy and makes cells more sensitive to insulin). Family history is often a risk factor for many diseases, including type 2 diabetes, where the risk of developing type 2 diabetes increases if a parent or sibling has type 2 diabetes. The risk of developing type 2 diabetes also increases with age, especially after age 45, which may also correlate with a tendency to exercise less, lose muscle mass and gain weight with age. However, as obesity rates rise in children and young adults, type 2 diabetes is increasing common in these individuals and children and young adults who are overweight and/or sedentary are also at risk of developing type 2 diabetes. Being pre-diabetic, in which an individual's blood sugar level is higher than normal, but not high enough to be classified as type 2 diabetes, if left untreated, often progresses to type 2 diabetes. Other risk factors associated with type 2 diabetes include: a woman who has had gestational diabetes, gave birth to a baby weighing more than 9 pounds or has a history of polycystic ovary disease (PCOS); an individual who has metabolic syndrome; an individual who has hypertension; an individual who has a high-density lipoprotein (HDL) value under 35 mg/dL (milligrams per deciliter) and/or a triglyceride level over 250 mg/dL; and an individual with a history of vascular disease, such as stroke. Individuals who have more than one risk factor are particularly susceptible to developing type 2 diabetes.

In one aspect, a method of treating glucose intolerance is provided, where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one aspect, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist also binds to and is an antagonist of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In another aspect, a method of treating glucose intolerance is provided, where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof a compound as provided herein, wherein the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and wherein the compound either (a) also binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) is administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in the individual. The compounds as provided herein may also be used in a method of delaying the onset and/or development of glucose intolerance, comprising administering a compound as provided herein to an individual who has one or more risk factors associated with developing glucose intolerance. A method of reducing blood glucose levels in an individual in need thereof is also provided, the method comprising administering an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to the individual. A method of enhancing glucose metabolism in an individual in need thereof is also provided, the method comprising administering an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to the individual.

Further provided are methods of using the compounds detailed herein, or pharmaceutical salts thereof, to regulate blood glucose levels in an individual, for example, an individual experiencing hyperglycemia and/or undesirable fluctuation in blood glucose levels. In some embodiments, provided is a method of regulating blood glucose levels in an individual in need thereof, where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. In some embodiments, administration of an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist reduces the blood glucose levels in an individual (e.g., a hyperglycemic individual). In some embodiments, administration of an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist stabilizes the blood glucose levels in an individual (e.g., an individual experiencing undesirable fluctuations in blood glucose levels). In some embodiments, administration of an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist reduces and stabilizes the blood glucose levels in an individual. In one aspect, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist also binds to and is an antagonist of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In another aspect, provided is a method of regulating (e.g., reducing and/or stabilizing) blood glucose levels in an individual in need thereof, where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof a compound as provided herein, wherein the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and wherein the compound either (a) also binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) is administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual. In some embodiments, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist described herein may also be an inverse agonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A).

In some embodiments, provided is a method of reducing blood glucose level in an individual in need thereof, comprises administering to an individual in need thereof an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, wherein the blood glucose level is reduced to a desirable level. The adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist may be administered alone or in combination with other agents such as an agent that reduces blood pressure in the individual. In some embodiments, the blood glucose level is reduced by about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, or about 70%, provided that the reduction in glucose level does not result in hypoglycemia. In some embodiments, the blood glucose level is reduced by at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, provided that the reduction in glucose level does not result in hypoglycemia. In some embodiments, the blood glucose level is reduced by less than about 10%, between about 10% and about 30%, between about 30% and about 50%, between about 10% and about 50%, between about 50% and about 70%, between about 30% and about 70%, between about 20% and about 40%, between about 40% and about 60%, or between about 20% and about 60%, provided that the reduction in glucose level does not result in hypoglycemia. The reduction of blood glucose level occurs over a period of time after administration of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. In some embodiments, the reduction of blood glucose occurs within about 15 minutes after administration of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the reduction of blood glucose occurs within about 30 minutes, within about 1 hour, or within about 2 hours after administration of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. In some embodiments, the reduction of blood glucose occurs at about 15 minutes or more, at about 30 minutes or more, at about 1 hour or more, or at about 2 hours or more after administration of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. In some embodiments, the method results in a reduction in the individual's blood glucose level by any of the amount described herein for a period of time (e.g., about any one of 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 6, 12, 24 or 48 hours or more) following administration of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the method results in a reduction in the individual's blood glucose level by any of the amount described herein for a period of about 1 hour, about 2 hours, about 3 hours, about 6 hours, about 12 hours, or about 24 hours or more following administration of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

The blood glucose levels in an individual can be measured by methods known in the art, such as by a calorimetric method or by using a device (e.g., a glucose meter). A blood glucose level in the range of about 80 to 120 mg/dL pre-meal and about 100 to 140 mg/dL post-meal is considered desirable in healthy human beings. A blood glucose level at above the desirable level is considered hyperglycemic, such as that in diabetic patients. The blood glucose level in a mildly diabetic human is about 100 to 200 mg/dL. The blood glucose level in a moderately diabetic human is about 200 to 350 mg/dL. The blood glucose level in a severely diabetic human is above 400 mg/dL. A blood glucose level at below the desirable level is considered hypoglycemic, e.g., at below 60 to 80 mg/dL. The blood glucose levels may be measured at a single time point. However, a more accurate measurement requires an average over multiple time points or an area under the curve (AUC) over a period of time (e.g., 2 to 3 hours). The blood glucose level over a past period of about 2˜3 months may be established by measuring the glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) level in the blood. HbA1c is a useful way to monitor a patient's overall response to diabetes treatment over time. The HbA1c in a healthy human being is about 5%. It is desirable for a diabetic patient to keep the HbA1c level below about 7%. Provided is a method of reducing blood glucose level in an individual having an Hb1Ac level of above about 7%, comprises administering to the individual an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, wherein the Hb1Ac level is reduced to below about 7% following administration of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist also binds to and is an antagonist of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D).

In one aspect, a method of treating metabolic syndrome is provided, where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof a compound detailed herein, such as an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist detailed herein. In one aspect, the compound binds to and is an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. In some embodiments, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist also binds to and is an antagonist of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In another aspect, a method of treating metabolic syndrome is provided, where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof a compound as provided herein, wherein the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), and wherein the compound either (a) also binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) is administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual. The compounds as provided herein may also be used in a method of delaying the onset and/or development of metabolic syndrome, comprising administering a compound as provided herein to an individual who has one or more risk factors associated with developing metabolic syndrome. In a particular variation of the methods relating to metabolic syndrome, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist is administered to an individual in conjunction with an insulin sensitizer.

As is understood by those of skill in the art, metabolic syndrome is a cluster of conditions, which may include increased blood pressure, excess body fat around the waist, abnormal cholesterol levels and elevated insulin levels due to insulin resistance whereby cells have a diminished ability to respond to insulin and the pancreas compensates by secreting more insulin leading to high insulin levels in blood. According to the American Heart Association and the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, metabolic syndrome is present if an individual has three or more of the following signs: blood pressure equal to or higher than 130/85 mm Hg; fasting blood sugar (glucose) equal to or higher than 100 mg/dL; large waist circumference, which for men is 40 inches or more and for women is 35 inches or more; low HDL cholesterol, which for men is under 40 mg/dL and for women is under 50 mg/dL; and triglycerides equal to or higher than 150 mg/dL.

Treatment of metabolic syndrome requires a careful and well-balanced approach to account for both treatment of elevated insulin levels and high blood pressure. Thus, it is desirable in the context of treating metabolic syndrome that a compound that is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) is also an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and/or α_(1B) and/or α_(1D) to reduce blood pressure. Alternatively, an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist that does not also antagonize the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and/or α_(1B) may be administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce blood pressure in an individual. In one aspect, provided is a method of regulating (e.g., reducing and/or stabilizing) blood glucose levels and reducing the blood pressure in an individual in need thereof (e.g., an individual experiencing metabolic syndrome, or an individual with hypertension who is also suffering from obesity and/or type 2 diabetes), where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. In one aspect, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist also binds to and is an antagonist of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In another aspect, provided a method of regulating (e.g., reducing and/or stabilizing) blood glucose levels and reducing the blood pressure in an individual in need thereof, where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof a compound as provided herein, wherein the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), and wherein the compound either (a) also binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) is administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual. In some embodiments, the compound is an antagonist and an inverse agonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A).

Risk factors associated with developing metabolic syndrome include: more than one parent or sibling who has type 2 diabetes, individuals with high blood pressure and/or cardiovascular disease; individuals who are obese or overweight (e.g., individual's having a body mass index above 25); individuals who have more fat around their waist than around their hips (an apple shape); age greater than 40 years (although it is understood that children and young adults, particularly those who are overweight and/or sedentary, may also be at risk for developing metabolic syndrome); a woman who had gestational diabetes when pregnant or who has a history of polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS); individuals who are pre-diabetic and individuals of Latino, Black, Asian or Native American ethnicity.

Further provided herein are methods of determining if an individual suffering from glucose intolerance (e.g., an individual testing negative in a glucose tolerance test) has (i) reduced or impaired insulin secretion or (ii) has reduced or impaired responsiveness to insulin, the method comprising administering a compound provided herein to the individual and testing the individual in a glucose tolerance test, wherein an increase in insulin levels after glucose challenge (the glucose tolerance test) indicates that the individual has reduced or impaired insulin secretion; or wherein insufficient increases in insulin levels indicates that the individual has reduced or impaired responsiveness to insulin.

Provided herein are methods of assessing whether an individual is likely to be responsive to a compound that promotes an increase in insulin secretion and/or release (e.g., an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), administered either alone or in conjunction with an insulin sensitizer. In one aspect of such a method, an individual who has failed a glucose tolerance test (e.g., an individual whose glucose levels do not return to normal levels following glucose challenge and/or whose insulin levels are not sufficiently elevated in response to administration of glucose, as measured by methods and as assessed by standards known in the art), is administered glucose following administration of an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and their insulin levels are then assessed. In one embodiment of such methods, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist is administered to the individual about any one of 5, 10, 15, 30 and 60 minutes or more or between about 5 and about 15 or between about 5 and about 30 or between about 5 and about 60 or between about 15 and about 30 or between about 30 and about 60 minutes prior to administration of glucose. If such an individual, after administration of glucose and an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, exhibits an increase in insulin levels, the individual may be an individual who is responsive to a compound that promotes an increase in insulin secretion and/or release (e.g., an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof). If such an individual exhibits an increase in insulin levels, but the individual's glucose levels do not decrease, then the individual may be an individual who is responsive to a compound that can increase insulin secretion and/or release (including but not limited to an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), used in conjunction with an insulin sensitizer. Sufficient levels of insulin increase and/or glucose decrease are known by those of skill in the art. Thus, a method of assessing whether an individual suffering from glucose intolerance (e.g., an individual who has failed (e.g., within the last 6 months, 3 months, 1 month, 2 weeks or 1 week) a glucose tolerance test administered in the absence of an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist) is more likely to be responsive or less likely to be responsive to a therapy that can increase insulin secretion and/or release (including but not limited to an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), is provided, the method comprising administering an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to the individual and testing the individual in a glucose tolerance test, wherein an increase in insulin levels after glucose challenge (the glucose tolerance test) indicates that the individual is more likely to be responsive to said therapy, and wherein a reduced or insignificant or no increase in insulin levels indicates that the individual is less likely to be responsive to said therapy.

Also provided herein are methods of selecting an individual suffering from glucose intolerance (e.g., an individual who has failed a glucose tolerance test) for a therapy comprising a compound which increases insulin secretion and/or release (e.g. an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist) based on the levels of insulin and/or glucose of the individual following a glucose tolerance test in which the individual is administered an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist prior to glucose challenge, wherein an increase in insulin levels after glucose challenge and/or failure of the individual's glucose levels to return to normal selects the individual for said therapy. Thus, a method of selecting an individual for therapy comprising a compound that increases insulin secretion and/or release is provided (e.g., an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist), the method comprising the steps of (i) administering an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist to an individual who has failed (e.g., within the last 6 months, 3 months, 1 month, 2 weeks or 1 week) a glucose tolerance test administered in the absence of an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist; (2) administering a glucose tolerance test in which glucose is administered after the administration of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist; and (3) correlating the results of the glucose tolerance test administered in conjunction with the administration of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist to the individual (e.g., where glucose is administered about any one of 5, 15, 30, 60 or more minutes following administration of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist) with whether the individual is more or less likely to be responsive to an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, either alone, or in conjunction with an insulin sensitizer; and (4) selecting an individual who is more likely to be responsive to a compound that increases insulin secretion and/or release (e.g., an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist for adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist therapy). An individual so selected may then be administered a compound that increases insulin secretion and/or release (e.g., an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist for adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist therapy). In one aspect, the individual is selected for therapy if their insulin levels increase in response to the glucose tolerance test administered in conjunction with the administration of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. If such an individual also exhibits a normal reduction in glucose levels, the individual may be selected for monotherapy with a compound that increases insulin secretion and/or release (e.g., an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist). However, if such an individual does not exhibit a normal reduction in glucose levels, the individual may be selected for therapy with a compound that increases insulin secretion and/or release (e.g., an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist) in conjunction with an insulin sensitizer. Individuals so selected may then be administered a compound that increases insulin secretion and/or release (e.g., an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist), either alone or in conjunction with an insulin sensitizer. Methods of monitoring the treatment of an individual for glucose intolerance are also provided.

Also provided herein are methods of treating an individual suffering from a disease or condition which is, or is expected to be, responsive to an increase in insulin secretion and/or release, the method comprising (i) determining insulin levels of an individual in a glucose tolerance test after administration of an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist and (ii) administering a compound that increases insulin secretion and/or release (e.g., an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist) to an individual having an increase in insulin levels after the glucose tolerance test. In one aspect of such a method, the individual has failed (e.g., recently failed) a glucose tolerance test administered in the absence of an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist and the individual's insulin levels increase in response to a glucose tolerance test which employed administration of glucose and an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist.

In any of the methods employing a glucose tolerance test in conjunction with an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, in one variation, if the individual's insulin does not increase in response to a glucose challenge in conjunction with an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, the individual may have type 2 diabetes with a defect in insulin secretion. Therefore, also provided are methods of identifying individuals who may have type 2 diabetes with a defect in insulin secretion.

Some genetic polymorphisms of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) gene associate with high blood glucose and can be used to screen for patients who respond to an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist with an increase in insulin secretion and a decrease in blood glucose. For example the DNA polymorphism Rs553668 located in the 3′ UTR region of adrenergic receptor α_(2A) associates with overexpression of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A), reduced insulin secretion, and increased type 2 diabetes risk (Rosengren et al., Science 327:217 (2010) and Talmud et al., Diabetologia 54:1710 (2011)). Human pancreatic islets from Rs553668 allele carriers exhibited reduced granule docking and secreted less insulin in response to glucose. Individuals with elevated blood glucose would be screened for the polymorphism. Individuals heterozygous or homozygous for this polymorphism would be anticipated to respond to treatment with an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. Other DNA polymorphisms may also be used to identify individuals with elevated blood sugar that would respond to an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist; for example Rs7911129, Rs1971596, Rs602618, and Rs2203616. Thus provided herein is a method of selecting an individual for therapy comprising a compound that (i) increases insulin secretion and/or release, and/or (ii) regulates blood glucose (e.g., an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist), the method comprising screening the individual for polymorphisms of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) gene associate with high blood glucose, such as one or more of the DNA polymorphisms Rs553668, Rs7911129, Rs1971596, Rs602618 and Rs2203616.

Also provided is a method of regulating (e.g., reducing and/or stabilizing) blood glucose levels in an individual, the method comprises the steps of (i) screening the individual for genetic polymorphisms of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) gene associate with high blood glucose; and (ii) administering to the individual carrying one or more genetic polymorphisms of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) gene associated with high blood glucose an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. In one variation, provided is a method of increasing insulin seretion and/or release into the blood stream in an individual, the method comprises the steps of (i) screening the individual for genetic polymorphisms of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) gene associate with high blood glucose; and (ii) administering to the individual carrying one or more genetic polymorphisms of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) gene associated with high blood glucose an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist. Further provided are methods of treating type 2 diabetes, glucose intolerance and/or metabolic syndrome, where the method comprises administering to an individual in need thereof an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist, wherein the individual carries one or more genetic polymorphisms of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) gene associated with high blood glucose, such as one or more of the DNA polymorphisms Rs553668, Rs7911129, Rs1971596, Rs602618 and Rs2203616. In some embodiments, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist also binds to and is an antagonist of one or more of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B), α_(1B) and α_(1D). In some embodiments, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist also binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptors α_(2B). In some embodiments, the method of regulating blood glucose levels, increasing insulin seretion and/or release into the blood stream, or treating type 2 diabetes, glucose intolerance and/or metabolic syndrome, further comprises administering to the individual a second agent that reduces, or is expected to reduce, blood pressure in an individual.

Compounds described herein showing adrenergic receptors α_(2A) and adrenergic receptor α_(2B) antagonist activity may find particular use in patients with fatty liver or/and obesity or/and hypertension with type-2 diabetes associated with glucose intolerance; and super-added with polymorphisms in the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) gene.

Cell Viability and Mitochondrial Health

Methods of promoting cellular viability by promoting mitochondrial health are provided, the methods comprising contacting the cell with a compound detailed herein. The methods are applicable to various cells, such as neuronal and non-neuronal cells. In one variation, the cell is a non-neuronal cell, such as a renal or cardiac cell (e.g., myocardial muscle cell). In one aspect, methods of promoting cellular viability are provided wherein the cell is one whose viability would be, or would be expected to be, promoted by nutrient influx and/or oxygenation. Methods of promoting cellular viability in a cell experiencing, or exhibiting symptoms of, mitochondrial stress are also provided.

Methods of treating a disease or condition that is, or is expected to be, responsive to promoting mitochondrial health and cell viability are also described, the methods comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of a compound provided herein. In one variation, the disease or condition is one which is associated with dysfunction of mitochondria in a non-neuronal cell. In a particular variation, the disease or condition is one which is associated with dysfunction of mitochondria in a renal or cardiac cell (e.g., myocardial muscle cell). In another variation, the disease or condition is one which would benefit from cellular (e.g., renal or cardiac) nutrient influx and/or oxygenation.

Thus, individuals who have a disease or condition that is associated with, or believed to be associated with, mitochondrial dysfunction may benefit from the compounds detailed herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. An individual who has a disease or condition that is associated with mitochondrial dysfunction should experience one or more beneficial or desirable results upon administration of an effective amount of a compound provided herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one aspect, the beneficial or desirable result is an increase in nutrient influx and/or oxygenation of a cell. In another aspect, the beneficial or desirable result is a reduction in the number and/or severity of symptoms associated with a disease or condition that is associated with mitochondrial dysfunction.

In one variation, a method of treating a renal or cardiac condition is provided, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof a compound as detailed herein. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, renal failure, such as acute renal failure and chronic renal failure, coronary (e.g., myocardial) ischemia, heart failure, such as acute and chronic congestive heart failure (including the muscle fatigue associated with these conditions), and coronary artery disease. Methods of treating other diseases and conditions are also described, such as methods of treating sleep apnea, acute respiratory distress syndrome (adult and infant) and peripheral vascular disease. The compounds as provided herein may also be used in a method of delaying the onset and/or development of a disease or condition associated with mitochondrial dysfunction, comprising administering a compound as provided herein, or a pharmaceutical salt thereof, to an individual who is at risk of developing a disease or condition associated with mitochondrial dysfunction.

Compounds that do not bind appreciably to neurotransmitter receptors but nevertheless enhance mitochondrial function, e.g., when administered to cells in the setting of mitochondrial stress (e.g., excess intracellular calcium), may be used in the methods herein to promote cell survival. In one aspect, the compounds exhibit the ability to enhance mitochondrial function by protecting against cell death mediated by mitochondrial dysfunction in an assay detailed herein. Thus, it is understood and clearly conveyed that enhancing mitochondrial function includes protecting a cell against cell death mediated by mitochondrial dysfunction. The compounds may also be assessed in assays known in the art.

It is understood and clearly conveyed that the binding and activity profiles detailed herein (e.g., in the disclosure above) in one variation apply to the formulae provided herein (e.g., the formulae for use in the methods). In one aspect, selective adrenergic receptor α_(2B) antagonists are of the formula (I), (A-I), (A-IIA), (A-IIB), (A-IIC), (A-IID), (A-IIA-1), (A-IIB-1), (A-IIC-1), (A-IID-1), (A-III), (A-IIIA), (A-IIIB), (A-IIIC), (A-IIID), (A-IIIE), (A-IIIE-1), (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-3), (A-IIIE-4), (A-IIIE-5), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIE-7), (A-IIIE-8), (A-IIIF), (A-IIIF-1), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIF-3), (A-IIIF-4), (A-IIIG-1), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIG-3), (A-IIIH), (A-IIIH-1), (A-IIIH-2), (A-IIIH-3), (A-IIIH-4), (A-IIIA′), (A-IV), (A-IV), (A-VI), (A-VIIA), (A-VIIB), (A-VIIC), (A-VIID), (A-VIIE), (A-VIIF), (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-3), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-5), (A-VIIIA-6), (A-VIIIA-7), (A-1×A), (A-IXB), (A-IXC), (A-1×D), (B-I), (B-IA), (B-IB), (B-IC), (B-ID), (C-I), (C-IA), (C-IB), (C-IA-1), (C-IA-2), (C-IA-3), (C-IA-4), (C-IA-5), (C-IA-6), (C-IA-7), (C-IB), (C-IB-1), (C-IB-2), (C-IB-3), (C-IC-1), (C-II), (C-IIA), (C-IIB), (C-IIIA), (C-IIIB), (C-IIIC), (C-IIID), (CIII-E), (C-IIIF), (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF), (C-IVG), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-I), (D-IIA), (D-IIB), (D-IIA-1), (D-IIA-2), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (E-I), (E-IIA), (E-IIB), (F-I), (F-IIA), (F-IIB), (F-IIA-1), (F-IIA-2), (G-I), (G-IIA), (G-IIB), (G-IIA-1), (G-IIA-2), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC), (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (H-IE-1), (H-IF-1), (J), (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC), (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1), (J-ID-1), (K-IA), (K-IB), (K-IC), (K-ID), (K-IE) or (K-IF), or any variations detailed herein.

Compounds of the Invention

Compounds according to the invention are detailed herein, including in the Brief Summary of the Invention and elsewhere. The invention includes the use of all of the compounds described herein, including any and all stereoisomers, including geometric isomers (cis/trans or E/Z isomers), tautomers, salts, N-oxides, and solvates of the compounds described herein, as well as methods of making such compounds.

In one aspect, provided is a compound of formula (I):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl, SO₃H, SR^(1a), S(O)R^(1a), SO₂R^(1a) and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(1a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R^(2a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a), where present, is H; halo; hydroxyl; cyano; carboxyl; —OC(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); —C(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a), where present, is H; halo; hydroxyl; cyano; carboxyl; —OC(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); —C(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(1a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b) and R^(3b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

each R^(4b) and R^(5b), where present, is independently H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

each X¹, X², X and U is independently N or CR⁶;

each R⁶ is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H; halo; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R⁸ is H; halo; hydroxyl; azido; aminoacyl, carboxyl; carbonylalkoxy; N(R¹¹)R¹²; SR¹³, S(O)R¹³; SO₂R¹³; —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; —C(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; optionally substituted —OC(O)-aryl; optionally substituted —OC(O)-heteroaryl; —OC(O)C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with amino or carboxyl; or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl; or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond;

R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene;

each R^(14a), and R^(15a) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.

It should be understood that when two substituents are taken together to form a bond, an additional bond is formed. For example, as shown below, when R^(y) and R^(w) are taken together to form a bond, an additional bond is formed such that R^(x) and R^(z) is a double bond.

In some variations, one of X¹, X², X and U is N, and the other three of X¹, X², X and U are independently CR⁶. In other variations, two of X¹, X², X and U is N, and the other two of X¹, X², X and U are independently CR⁶. In yet other variations, each X¹, X², X and U is independently CR⁶.

In some variations, R¹ is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, wherein the C₁-C₅ alkyl or the C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with hydroxyl. In some variations, R¹ is unsubstituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl. In other variations, the C₁-C₅ alkyl is substituted with SO₃H. In some variations, R¹ is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, or i-propyl. In some variations, R¹ is CF₃, or CH₂CF₃. In some variations R¹ is H. In some variations, R¹ is hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, or hydroxybutyl. In some variations, R¹ is cyclobutyl, or cyclopropyl. In some variations, R¹ is CH₂CH₂—SO₃H. In some variations, R¹ is CH₂CH═CH₂.

In some variations, R^(4a) is halo; hydroxyl; cyano; carboxyl; —OC(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); —C(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some embodiments, R^(4a) is optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In other embodiments, R^(4a) is monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, or perhaloalkyl. In one embodiment, R^(4a) is CF₃, CHF₂, or CH₂F. In another embodiment, R^(4a) is CCl₃, CHCl₂, or CH₂Cl. In some variations, R^(4a) is halo. In some variations, R^(4a) and R^(4b) are each halo. In certain variations, each R^(4a) and R^(4b) is fluoro or chloro. In one variation, each R^(4a) and R^(4b) is fluoro. In one variation, each R^(4a) and R^(4b) is chloro.

In some variations, R^(5a) is halo; hydroxyl; cyano; carboxyl; —OC(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); —C(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a); optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some embodiments, R^(5a) is optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In other embodiments, R^(5a) is monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl, or perhaloalkyl. In one embodiment, R^(5a) is CF₃, CHF₂, or CH₂F. In another embodiment, R^(5a) is CCl₃, CHCl₂, or CH₂Cl. In some variations, R^(5a) is halo. In some variations, R^(5a) and R^(5b) are each halo. In certain variations, each R^(5a) and R^(5b) is fluoro or chloro. In one variation, each R^(5a) and R^(5b) is fluoro. In one variation, each R^(5a) and R^(5b) is chloro.

In some variations, R⁷ is a C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, —N(R^(7a))(R^(7b)), —C(O)N(R^(7a))(R^(7b)), —C(O)OR^(7a), and —C(O)R^(7a). In other variations, R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In some variations, R⁸ is hydroxyl or NH₂. In some variations, R⁸ is —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino or carboxyl. In some variations, R⁸ is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond. In some variations, R⁹ is H or CH₃. In some variations, in R¹⁰ is H or CH₃. In some variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some variations, R¹⁰ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In other variations, R¹¹ or R¹² is an optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl.

In some variations, Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl, N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —C(O)OR¹⁸, SR¹⁸, S(O)R¹⁸ and SO₂R¹⁸; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl, N(R¹⁶)(R¹⁷), —C(O)OR¹⁸, SR¹⁸, S(O)R¹⁸ and SO₂R¹⁸, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene, and wherein R¹⁸ is an optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In one embodiment of the compound of formula (I):

R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, cyano, carboxyl, —OC(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a), —C(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a), and optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R^(2b) and R^(3b) is independently H;

R^(4b) is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

n is 0 and m is 1;

each X¹, X², and U is CH;

X is independently N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H; halo; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R⁸ is H; halo; hydroxyl; azido; aminoacyl, carboxyl; carbonylalkoxy; N(R¹¹)R¹²; SR¹³, S(O)R¹³; SO₂R¹³; —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; —C(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; optionally substituted —OC(O)-aryl; optionally substituted —OC(O)-heteroaryl; —OC(O)C₁-C₆ alkyl optionally substituted with amino or carboxyl; or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl; or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond;

R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

Q is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In some embodiments, R^(4a) is an optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is a monohaloalkyl, a dihaloalkyl, or perhaloalkyl. In some variations, R^(4a) is halo, hydroxyl, and cyano. In some variations, R^(4a) is halo. In some variations, R^(4a) and R^(4b) are each halo. In certain variations, each R^(4a) and R^(4b) is fluoro or chloro. In one variation, each R^(4a) and R^(4b) is fluoro.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (I), X is CR⁶, R⁸ is —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, and the compound is Compound No. 25, 54, 130, 146, 147, 338, II-15, II-16, or II-19.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (I), R⁸ is azido, and the compound is Compound No. II-261, II-266, II-276, II-298, V-1, V-2, V-3, V-21, V-22, or V-23.

In one embodiment, the compound is of formula (A-I):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

each R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5a) and R^(5b) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

or R¹ and R^(2a), or R¹ and R^(3a), or R^(2a) and R^(5a), or R^(3a) and R^(4a), where present, are taken together to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety,

or R¹ and R^(4a), or R¹ and R^(5a), or R^(2a) and R^(3a), where present, are taken together to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or R^(2a) and R^(4a), or R^(3a) and R^(5a), where present, are taken together to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety,

or R^(4a) and R^(5a), where present, are taken together to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino;

or R⁷ and R⁸ are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

or R¹⁰ and R⁸ are taken together to form a bond; or R⁹ and R⁷ are taken together to form an alkylene bridge of 3-5 carbon atoms when R¹⁰ and R⁸ are taken together to form a bond;

each R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents including halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy or cycloalkoxy, —CN or —C(O)N(R^(a))R^(b) where each R^(a) and R^(b) is independently H or C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (A-IIA), (A-IIB), (A-IIC) or (A-IID):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

each R^(2a), R^(3a) or R^(5a) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

or R¹ and R^(2a), or R¹ and R^(3a) are taken together to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino;

or R⁷ and R⁸ are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

or R¹⁰ and R⁸ are taken together to form a bond;

or R⁹ and R⁷ are taken together to form an alkylene bridge of 3 to 5 carbon atoms when R¹⁰ and R⁸ are taken together to form a bond;

each R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents including halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy or cycloalkoxy, —CN, —CO₂H or —C(O)N(R^(a))R^(b), wherein each R^(a) and R^(b) is independently H or C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIA). In some variations, X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H. In some variations, R⁶ is H. In other variations, R¹ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁷ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁸ is hydroxyl. In yet other variations, Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, optionally substituted pyrimidyl, optionally substituted pyrazinyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIB). In some variations, X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H. In some variations, R⁶ is H. In other variations, R¹ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁷ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁸ is hydroxyl. In yet other variations, Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, optionally substituted pyrimidyl, optionally substituted pyrazinyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.

In one embodiment, the compound is of formula (A-IA):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

each R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5a) and R^(5b) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

or R¹ and R^(2a), or R¹ and R^(3a), or R^(2a) and R^(5a), or R^(3a) and R^(4a), where present, are taken together to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety,

or R¹ and R^(4a), or R¹ and R^(5a), or R^(2a) and R^(3a), where present, are taken together to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety,

or R^(2a) and R^(4a), or R^(3a) and R^(5a), where present, are taken together to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety,

or R^(4a) and R^(5a), where present, are taken together to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino;

each R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents including halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy or cycloalkoxy, —CN, —CO₂H or —C(O)N(R^(a))R^(b), wherein each R^(a) and R^(b) is independently H or C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In one aspect, the present invention provides compounds according to formula (A-IB), (A-IC) or (A-ID):

wherein Q, R¹, R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5a), R^(5b), R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, m, and n are as described for formula (A-I), above; and each X¹, U, X² and X is independently CR⁶.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), R⁷ is optionally substituted cycloalkyl; R⁸ is OH; R¹ is methyl; n is 0; each of R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4b), R⁹, and R¹⁰ is H; each R^(2a) and R^(4a) is H; or R^(2a) taken together with R^(4a), when present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each X¹, X² and X is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with F, or unsubstituted pyridyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with acylamino. In one embodiment, R⁷ is CH₂—CON(H)CH₃; R¹ is methyl or ethyl; n is 0; each of R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4b), R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H; each R^(2a) and R^(4a) is H; or R^(2a) taken together with R^(4a), when present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each X¹, X² and X is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro; and Q is other than phenyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, methoxy, or difluoro, unsubstituted pyridyl, pyridyl substituted with methyl, or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with —C(O)OR^(7a), wherein R^(7a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; R¹ is methyl or ethyl; n is 0; each of R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b) and R^(4b) is H; each R^(2a) and R^(4a) is H; or R^(2a) taken together with R^(4a), when present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each X¹, X² and X is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro; and Q is other than phenyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, methoxy, or difluoro, unsubstituted pyridyl, pyridyl substituted with methyl, or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with 1 to 3 halo; R⁷ is CF₃′ R⁸ is OH; R¹ is methyl; n is 0; each of R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b) and R^(4b) is H; each R^(2a) and R^(4a) is H; or R^(2a) taken together with R^(4a), when present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each X¹, X² and X is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl; and Q is other than phenyl substituted with fluoro.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), R⁷ is optionally substituted phenyl; R⁸ is OH; R¹ is methyl or ethyl; n is 0; each of R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b) and R^(4b) is H; each R^(2a) and R^(4a) is H; or R^(2a) taken together with R^(4a), when present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each X¹, X² and X is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with fluoro or unsubstituted pyridyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), R⁸ is halo. In one embodiment, R⁸ is fluoro or chloro; R¹ is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or cyclopropyl; n is 0; each of R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b) and R^(4b) is H; each R^(2a) and R^(4a) is H; or R^(2a) taken together with R^(4a), when present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; R⁷ is H or methyl; each X¹, X² and X is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with methoxy, chloro, fluoro, difluoro, unsubstituted pyridyl, pyridyl substituted with methyl, or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), R⁸ is —C(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; and each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; R¹ is methyl; n is 0; each of R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b) and R^(4b) is H; each R^(2a) and R^(4a) is H; or R^(2a) taken together with R^(4a), when present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each X¹, X² and X is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl; and Q is other than cyclobutyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), R⁸ is —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵—OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl; and each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IC), Q is optionally substituted 5-membered heteroaryl; n is 0; R⁷ is fluoro or methyl; R¹ is methyl; each of R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4a) and R^(4b) is H; each X¹, X² and X is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro; and Q is other than unsubstituted thienyl or unsubstituted thiazolyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IC), Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, each of R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4a) and R^(4b) is H; each X¹, X² and X is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; and Q is other than unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with methyl, chloro, bromo, methoxy, or dimethyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IC), Q is optionally substituted pyrimidinyl; R¹ is methyl; each of R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4a) and R^(4b) is H; each X¹, X² and X is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro; and Q is other than unsubstituted pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl substituted with methyl, unsubstituted pyrimidin-5-yl, or pyrimidin-5-yl substituted with methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-ID), each of R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4b), R^(5a) and R^(5b) is H; each R^(2a) and R^(4a) is H; or R^(2a) taken together with R^(4a), where present, an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is selected from the group consisting of CF₃, methyl, Cl, CONHCH₃, COOH, COOCH₃, H and F; then R¹ is other than methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-ID), each of R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4b), R^(5a) and R^(5b) is H; each R^(2a) and R^(4a) is H; or R^(2a) taken together with R^(4a), where present, an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; X is CR⁶, and R⁶ is F; then R¹ is other than methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), n is 0. In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), n is 1. In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), m is 0. In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), m is 1.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), each R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5a), and R^(5b) is H.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), R^(2a) together with R¹ form a butylene or propylene moiety.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), R^(2a) together with R^(3a) form a propylene or ethylene moiety.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), R^(2a) together with R^(4a) form a propylene or ethylene moiety.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), R^(5a) together with R^(3a) form a methylene or ethylene moiety.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), R^(2a) together with R^(4a) form a methylene or ethylene moiety.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), or (A-ID), R^(3a) together with R¹ form a butylene or propylene moiety.

In one embodiment, the present invention provides compounds according to formula (A-IE):

wherein X¹, U, X², X, Q, R¹, R⁶, R⁷ and R⁸ are as described for formula (A-IB).

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (A-IIA-1), (A-IIB-1), (A-IIC-1) or (A-IID-1):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

each R^(2a), R^(3a) or R^(5a) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹ and R^(2a), or R¹ and R^(3a) are taken together to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is H, azido, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino;

each R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents including halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy or cycloalkoxy, —CN or —C(O)N(R^(a))R^(b) where each R^(a) and R^(b) is independently H or C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In one variation, each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, CH₃ or Cl.

In one variation, R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, where R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ are each independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In a particular variation, R⁸ is H, OH, NH₂, —OC(O)CH(NH₂)—CH₃, —OC(O)CH(NH₂)—CH(CH₃)₂, and —OC(O)CH(NH₂)—CH₃—CH(CH₃)₂.

In one variation, R¹⁰ and R⁸ are taken together to form a bond.

In one variation, R¹⁰ and R⁸ are taken together to form a bond, and R⁷ and R⁹ are taken together to form an alkylene bridge of 3 to 5 carbon atoms.

In one embodiment, the compound is of formula (A-IIA-1). In some variations, X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H. In other variations, R⁶ is H. In other variations, R¹ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁷ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁸ is hydroxyl or NH₂. In yet other variations, Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, optionally substituted pyrimidyl, optionally substituted pyrazinyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.

In another embodiment, the compound is of formula (A-IID-1). In some variations, X is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is H. In other variations, R¹ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁷ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁸ is hydroxyl or NH₂. In yet other variations, Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, optionally substituted pyrimidyl, optionally substituted pyrazinyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.

In another embodiment, the compound is of formula (A-III):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

R^(2a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

t is 1, 2 or 3;

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H; halo; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R⁸ is H; halo; hydroxyl; N(R¹¹)R¹²; SR¹³, S(O)R¹³; SO₂R¹³; —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; OC(O)-aryl; —OC(O)-heteroaryl; or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino; or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond;

R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In some variations, Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; or heteroaryl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In other variations, Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrimidyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrazinyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; or phenyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (A-III), wherein Q, X, m, n, t, R¹, R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5a), R^(5b), R⁶, R^(6a), R¹¹, R¹² _(, R) ¹³, R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are as defined for the formula (A-III), R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)_(R) ¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (A-III), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), each R^(2a) and R^(1a) is H, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, and X is CR^(6a) where R^(6a) is methyl or chloro. In some of these variations, t is 1, 2 or 3. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl. In some of these variations, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁷, R⁸, R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl. In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is H. In some of these variations, Q is 4-carbamoylphenyl.

In some variations, X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; and each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl. In other variations, X is N. In some variations, R¹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl. In other variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl. In yet other variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In yet other variations, R⁷ is H, R⁸ is hydroxyl, n is zero and m is 1. In certain variations, R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is hydroxyl, n is zero and m is 1.

In some variations, Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; unsubstituted imidazolyl; unsubstituted triazolyl; pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; pyrimidyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; pyrazinyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; phenyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; imidazolyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or triazolyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In certain variations, X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is hydrogen; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; or pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some variations, n is 0 and m is 1; R⁷ is H or CH₃; and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl.

In yet other variations, X is N; R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is hydrogen; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; or pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some variations, n is 0 and m is 1; R⁷ is H or CH₃; and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl.

In some variations, n is 0 and m is 1; R¹ is taken together with R^(ea) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is hydrogen; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; or pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some variations, R⁷ is H or CH₃; and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl.

In some variations, the compound is Compound No. 325, 129d, 130a, II-121b, II-123b, II-127a, II-128b, II-130a, II-131, and II-6b.

In some variations, n is 0 and m is 1; each of R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4a) and R^(ob) is H; t is 1. In certain variations, X is CH. In other variations, X is N. In yet other variations, wherein R¹ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R^(2a) is H or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety. In yet other variations, each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl. In yet other variations, R⁷ is H or CH₃. In one variation, R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some variations, Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; unsubstituted imidazolyl; unsubstituted triazolyl; pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrimidyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrazinyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; or phenyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃. In some variations, X is CH; each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H or CH₃; R⁸ is hydroxyl; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃. In some variations, the compound is Compound No. 325, 129d, 130a, II-121b, II-127a, II-128b, II-130a, II-131, and II-6b.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (A-III) has the formula (A-IIIA):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)N¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond;

R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In some variations, Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; or heteroaryl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In other variations, Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; pyrimidyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; pyrazinyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; or phenyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (A-IIIA), wherein Q, X, R¹, R^(2a), R^(3a), R⁶, R^(6a), R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are as defined for the formula (A-IIIA); R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino; and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (A-IIIA), each R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H. In some variations, R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently halo (e.g., chloro) or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently halo (e.g., chloro or fluoro). In some variations, each R⁶ or R^(6a) is chloro. In some variations, each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H or halo. In some variations, X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H. In some variations, X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is chloro. In some variations, X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is halo (e.g., chloro or fluoro). In some variations, R⁶ is H or halo. In some variations, R⁶ is H. In some variations, R⁶ is chloro. In some variations, R⁶ is halo (e.g., chloro or fluoro). In some variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, X is N. In some variations, R⁷ is H. In some variations, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some variations, R⁸ is H or hydroxyl. In some variations, R⁸ is N(R¹¹)R¹² where each R¹¹ and R¹² is H. In some variations, R⁸ is —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., —OC(O)-t-butyl). In some variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some variations, R⁷ is H; and R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some variations, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl); and R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl); and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl. In some variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl); and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some variations, R⁷ is H; and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some variations, R⁷ is methyl; and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some variations, R⁷ is H; and R⁸ is N(R¹¹)R¹², wherein each R¹¹ and R¹² is H. In some variations, R⁷ is H; and R⁸ is —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., —OC(O)-t-butyl). In some variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, R¹⁰ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some variations, one of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H and the other of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, Q is an unsubstituted heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl). In some variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some variations, Q is heteroaryl substituted with a substituent selected form the group consisting of halo (e.g., fluoro or chloro), C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., CF₃) and carboxyl. In some variations, Q is heteroaryl substituted with halo (e.g., fluoro or chloro) or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, Q is heteroaryl substituted with C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, Q is a pyridyl optionally substituted with a methyl where the pyridyl group may be attached to the parent structure at any position and the methyl group may be attached to the pyridyl group at any open position (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a substituent selected form the group consisting of halo (e.g., fluoro or chloro), C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., CF₃), carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷ where each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl. In some variations, Q is phenyl substituted with —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷ where each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is H.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (A-IIIA), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), each R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, and X is CH. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is methyl and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), R⁸ is hydroxyl, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl. In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷ where each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is H. In some of these variations, Q is 4-carbamoylphenyl.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (A-IIIA), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), each R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, and X is CH. In some variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is N(R¹¹)R¹² wherein each R¹¹ and R¹² is H. In some variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., —OC(O)-t-butyl). In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl); and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H, R⁸ is NH₂, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl. In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is H. In some of these variations, Q is 4-carbamoylphenyl.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (A-IIIA), R¹ and R^(2a) are taken together to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety and R^(3a) is H. In some of these variations, X is N. In some of these variations, X is CH. In some of these variations, R⁶ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) or halo (e.g., chloro). In some of these variations, R⁶ is methyl or chloro. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is methyl and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some of these variations, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), R⁸ is H or hydroxyl, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁷, R⁸, R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl. In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is H. In some of these variations, Q is 4-carbamoylphenyl.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (A-III) has the formula (A-IIIB):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond;

R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In some variations, Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; or heteroaryl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In other variations, Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrimidyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrazinyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; or phenyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (A-IIIB), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), each R^(2a) and R^(1a) is H, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, and X is CH. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is methyl and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), R⁸ is hydroxyl, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (A-III) has the formula (A-IIIC):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond;

R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In some variations, Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; or heteroaryl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In other variations, Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; pyrimidyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; pyrazinyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; or phenyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (A-IIIC), wherein Q, X, R¹, R^(2a), R^(3a), R^(5a), R⁶, R^(6a), R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are as defined for the formula (A-IIIC), R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R₁₃, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵ or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (A-III) has the formula (A-IIID):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵—OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond;

R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In some variations, Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; or heteroaryl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In other variations, Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrimidyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrazinyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; or phenyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (A-IIID), wherein Q, X, R¹, R^(2a), R^(3a), R⁶, R^(6a), R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are as defined for the formula (A-IIID), R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (A-IIID), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), each R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, and X is CH. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is methyl and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), R⁸ is hydroxyl, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (IIID), X is CH, R⁷ is H or methyl, R⁸ is H or OH, Q is phenyl, unsubstituted or substituted with F, Cl, or methoxy; and R⁶ is other than methyl or chloro.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (A-III) has the formula (A-IIIE):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b) and R^(3b) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁶ is H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H; halo; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H; halo; hydroxyl; N(R¹¹)R¹²; SR¹³; S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³; OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; OC(O)-aryl; —OC(O)-heteroaryl; or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In some variations of the compound of formula (A-IIIE), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl. In certain variations, R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with a hydroxyl. In other variations, R¹ is methyl. In yet other variations, R¹ is H.

In some variations of the compound of formula (A-IIIE), R⁶ is halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, or perhaloalkyl. In certain variations, R⁶ is methyl or isopropyl. In other variations of the compound of formula (A-IIIE), each R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a) and R^(3b) is H. In yet other variations of the compound of formula (A-IIIE), R⁷ is an optionally substituted H or an unsubstituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In certain variations, R⁷ is methyl, and R⁸ is hydroxyl.

In yet other variations of the compound of formula (A-IIIE), Q is cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; aryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino. In other variations, Q is an optionally substituted pyridyl, an optionally substituted pyrimidyl, an optionally substituted pyrazinyl, or an optionally substituted phenyl, wherein each of the pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pryazinyl and phenyl is independently unsubstituted or substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, carboxyl, alkoxy and C₁-C₅ alkyl. In one variation, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl. In another variation, Q is an unsubstituted pyrimidyl. In yet another variation, Q is an unsubstituted pyrazinyl. In yet another variation, Q is an unsubstituted phenyl. In yet another variation, Q is a phenyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo or C_(I)-C_(S) alkyl. In one variation, Q is fluoro-phenyl.

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (A-IIIE-1), (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-3) or (A-IIIE-4):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁶ is H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N, wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (A-IIIE-1), (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-3) or (A-IIIE-4), one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the other four of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are independently CR⁴, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In other variations, Y⁵ is CH, and each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is independently N or CR⁴ such that two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In some variations, R⁴ is halo. In other variations, R⁴ is CH₃. In one embodiment, R⁴ is F. In another embodiment, R⁴ is Cl. In some embodiments, any two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are CR⁴, and each R⁴ is independently Cl or F. In one embodiment, each R⁴ is Cl. In another embodiment, each R⁴ is F.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-1), when each R⁷ and R⁸ is H; R¹ is H or methyl; R⁶ is methyl or chloro; each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and Y³ is CH, CF, or CCl; then at least one of Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is other than CH.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-1), the compound is Compound No. 214.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-2). In some variations, X is CH. In other variations, R¹ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁷ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁸ is hydroxyl. In some variations, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N, and the other four of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are independently CR⁴ (e.g., optionally substituted pyridyl). In other variations, two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N, and the other three of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are independently CR⁴ (e.g., optionally substituted pyrimidyl or optionally substituted pyrazinyl). In yet other variations, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴ (e.g., optionally substituted phenyl). In certain variations, R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In one embodiment, R⁴ is F. In another embodiment, R⁴ is Cl. In some embodiments, any two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are CR⁴, wherein each R⁴ is independently Cl or F. In one embodiment, each R⁴ is Cl. In another embodiment, each R⁴ is F.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is optionally substituted cycloalkyl, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴ wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H or fluoro. In another embodiment, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with acylamino, R⁸ is CH₂—CON(H)CH₃, R¹ is methyl or ethyl, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, or difluoro. In another embodiment, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H or methyl. In another embodiment, two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with —C(O)OR^(7a), R^(7a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, R¹ is methyl or ethyl, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, or difluoro. In another embodiment, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, or methyl. In another embodiment, two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with 1-3 halo, R⁷ is CF₃, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl, R⁶ is methyl, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H or fluoro.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is optionally substituted phenyl, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl or ethyl, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, or fluoro. In another embodiment, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁸ is halo. In one embodiment, R⁸ is fluoro or chloro, R¹ is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or cyclopropyl, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, or difluoro. In another embodiment, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, or methyl. In another embodiment, two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, and the compound is Compound No. 60, 61, 84-86, 89, 91, 117, 180, 184, 200, 201, 202, 204, 206-210, 213, 217-19, 297-299, 317, 319-320, or 332.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (I), each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, and the compound is Compound No. II-39 or II-40.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is H, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and the compound is Compound No. 30, 52, 66, 67, 139, 142, 183, or 203.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is H, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and the compound is Compound No. II-88 or II-192.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is H, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y² is N, and the compound is Compound No. 7, 21, 51, 59, 62, 140, or 144.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is H, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y² is N, and the compound is Compound No. II-57, II-92, II-94, II-190 or II-191.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is H, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y² is N, and the compound is Compound No. III-1.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is H, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y³ is N, and the compound is Compound No. 3, 4, 6, 11, 23, 49, 63, 69-72, 81, 133, or 135.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is H, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y² is N, and the compound is Compound No. II-60, II-63, II-64, II-65, II-67, II-68, II-75, II-83, II-84, II-90, II-93, or II-97.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and the compound is Compound No. 90, 98, or 254.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and the compound is Compound No. II-36, 47, 163, 189, 194 to 203, or II-205.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and the compound is Compound No. III-36, III-47, III-50, or III-51.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y³ is N, and the compound is Compound No. 1, 2, or 253.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y³ is N, and the compound is Compound No. II-58, II-168, II-172, II-173, II-181, II-182, or III-49.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y² is N, and the compound is Compound No. 5, 29, 31, 56, 64, 93, 143, 169, 174, or 179.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y² is N, and the compound is Compound No. II-80, 105, 118, 123, 124, 136, 141, 145, 148, 154, 193, 220, 269, II-280, or III-48.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁸ is N(R¹¹)R¹², and the compound is Compound No. 27, 149 to 152, or 157.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁸ is N(R¹¹)R¹², and the compound is Compound No. II-1, II-8 to II-14, or II-260.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is other than H or methyl, R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. 33 to 35, 223, or 263.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is other than H or methyl, R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. II-160, II-162, II-166, II-167, II-174, II-186, II-206, II-255, II-257, II-259, II-264, II-265, II-278, or III-52.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is H, and the compound is Compound No. 255, 288, or 289.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), R⁷ is substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁸ is H, and the compound is Compound No. II-216 to II-218, II-221 to II-231, II-232, or III-224 to III-253.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), the compound is Compound No. 25, 54, 68, 83, 94, 102, 130, 141, 146, 147, 260, or 338.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), the compound is Compound No. II-15, II-16, II-19, II-207-II-213, II-256, II-258, II-262, II-263, II-274, 11-277, II-295, II-296, II-299, or V-14.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-3), when each R⁷ and R⁸ is H;

R¹ is methyl; R⁶ is chloro; each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and Y³ is CH, CF, or CCl; then at least one of Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is other than CH.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-3), the compound is Compound No. 40, 53, 65, 119, 215, 315, II-169, or II-184.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-4), when each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, or R⁷ taken together with R⁸ form a —CH₂ moiety, R¹ is methyl; R⁶ is F, Cl, CF₃, ethenyl, or propenyl; each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and Y³ is CH, CF or CCl; then at least one of Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is other than CH.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-4), the compound is Compound No. 32, 44, 45, 48, 57, 82, 216, 11-170, or II-183.

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (A-IIIE-5), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIE-7) or (A-IIIE-8):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁶ is H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, —C(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene;

Q is

wherein

-   -   each Z¹, Z², Z³ and Z⁴ is independently N or CR⁴ such that no         more than two of Z¹, Z², Z³ and Z⁴ are N, wherein R⁴ is H, halo,         CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃;     -   each Z⁵ and Z¹⁰ is independently O, S or NR^(4a), wherein R^(4a)         is H or CH₃; and     -   each Z⁶, Z⁷, Z⁸, Z⁹, Z¹¹ and Z¹² is independently N or CR⁴,         wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.

In other embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-6). In other variations, R¹ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁷ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁸ is hydroxyl.

In some variations, Q is

In some variations, R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.

In some variations of the compound of formula (A-IIIE-1), (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-3), (A-IIIE-4), (A-IIIE-5), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIE-7) or (A-IIIE-8), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl. In certain variations, R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with a hydroxyl. In other variations, R¹ is methyl. In some variations, R⁶ is halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl or perhaloalkyl. In certain variations, R⁶ is methyl or isopropyl. In yet other variations of the compound of formula (A-IIIE-1), (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-3), (A-IIIE-4), (A-IIIE-5), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIE-7) or (A-IIIE-8), R⁷ is an optionally substituted or an unsubstituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is hydroxyl. In certain variations, R⁷ is methyl, and R⁸ is hydroxyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIE-6), when each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, R⁶ is H, methyl, Cl, F, CF₃, or methoxy; then R¹ is other than methyl or cyclopropyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-6), the compound is Compound No. 131, 307, 308, 318, 326, II-106, or II-142.

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (A-IIIF):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(1a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(1a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b) and R^(3b) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁶ is H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (A-IIIF-1), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIF-3) or (A-IIIF-4):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁶ is H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N, wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.

In some variations, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the other four of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are independently CR⁴, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In other variations, Y⁵ is CH, and each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is independently N or CR⁴ such that two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In some variations, R⁴ is halo. In other variations, R⁴ is CH₃. In one embodiment, R⁴ is F. In another embodiment, R⁴ is Cl. In some embodiments, any two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are CR⁴, and each R⁴ is independently Cl or F. In one embodiment, each R⁴ is Cl. In another embodiment, each R⁴ is F.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-1), when R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl, R⁶ is chloro; then Y³ is other than N.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-2), when each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently CR⁴; and R¹ is methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, or cyclopropyl; then R⁶ is other than Cl or methyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-2), R⁷ is optionally substituted cycloalkyl, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H or fluoro. In another embodiment, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-2), R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with acylamino, R⁸ is CH₂—CON(H)CH₃, R¹ is methyl or ethyl, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, or difluoro. In another embodiment, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, or methyl. In another embodiment, two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-2), R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with —C(O)OR^(7a), R^(7a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, R¹ is methyl or ethyl, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, or difluoro. In another embodiment, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, or methyl. In another embodiment, two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-2), R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with 1-3 halo, R⁷ is CF₃, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl, R⁶ is methyl, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H or fluoro.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-2), R⁷ is optionally substituted phenyl, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl or ethyl, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, or fluoro. In another embodiment, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-2), and R⁸ is halo. In one embodiment, R⁸ is fluoro or chloro, R¹ is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or cyclopropyl, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, or difluoro. In another embodiment, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H, or methyl. In another embodiment, two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N and the rest are independently CR⁴, wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIF-2), R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and the compound is Compound No. 18 or 20.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIF-2), R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and the compound is Compound No. II-20, II-48, II-49, II-52, II-53, II-55, II-156, II-157, or II-158.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIF-2), R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and the compound is Compound No. III-6, III-7, III-8, III-64-68, III-74, III-78, III-92, III-95 to III-97, or III-98.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIF-2), each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and the compound is Compound No. III-189-191, III-196, III-256 to III-257, or III-258.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIF-2), R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y² is N, and the compound is Compound No. 14, 28, 43, 128, 196, II-87, or III-93.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (I) or (A-IIIF-2), each Y¹, Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y² is N, and the compound is Compound No. II-249, III-192, or III-194.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (I) or (A-IIIF-2), R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y³ is N, and the compound is Compound No. 8, 19, 41, III-69, III-75 to III-82, III-87 to III-88, III-90, or III-94.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIF-2), each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, Y³ is N, and the compound is Compound No. 153, III-187, III-188, III-195 or III-197.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-3), when each R⁷ and R⁸ is H; R¹ is methyl; R⁶ is chloro; each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and Y³ is CH, CF or CCl; then at least one of Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is other than CH.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-4), when each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, or R⁷ taken together with R⁸ form a —CH₂ moiety, R¹ is methyl′ R⁶ is F, Cl, CF₃, ethenyl, or propenyl; each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴, and Y³ is CH, CF or CCl; then at least one of Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is other than CH.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-3), when R⁷ is H or methyl; R⁸ is OH; R⁶ is chloro or iso-propyl; Y² or Y³ is N; then R¹ is other than methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIF-3), the compound is Compound No. III-4, III-71, or III-90.

In some embodiments, the compound is of formula (A-IIIF-4), when R⁷ is H or methyl, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl, R⁶ is Cl, F, or methoxy; then Y³ is other than N.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIF-4), the compound is Compound No. III-5, III-70, III-72, or III-89.

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (A-IIIG-1), (A-IIIG-2) or (A-IIIG-3):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁶ is H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N, wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.

In some embodiments, the compound is of the formula (A-IIIG-2). In some variations, R¹ is H or CH₃. In other variations, R⁷ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁸ is hydroxyl or NH₂. In yet other variations, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H. In yet other variations, one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the other four of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are independently CR⁴, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In other variations, Y⁵ is CH, and each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is independently N or CR⁴ such that two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In some variations, R⁴ is halo. In other variations, R⁴ is CH₃. In one embodiment, R⁴ is F. In another embodiment, R⁴ is Cl. In some embodiments, any two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are CR⁴, and each R⁴ is independently Cl or F. In one embodiment, each R⁴ is Cl. In another embodiment, each R⁴ is F.

In some embodiments, the compound is of the formula (A-IIIG-1), (A-IIIG-2), or (A-IIIG-3), R⁶ is H, R¹ is methyl, each of R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is CR⁴ wherein at least one R⁴ is other than H.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIG-2), R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. 55, 136, 138, 145, II-99, II-100, II-108, II-109, II-111, or II-114.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIG-2), the compound is Compound No. 156, 159, II-110, II-119, II-240, or V-2.

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (A-II1H):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁶ is H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)_(e), OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N, wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIH), the compound is Compound No. 13, 15, 92, 154, 172, 221, or 339.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIH), the compound is Compound No. II-22, II-24 to II-35, II-37, II-38, II-41 to II-46, II-51, II-134, II-135, II-155, II-159, II-246, or II-289.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIH), the compound is Compound No. III-9-46, III-209 to III-220, III-320 to III-351, or III-352.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIH), the compound is Compound No. V-21.

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (A-IIIH-1), (A-IIIH-2), (A-IIIH-3) or (A-IIIH-4):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 independently substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁶ is H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)_(e), OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N, wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.

In some variations, R¹ is H or CH₃. In other variations, R⁷ is H or CH₃. In yet other variations, R⁸ is hydroxyl or NH₂. In yet other variations, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H. In some variations,

each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N, wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. one of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is N and the other four of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are independently CR⁴, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In other variations, Y⁵ is CH, and each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is independently N or CR⁴ such that two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃. In some variations, R⁴ is halo. In other variations, R⁴ is CH₃. In one embodiment, R⁴ is F. In another embodiment, R⁴ is Cl. In some embodiments, any two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are CR⁴, and each R⁴ is independently Cl or F. In one embodiment, each R⁴ is Cl. In another embodiment, each R⁴ is F.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIH-2), R⁶ is methyl or chloro, R⁷ is H or methyl, R⁸ is H or OH, Y¹ or Y² is independently C—H, C—F, C—Cl, or C-methoxy, and Y³ is other than CH, CF, CCl, or C—OCH₃.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIH-2), R⁶ is Cl or methyl, R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is hydroxyl, and the compound is Compound No. 221.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIH-2), R⁶ is Cl or methyl, R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is hydroxyl, and the compound is Compound No. II-24, II-25, or II-26.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIH-2), R⁶ is Cl or methyl, R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is hydroxyl, and the compound is Compound No. III-11 to III-20, III-22, III-26 to III-38, or III-44 to III-46.

In one aspect, provided is a compound of formula (A-IIIA′):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

-   -   X, R¹, R^(3a), R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰ and Q are as defined for         formula (A-IIIA),     -   R^(4a) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; halo;         hydroxyl; cyano; carboxyl; —OC(O)N(R^(14a))R¹⁵; and         —C(O)N(R^(14a))R^(15a);     -   R^(4b) is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo,         and optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

In one embodiment, when R^(4b) is hydrogen, R^(4a) is other than hydrogen. In some variations, R^(4a) is halo. In some variations, R^(4a) is chloro. In some variations, R^(4a) is fluoro. In some variations, each R^(4a) and R^(4b) is halo.

In one aspect, provided is a compound of formula (A-IV):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein: R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (A-IV), wherein m, n and R¹ are as defined for the formula (A-IV);

R^(2a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, —NHC(O)CH₃ and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷; and

each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In one embodiment, the compound is of formula (A-IV), each of R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4b), R^(5a) and R^(5b) is H; each R^(2a) and R^(4a) is H, or R^(2a) is taken together with R^(4a), when present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently CF₃, methyl, Cl, CONHCH₃, COOH, COOCH₃, or F; X is CR⁶; and R¹ is other than methyl. In another embodiment, X is CR⁶, R⁶ is F; and R¹ is other than methyl.

In one aspect, provided is a compound of formula (A-V):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

s is 0 or 1;

each R⁹ and R¹⁰, where present, is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R¹⁸ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, and

indicates the presence of either an (E) or (Z) double bond configuration; and

Q is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (A-V), wherein m, n and R¹ are as defined for the formula (A-V);

R^(2a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halogen atoms, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

s is 0 or 1;

each R⁹ and R¹⁰, where present, is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R¹⁸ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, and

indicates the presence of either an (E) or (Z) double bond configuration;

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, —NHC(O)CH₃ and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷; and

each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-V), the compound is Compound No. 116, 121, or 132.

In one aspect, provided is a compound of formula (A-VI):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R⁹, where present, to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety, or is taken together with R¹⁰, where present, to form a bond;

s is 0 or 1;

each R⁹ and R¹⁰, where present, is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is acylamino, carbonylalkoxy, acyloxy, aminoacyl, aminocarbonylalkoxy or aminoaryl.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (A-VI), wherein m, n, Q and R¹ are as defined for the formula (A-VI);

R^(2a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halogen atoms, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino;

s is 0 or 1;

each R⁹ and R¹⁰, where present, is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

each R¹¹, R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In another embodiment, the compound is of formula (A-VIIA), (A-VIIB), (A-VIIC), (A-VIID), (A-VIIE) or (A-VIIF):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹, where present, is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each X¹, X², X and U is independently N or CR⁶;

each R⁶ is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

each Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ are N, wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIA), R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. II-107, II-164, II-165, III-2, III-102-107, III-114, III-131, III-135, III-137, or III-138.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIA), each X¹, X², X and U is independently CR⁶; and the compound is Compound No. 211, III-100, III-200-202, III-207, III-289 to III-296, III-307, III-309, III-316, III-318, or III-319.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIA), each X¹, X², X and U is independently CR⁶, each Y¹, Y³, Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently CR⁴, Y² is N, and the compound is Compound No. III-132, III-133, III-203, III-205, III-294, III-299, III-303, III-306, III-312, or III-315.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIA), each X¹, X², X and U is independently CR⁶, each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently CR⁴, Y³ is N, and the compound is Compound No. 73, 154, II-66, III-101, III-108 to III-113, III-115 to III-121, III-125 to III-130, III-134, III-138, III-198, III-199, III-206 to III-208, III-297, III-298, III-301, III-302, III-305, III-308, III-311, III-314, or III-317.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIA), each X¹, X², and X is CR⁶; U is N, and the compound is Compound No. III-2.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIB), each X¹, X², X and U is independently CR⁶, R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. III-59.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIC), each X¹, X², X and U is independently CR⁶, R⁸ is OH, each Y¹, Y², Y⁴ and Y⁵ is independently CR⁴, Y³ is N, and the compound is Compound No. 36, 38, or II-69.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIID), each X¹, X², X and U is independently CR⁶, R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. III-58.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIE), each X¹, X², X and U is independently CR⁶, R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. III-60.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIE), each X¹, X², X and U is independently CR⁶, R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. III-56.

In another embodiment, the compound is of formula (A-VIIIA) or (A-VIIIB):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each X¹, X², X and U is independently N or CR⁶;

each R⁶ is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)_(e), OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene;

R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and

Q is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl is independently optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents including halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy or cycloalkoxy, —CN or —C(O)N(R^(a))R^(b), and wherein each R^(a) and R^(b) is independently H or C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In some variations of the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA) or (A-VIIIB), one of X¹, X², X and U is N, and the other three of X¹, X², X and U is CR⁶. In other variations, two of X¹, X², X and U is N, and the other two of X¹, X², X and U is CR⁶. In some variations, R⁷ is a C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, —N(R^(7a))(R^(7b)), —C(O)N(R^(7a))(R^(7b)), —C(O)OR^(7a), —C(O)R^(7a). In other variations, R⁷ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In some variations, R¹⁰ is an optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In other variations, R¹¹ or R¹² is an optionally substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl. In some variations, Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, optionally substituted pyrimidyl, optionally substituted pyrazinyl, or optionally substituted phenyl.

In some variations of the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA), X¹ is N; each X² and X is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; U is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H or methyl; R¹ is methyl; each R⁷ and R⁸ is H; and Q is other than unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with methyl or CF₃.

In some variations of the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA), U is N, each X¹, X² and X is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; R¹ is methyl; R⁷ is H or methyl; R⁸ is H, OH or methyl; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with chloro, unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with methyl or CF₃.

In some variations of the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA), X² is N, each X² and X is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; U is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is H or methyl; R¹ is methyl; each of R⁷ and R⁸ is H; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with CF₃.

In some variations of the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA), X is N, each X¹, U and X² is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; R¹ is methyl; each of R⁷ and R⁸ is H; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl.

In some variations of the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA), each X and U is N, each X¹ and X² is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; R¹ is methyl; each of R⁷ and R⁸ is H; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl.

In some variations of the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA), the compound is according to formula (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-3), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-5), (A-VIIIA-6), or (A-VIIIA-7):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein Q, R¹, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸, are as described for formula (A-VIIIA), and each X¹, U, X², or X (where present) is independently CR⁶.

In one embodiment, the compound is according to formula (A-VIIIA-1), each X¹, U and X² is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; R¹ is methyl; each of R⁷ and R⁸ is H; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl.

In one embodiment, the compound is according to formula (A-VIIIA-2), each X¹ and X is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; U is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is H or methyl; R¹ is methyl; each of R⁷ and R⁸ is H; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl, unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with CF₃.

In one embodiment, the compound is according to formula (A-VIIIA-3), each X¹, X² and

X is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; R¹ is methyl; R⁷ is H or methyl; R⁸ is H, OH or methyl; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with chloro, unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with methyl or CF₃.

In one embodiment, the compound is according to formula (A-VIIIA-4), each X² and X is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; U is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is H or methyl; R¹ is methyl; each R⁷ and R⁸ is H; and Q is other than unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with methyl or CF₃.

In one embodiment, the compound is according to formula (A-VIIIA-5), each X¹ and X² is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; R¹ is methyl; each of R⁷ and R⁸ is H; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-3), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-5), (A-VIIIA-6), or (A-VIIIA-7), each X¹, U, X², or X (where present) is independently CR⁶, and each R⁶ is H. In another embodiment, each R⁶ is independently selected from H, C₁-C₅ alkyl, and halo C₁-C₅ alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R⁶ is independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, fluoro, chloro, CH₂F, and CF₃.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-6), or (A-VIIIA-7), each X¹, X², or X (where present) is CH, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is selected from H, C₁-C₅ alkyl, and halo C₁-C₅ alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R⁶ is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, fluoro, chloro, CH₂F, and CF₃.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-3), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-5), (A-VIIIA-6), or (A-VIIIA-7), each R⁷ and R⁸ is H. In another embodiment, R⁷ is H or methyl, and R⁸ is H, OH or methyl.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-3), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-5), (A-VIIIA-6), or (A-VIIIA-7), Q is optionally substituted phenyl.

In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-3), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-5), (A-VIIIA-6), or (A-VIIIA-7), Q is phenyl substituted with C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo, halo C₁-C₅ alkyl, or C₁-C₅ alkoxy.

In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-3), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-5), (A-VIIIA-6), or (A-VIIIA-7), Q is phenyl substituted with methyl, ethyl, fluoro, chloro, methoxy, or CF₃.

In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-3), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-5), (A-VIIIA-6), or (A-VIIIA-7), Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, or optionally substituted pyrimidinyl.

In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-3), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-5), (A-VIIIA-6), or (A-VIIIA-7), Q is pyridyl substituted with C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-VIIIA-1), (A-VIIIA-2), (A-VIIIA-3), (A-VIIIA-4), (A-VIIIA-5), (A-VIIIA-6), or (A-VIIIA-7), Q is pyridyl substituted with methyl, ethyl, fluoro, chloro, or CF₃.

In one embodiment, provided are compounds of formula (A-1×A), (A-IXB), (A-IXC) or (A-IXD):

wherein U, Q, R¹, R⁶, R⁷, and R⁸ are as described for formula (A-I).

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is azido. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is N(R^(1l))R¹². In certain embodiments, each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene. In certain embodiments, R⁷ is H or methyl, R⁸ is azido, or N(R¹¹)R¹², and each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene. In certain embodiments, R⁸ is SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, or SO₂R¹³; and R¹³ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In one embodiment, R¹³ is methyl, ethyl, i-propyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, or t-butyl. In certain embodiments, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with amino or substituted amino. In certain embodiments, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with OH or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with —C(O)N(R^(7a))R^(7b); and each R^(7a) and R^(7b) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R^(7a) and R^(7b) are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene. In certain embodiments, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with acyl.

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is halo. In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IXB) or (A-IXC), when R⁸ is fluoro or chloro, R¹ is methyl, ethyl, i-propyl, or cyclopropyl, R⁷ is H or methyl, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro, then Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with methoxy, chloro, fluoro, difluoro, unsubstituted pyridyl, pyridyl substituted with methyl, or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl.

In certain embodiments, R⁷ is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IXB) or (A-IXC), when R⁷ is optionally substituted cycloalkyl, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro, then Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with fluoro, or unsubstituted pyridyl. In one embodiment, R⁷ is optionally substituted cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. In certain embodiments, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with acylamino.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IXB) or (A-IXC), when R⁷ is CH₂—CON(H)CH₃, R¹ is methyl or ethyl, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro, then Q is other than phenyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, methoxy, or difluoro, unsubstituted pyridyl, pyridyl substituted with methyl, or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl.

In certain embodiments, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with —C(O)OR^(7a), and R^(7a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In one embodiment, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with —C(O)OR^(7a), R^(7a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, R¹ is methyl or ethyl, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro; and Q is other than phenyl substituted with F, chloro, methoxy, or difluoro, unsubstituted pyridyl, pyridyl substituted with methyl, or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl.

In certain embodiments, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl, substituted with 1-3 halo.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IXB), R⁷ is CF₃, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl; and Q is other than phenyl substituted with fluoro. In one particular embodiment, R⁷ is CF₃.

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is —C(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; and each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene.

In one particular embodiment, R⁸ is —C(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; and each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or methyl, R¹ is methyl, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl; and Q is other than cyclobutyl.

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl; and each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene.

In certain embodiments, R⁷ is optionally substituted phenyl. In one particular embodiment, R⁷ is optionally substituted phenyl, R⁸ is OH, R¹ is methyl or ethyl, U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is methyl or chloro; and Q is other than unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with fluoro or unsubstituted pyridyl.

In certain embodiments, R⁸ is OH. In some embodiments, R⁸ is OH, and R⁷ is other than H, or C₁-C₄ alkyl.

In some embodiments, compounds of the formula (B-I) are provided:

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety, or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

t is 1, 2 or 3;

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

R⁸ is azido, acylamino, carboxyl, carbonylalkoxy, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl;

each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In one variation, Q, X, m, n, t, R¹, R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5a), R^(5b), R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ are as defined for the formula (B-I), and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted another variation, Q, X, m, n, t, R¹, R^(2a), R^(2b), R^(3a), R^(3b), R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5a), R^(5b), R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ are as defined for the formula (B-I), and R⁸ is carboxyl, or carbonylalkoxy, or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof.

In one variation, Q is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, —NHC(O)CH₃ and —C(O)NR¹¹R¹² where each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In some variations, R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), each R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, and X is CR^(6a) where R^(6a) is methyl or chloro. In some of these variations, t is 1, 2 or 3. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some of these variations, R⁷ is H. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl. In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with —C(O)NR¹¹R¹² where each R¹¹ and R¹² is H. In some of these variations, Q is 4-carbamoylphenyl.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (B-I) has the formula (B-IA):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

R⁸ is azido, acylamino, carboxyl, carbonylalkoxy, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl;

each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (B-IA), wherein Q, X, R¹, R^(2a), R^(3a), R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ are as defined for the formula (B-IA), and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof. In another variation, Q, X, R¹, R^(2a), R^(3a), R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ are as defined for the formula (B-IA), and R⁸ is carboxyl, or carbonylalkoxy.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (B-IA), each R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H. In some variations, R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently halo (e.g., chloro) or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently halo (e.g., chloro or fluoro). In some variations, R⁶ and R^(6a) is chloro. In some variations, each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, X is CR^(6a) where R^(6a) is H or halo. In some variations, X is CR^(6a) where R^(6a) is H. In some variations, X is CR^(6a) where R^(6a) is chloro. In some variations, X is CR^(6a) where R^(6a) is halo (e.g., chloro or fluoro). In some variations, R⁶ is H or halo. In some variations, R⁶ is H. In some variations, R⁶ is chloro. In some variations, R⁶ is halo (e.g., chloro or fluoro). In some variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, X is N. In some variations, R⁷ is H. In some variations, R⁷ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, R⁸ is azido. In some variations, R⁸ is carboxyl, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some variations, R⁸ is acylamino. In some variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, R¹⁰ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some variations, one of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H and the other is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, Q is an unsubstituted heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl). In some variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some variations, Q is heteroaryl substituted with a substituent selected form the group consisting of halo (e.g., fluoro or chloro), C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), halo-substituted C_(I)-C_(S) alkyl (e.g., CF₃) and carboxyl. In some variations, Q is heteroaryl substituted with halo (e.g., fluoro or chloro) or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, Q is heteroaryl substituted with C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl). In some variations, Q is a pyridyl optionally substituted with a methyl where the pyridyl group may be attached to the parent structure at any position and the methyl group may be attached to the pyridyl group at any open position (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a substituent selected form the group consisting of halo (e.g., fluoro or chloro), C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., CF₃), carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹¹R¹² where each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl. In some variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl. In some variations, Q is phenyl substituted with —C(O)NR¹¹R¹² where each R¹¹ and R¹² is H.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (B-IA), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), each R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, and X is CH. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is azido. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is methyl and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), R⁸ is azido, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl. In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with —C(O)NR¹¹R¹² where each R¹¹ and R¹² is H. In some of these variations, Q is 4-carbamoylphenyl.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (B-IA), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), each R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, and X is CH. In some variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl. In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with —C(O)NR¹¹R¹² where each R¹¹ and R¹² is H. In some of these variations, Q is 4-carbamoylphenyl.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (B-IA), R¹ and R^(2a) are taken together to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety and R^(1a) is H. In some of these variations, X is N. In some of these variations, X is CH. In some of these variations, R⁶ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) or halo (e.g., chloro). In some of these variations, R⁶ is methyl or chloro. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is methyl and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), R⁸ is azido, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl. In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with —C(O)NR¹¹R¹² where each R¹¹ and R¹² is H. In some of these variations, Q is 4-carbamoylphenyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (B-IA), X is CR⁶, R⁸ is azido, and the compound is Compound No. II-261, II-266, II-276, II-298, V-1, V-3, V-22, or V23.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (B-IA), X is CR⁶, R⁸ is acylamino, carboxyl, or carbonylalkoxy, and the compound is Compound No. II-258, II-262, II-263, or II-277.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (B-IA), X is CR⁶, R⁸ is —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, and the compound is Compound No. V-18.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (B-IA), X is CR⁶, R⁸ is —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl, and the compound is Compound No. II-256, II-274, II-281, V-14 or V-15.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (B-I) has the formula (B-IB):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

R⁸ is azido, acylamino, carboxyl, carbonylalkoxy, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl;

each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (B-IB), wherein Q, X, R¹, R^(2a), R^(3a), R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ are as defined for the formula (B-IB), and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof. In another variation, Q, X, R¹, R^(2a), R^(3a), R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ are as defined for the formula (B-IB), and R⁸ is carboxyl, or carbonylalkoxy.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (B-IB), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), each R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, and X is CH. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is azido. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is methyl and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (B-I) has the formula (B-IC):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

R⁸ is azido, acylamino, carboxyl, carbonylalkoxy, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl;

each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (B-IC), wherein Q, X, R¹, R^(2a), R^(3a), R^(5a), R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ are as defined for the formula (B-IC), and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof. In another variation, Q, X, R¹, R^(2a), R^(3a), R^(5a), R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ are as defined for the formula (B-IC), and R⁸ is carboxyl, or carbonylalkoxy.

In another embodiment, the compound of formula (B-I) has the formula (B-ID):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl, or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(2a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

R⁸ is azido, acylamino, carboxyl, carbonylalkoxy, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl, or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl;

each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; and

Q is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In one variation, the compound is of the formula (B-ID), wherein Q, X, R¹, R^(2a), R^(3a), R⁶ and R^(6a) are as defined for the formula (B-ID), R⁷ is H, halo, or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl; and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof.

In some variations of the compound of the formula (B-ID), R¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), each R^(2a) and R^(3a) is H, R⁶ is methyl or chloro, and X is CH. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁷ is methyl and R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In some of these variations, R⁹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), R⁸ is azido, and each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. In some of these variations, Q is an unsubstituted pyridyl group which may be attached to the parent structure at any position (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl. In some of these variations, Q is pyridyl substituted a methyl (e.g., 6-methyl-3-pyridyl and 3-methyl-4-pyridyl). In some of these variations, Q is phenyl substituted with a halo group (e.g., fluorophenyl). In some of these variations, Q is 4-fluorophenyl.

In one particular embodiment, the compound is of the formula (B-IA), (B-IB), (B-IC) or (B-ID), or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo and hydroxyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo and hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo and hydroxyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R^(2a), R^(3a) or R^(5a) (where applicable) is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

or R¹ and R^(2a), or R¹ and R^(3a) are taken together to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

X is N or CR^(6a);

each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H; halogen; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from halogen atoms and hydroxyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R⁷, R⁹ and R¹⁰ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is azido, acylamino, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl or —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl; and

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents including halogen, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy or cycloalkoxy, —CN, —CO₂H or —C(O)N(R^(a))R^(b) where each R^(a) and R^(b) is independently H or C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In certain embodiments of the compounds of any formula detailed herein, where applicable, such as compounds of the formulae (B-I), (B-IA), (B-IB), (B-IC) and (B-ID), R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl) or —C(O)OR¹¹ where R¹¹ is C₁-C₅ alkyl. It is understood that any descriptions of R¹ may be combined with any descriptions of other moieties (e.g., X, R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰ and Q) the same as if each and every combination were specifically and individually listed.

In certain embodiments of the compounds of any formula detailed herein, where applicable, such as compounds of the formulae (B-I), (B-IA), (B-IB), (B-IC) and (B-ID), each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, CH₃ or Cl. It is understood that any descriptions of R⁶ or R^(6a) may be combined with any descriptions of other moieties (e.g., X, R¹, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰ and Q) the same as if each and every combination were specifically and individually listed.

In certain embodiments of the compounds of any formula detailed herein, where applicable, such as compounds of the formulae (B-I), (B-IA), (B-IB), (B-IC) and (B-ID), X is N. In certain embodiments of the compounds of the formulae (B-I), (B-IA), (B-IB), (B-IC) and (B-ID), X is CR^(6a). In some of these embodiments, R^(6a) is H, CH₃ or Cl. It is understood that any descriptions of X, R⁶ and R^(6a) may be combined with any descriptions of other moieties (e.g., R¹, R⁷, R⁸, R⁹, R¹⁰ and Q) the same as if each and every combination were specifically and individually listed.

In certain embodiments of the compounds any formula detailed herein, where applicable, such as compounds of the formulae (B-I), (B-IA), (B-IB), (B-IC) and (B-ID), R⁸ is azido. In another variation, R⁸ is carboxyl. In another variation, R⁸ is carbonylalkoxy. In another variation, R⁸ is —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl (e.g., —OC(O)CH₂CO₂H, —OC(O)CH₂CH₂CO₂H, or —OC(O)CH₂CH₂CH₂CO₂H). In one variation, R⁸ is —OC₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with carboxyl. In another variation, R⁸ is —OC₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with carboxyl (e.g., —OCH₂CO₂H, —OCH₂CH₂CO₂H, or —OCH₂CH₂CH₂CO₂H). In yet another variation, R⁸ is —OC₁-C₅ alkyl. In another variation, R⁸ is acylamino of the formula —C(O)NR¹³R¹⁴ where each R¹³ and R¹⁴ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., —C(O)NH₂, —C(O)NHCH₃ or —C(O)N(CH₃)₂). In some variations, R⁸ is acylamino of the formula —C(O)NR¹³R¹⁴ where R¹³ and R¹⁴ are joined with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a heterocycle (e.g., —C(O)-pyrrolidinyl). It is understood that any descriptions of R⁸ may be combined with any descriptions of other moieties (e.g., X, R¹, R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁹, R¹⁰ and Q) the same as if each and every combination were specifically and individually listed.

In certain embodiments of the compounds of any formula detailed herein, where applicable, such as compounds of the formulae (B-I), (B-IA), (B-IB), (B-IC) and (B-ID), Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo (e.g., fluoro or chloro), C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., CF₃), carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹¹R¹². In some variations, Q is unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some variations, Q is aryl or heteroaryl substituted with a substituent selected form the group consisting of halo (e.g., fluoro or chloro), C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., CF₃), carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹¹R¹². In some variations, Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 2 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo (e.g., fluoro or chloro), C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., CF₃), carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹¹R¹². In some variations, Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo (e.g., fluoro or chloro), C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., methyl), halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl (e.g., CF₃), carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹¹R¹² (e.g., —C(O)NH₂). It is understood that any descriptions of Q may be combined with any descriptions of other moieties (e.g., X, R¹, R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R⁸, R⁹ and R¹⁰) the same as if each and every combination were specifically and individually listed.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (B-ID), the compound is Compound No. V-21.

In some embodiments, compounds of the formula (C-I) are provided:

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R⁶ is H; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halogen atoms or hydroxyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or —C(O)OR¹¹; or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

R⁷ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³ or SO₂R¹³;

each R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each X¹, X² and X is N or CH such that no more than two of X¹, X² and X are N;

each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; and

n is 0 or 1.

In one variation of formula (C-I), one or more of the following apply (i) n is 1; (ii) R⁶ is other than Cl when n is 0, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ is CH and Y³ is CF; (iii) R⁶ is other than H when n is 0 and (iv) R⁶ is other than CH₃ when n is 0, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each X¹, X², Y¹ and Y⁴ is CH; each X and Y² is N and Y³ is CCH₃. In one such variation, R⁶ is a fluoro-containing moiety, such as —CF₃, —CHF₂, —CH₂F, or —CH₂F. In another variation, compounds of the formula (C-I) are provided, wherein the compounds are other than compounds (A)-(G) in Table A.

In one variation, compounds of formula (C-I) are embraced, provided that at least one of X¹, X² and X is CH. In another variation, at least two of X¹, X² and X is CH. In one aspect, when at least one or when at least two of X¹, X² and X is CH, one or more of the following apply (i) n is 1 and (ii) R⁶ is other than H, C₁ or CH₃. In another variation, when X² is N then X is CH. In another variation, when X² is CH then X is N. In one aspect, when X² is CH and X is N, then one or more of the following apply (i) n is 1 and (ii) R⁶ is other than H or CH₃.

In another variation of formula (C-I), R⁶ is halo, CH₃, CH₂F, CHF₂, CF₃ or CD₃.

In another variation of formula (C-I), R⁷ is H or CH₃. In one variation, R⁷ is H, CH₃, CF₃, CH₂F, CHF₂ or CH₂OH.

In another variation of formula (C-I), R⁸ is H or OH. In one variation, R⁸ is —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³ or SO₂R¹³. In one variation, R⁸ is N(R¹¹)R¹². In one variation, R⁸ is SR¹³, S(O)R¹³ or SO₂R¹³.

In another variation of formula (C-I), at least one of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N. In another variation, Y¹ and Y³ are each N. In another variation, Y² and Y⁴ are each N. In another variation, Y¹ and Y⁴ are each N.

In another variation of formula (C-I), Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ are each H, and Y³ is CR⁴, wherein R⁴ is halo, CH₃, CF₃ or OCH₃.

In another variation of formula (C-I), R⁶ is F, Cl, Br, CD₃ or CH₂F; X¹, X² and X are each N or CH; Y² and Y³ are each N or CR⁴, wherein R⁴ is CH₃ or CF₃; R⁸ is H or hydroxyl; and n is 0 or 1. In another variation, of formula (C-I), R⁶ is F, Cl, Br, CD₃ or CH₂F; R⁷ is H, CH₃, CF₃, CH₂F, CHF₂ or CH₂OH; X¹, X² and X are each N or CH; Y² and Y³ are each N or CR⁴, wherein R⁴ is CH₃ or CF₃; R⁸ is H or hydroxyl; and n is 0 or 1. In one such variation, Y¹ and Y⁴ are both CH.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-I), n is O, R⁶ is Cl, R⁷ and R⁸ are both H, each X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ is CH and Y³ is other than CF.

In one embodiment, the compound is of formula (C-IA) or (C-IB):

wherein R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are as described for formula (C-I). In one variation of formula (C-IA), one or more of the following apply (i) R⁶ is other than Cl when n is 0, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ is CH and Y³ is CF; (ii) R⁶ is other than H when n is 0 and (iii) R⁶ is other than CH₃ when n is 0, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each X¹, X², Y¹ and Y⁴ is CH; each X and Y² is N and Y³ is CCH₃. In one such variation, R⁶ is a fluoro-containing moiety, such as —CH₂F. In another variation, compounds of the formula (C-IA) and (C-IB) are provided, wherein the compounds are other than compounds (A)-(G) in Table A.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA), X¹ is N, and the compound is Compound No. IV-3, IV-29 to IV-38, IV-109 to IV-118, IV-151, IV-152, IV-154 to W-158, or IV-230 to IV-238.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA), X² is N, and the compound is Compound No. II-5 or II-275.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IB), X is N, and the compound is Compound No. IV-8, IV-49 to IV-58, IV-169 to IV-177, or IV-178.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IB), X¹ is N, and the compound is Compound No. IV-69 to IV-78, IV-189 to W-197, or IV-198.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IB), each of X, X¹, and X² is independently is CR⁶, and the compound is Compound No. 47.

In specific variations, compounds of formula (C-IA) have the structure:

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R⁶, X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are defined as for formula (C-I).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-1), each of X, X¹, and X² is independently is CR⁶, and the compound is Compound No. 197.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-1), each of X, X¹, and X² is independently is CR⁶, and the compound is No. Compound II-290, IV-6, or IV-7.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-1), X is N, and the compound is Compound No. 74, 134, or 336.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-1), X is N, and the compound is Compound No. II-238, II-243 to II-245, II-268, or II-297.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-1), X is N, and the compound is Compound No. IV-2, IV-4, IV-9, IV-11 to IV-18, IV-89, IV-93 to IV-97, or IV-98.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-1), X¹ is N, and the compound is Compound No. IV-29 to IV-38, IV-109 to IV-117, or IV-118 (Table IV).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-2), the compound is Compound No. II-129, II-168, or II-198.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-2), the compound is Compound No. IV-129 to IV-133, IV-149 to IV-152, IV-154 to IV-158, IV-209, IV-211 to IV-216, IV-219, IV-221, IV-229, IV-230, IV-232, IV-234, IV-236, IV-239, IV-241, IV-242, or IV-244 (Table IV).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-3), each of X, X¹, and X² is independently is CR⁶, and the compound is Compound No. 176.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-3), each of X, X¹, and X² is independently is CR⁶, and the compound is Compound No. II-121, II-127, II-128, II-130, II-291, II-294, or IV-7.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-3), X is N, and the compound is Compound No. 26 or 148.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-3), X is N, and the compound is Compound No. II-149.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-3), X is N, and the compound is Compound No. IV-134 to IV-138, IV-210, IV-217, or IV-218.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-3), X¹ is N, and the compound is Compound No. II-17.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-3), X¹ is N, and the compound is Compound No. IV-231, IV-233, IV-235, IV-237, or IV-238.

In other variations, compounds of formula (C-IA) have the structure:

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are defined as for formula (C-I).

In one variation, R⁷ and R⁸ are both H.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-4), each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. II-120, II-121, II-266, II-271, or II-279.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-4), each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. W-6, IV-7, or IV-9.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-4), one of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N, and the rest of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. 129, 168, 197, or 198.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-4), one of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N, and the rest of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. II-125, II-127, II-128, II-130, II-131, II-281, II-282, II-284, II-290, II-291, or II-293.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-4), one of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N, and the rest of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. IV-4, IV-5, IV-15, or IV-18.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-4), two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and the rest of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. 176.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-4), two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and the rest of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. II-6, II-7, II-261, II-276, or II-294.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-5), each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. 336.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-5), each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. II-149. In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-5), each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. II-149a, II-149b, II-149c, or II-149d.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-5), each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. IV-1, IV-9, IV-11 to IV-18, IV-129, IV-130 to IV-137, or IV-138.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-5), one or two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N, and the rest of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. 26, 74, 134, 137, or 148.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-5), one or two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N, and the rest of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. II-79, II-238, II-243, II-244, II-245, II-268, or II-297.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-5), one or two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N, and the rest of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are independently CR⁴; and the compound is Compound No. IV-2, IV-4, IV-89, IV-91, IV-93 to IV-98, IV-209, IV-210, IV-211, IV-213 to IV-217, or IV-218.

In other variations, compounds of formula (C-IA) have the structure:

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein X is C or N; and R⁶, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are defined as for formula (C-I).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-6), the compound is Compound No. 129, 168, or 198.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-6), the compound is Compound No. II-79, II-120, II-125, II-131, or II-293.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-6), the compound is Compound No. IV-129 to IV-133, IV-209, IV-211, IV-213 to IV-215, or IV-216.

In other variations, compounds of formula (C-IA) have the structure:

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R⁶, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are defined as for formula (C-I).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-7); the compound is Compound No. 74, 134, 137, or 336.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-7); the compound is Compound No. II-238, II-243, II-244, II-245, or II-297.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA-7); the compound is Compound No. IV-2, IV-4, IV-9, IV-11, IV-13 to IV18, IV-89, IV-91, IV-93 to IV-97, or IV-98.

In one variation of formula (C-IA-1) one or more of the following apply: (i) R⁶ is other than Cl when each X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ is CH and Y³ is CF; (ii) R⁶ is other than H when each X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ is CH and Y³ is CF; (iii) R⁶ is other than H when each X¹, X², Y¹ and Y⁴ is CH; each X and Y² is N and Y³ is CCH₃; and (iv) R⁶ is other than CH₃ when each X¹, X², Y¹ and Y⁴ is CH; each X and Y² is N and Y³ is CCH₃.

In one variation of formula (C-IA-2), R⁶ is other than H when each X¹, X², Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ is CH; each X and Y³ is N.

In one variation of formula (C-IA-3), R⁶ is other than H when each X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ is CH and Y³ is N.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IA), (C-IA-1), (C-IA-3), or (C-IA-7), n is O, R⁶ is C¹, R⁷ and R⁸ are both H, each X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ is CH and Y³ is other than CF.

In specific variations, compounds of formula (C-IB) have the structure:

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R⁶, X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are defined as for formula (C—I).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IB-1); the compound is Compound No. IV-8, IV-49 to IV-87, or IV-88.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IB-2); the compound is Compound No. 47.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IB-2); the compound is Compound No. IV-179 to IV-188, IV-199 to IV-207, or IV-208.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IB-3); the compound is Compound No. IV-169 to IV-178, IV-190 to IV-197, or IV-198.

In one embodiment, the compound is of formula (C-IC-1):

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R⁶, X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are defined as for formula (C-I).

In one embodiment, the compound is of formula (C-II):

wherein R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, X¹, X², X, Y² and Y³ are as described for formula (C-I). In one variation of formula (C-II), one or more of the following apply (i) n is 1 and (ii) R⁶ is other than Cl when n is 0, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ is CH and Y³ is CF; (iii) R⁶ is other than H when n is 0 and (iv) R⁶ is other than CH₃ when n is 0, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each X¹, X², Y¹ and Y⁴ is CH; each X and Y² is N and Y³ is CCH₃. In one such variation, R⁶ is a fluoro-containing moiety, such as —CH₂F. In another variation, compounds of the formula (C-II) are provided, wherein the compounds are other than compounds (A)-(G) in Table A.

In one embodiment, the compound is of formula (C—11A) or (C-IIB):

wherein R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, X¹, X², X, Y², and Y³ are as described for formula (C-I). In one variation of formula (C-IIA), one or more of the following apply (i) R⁶ is other than Cl when n is 0, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each X¹, X², X, Y² is CH and Y³ is CF; (ii) R⁶ is other than H when n is 0 and (iii) R⁶ is other than CH₃ when n is 0, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each X¹ and X² is CH; each X and Y² is N and Y³ is CCH₃. In one variation, the compound of formula (C-IIA) is selected from Compounds (A)-(G), presented in Table A. In another variation, the compound of formula (C-IIA) is other than Compounds (A)-(G) in Table A. It is understood that each of compounds (A)-(G) may exist as individual isomers, e.g., isomer A1 and isomer A2 for compound A.

TABLE A Representative Compounds of formula (C-IIA) Compound R⁶ R⁷ R⁸ X¹ X² X Y² Y³ A Cl H H CH CH CH CH CF B H H H CH CH CH CH CH C H CH₃ OH CH CH CH CH N D CH₃ H H CH CH N N CCH₃ E H H H CH CH N N CCH₃ F H H H CH CH N N CCF₃ G H H OH CH CH N CH N

In one embodiment, the compound is of formulae (C-IIIA)-(C-IIIF):

wherein R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, X¹, X², X, Y², Y³ and n are as described for formula (C-I). In one variation, the compound is of formula (C-IIIA), (C-IIIB), (C-IIIC), (C-IIID), (CIII-E) or (C-IIIF), wherein n is 0. In one variation compound is of formulae (C-IIIA), (C-IIIB), (C-IIIC), (C-IIID), (CIII-E) or (C-IIIF), wherein n is 0, and whereinone or more of the following provisions apply: (i) R⁶ is other than Cl when n is 0, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each X¹, X², X, Y¹, Y² and Y⁴ is CH. and Y³ is CF; (ii) R⁶ is other than H when n is 0 and (iii) R⁶ is other than CH₃ when n is 0, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, each X¹, X², Y¹ and Y⁴ is CH; each X and Y² is N and Y³ is CCH₃. In another variation, the compound is of formulae (C-IIIA), (C-IIIB), (C-IIIC), (C-IIID), (CIII-E) or (C-IIIF), wherein n is 1.

In another embodiment the compound is according to formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF) or (C-IVG):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

n is 0 or 1;

each X¹, U, X², or X, where present, is independently CR⁶;

R⁶ is H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; and

Q is cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF), or (C-IVG), each X¹, U, X², or X is independently CR⁶, and each R⁶ is H. In another embodiment, each R⁶ is independently selected from H, C₁-C₅ alkyl, and halo C₁-C₅ alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R⁶ is independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, fluoro, chloro, CH₂F, and CF₃.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVD), (C-IVF) or (C-IVG), each X¹, X² and X (where present) is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is H; U is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is selected from H, C₁-C₅ alkyl and halo C₁-C₅ alkyl. In certain embodiments, each R⁶ is independently selected from methyl, ethyl, fluoro, chloro, CH₂F, and CF₃.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF) or (C-IVG), each R⁷ and R⁸ is H. In another embodiment, R⁷ is H or methyl, and R⁸ is H, OH or methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF) or (C-IVG), R⁷ is H; and R⁸ is OH, NH₂, CF₃ or methyl.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF) or (C-IVG), Q is optionally substituted phenyl.

In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF) or (C-IVG), Q is phenyl substituted with C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo, halo C₁-C₅ alkyl or C₁-C₅ alkoxy.

In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF), or (C-IVG), Q is phenyl substituted with methyl, ethyl, fluoro, chloro, methoxy or CF₃. In certain embodiments, Q is phenyl substituted with 4-methyl, 4-ethyl, 4-fluoro, 4-chloro, 4-methoxy, or 4-CF₃.

In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF), or (C-IVG), Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, or optionally substituted pyrimidinyl.

In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF), or (C-IVG), Q is pyridyl substituted with C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF), or (C-IVG), Q is pyridyl substituted with methyl, ethyl, fluoro, chloro, or CF₃.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF), or (C-IVG), n is 0. In another embodiment, n is 1.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF) or (C-IVG), the compound is any one of compounds listed in Table IV. In another embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), (C-IVB), (C-IVC), (C-IVD), (C-IVE), (C-IVF), or (C-IVG), the compound is any one of compounds listed in Table IV, provided that the compound is other than Compound No. W-2, IV-4, IV-5, IV-6, or IV-7.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), n is 0, Q is optionally substituted 4-pyridyl, and the compound is Compound No. II-79, II-89, II-209, or II-244.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), n is 0, Q is optionally substituted 3-pyridyl, and the compound is Compound No. 26, 74, 134, 137, 148, II-238, II-243, II-268, II-297, IV-2, IV-4, IV-97 to IV-98, IV-210, IV-217, or IV-218.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), n is 0, Q is optionally substituted 2-pyridyl, and the compound is Compound No. W-91, IV-95, IV-96, IV-211, IV-215, or IV-216.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), n is 0, Q is optionally substituted pyrimidyl, and the compound is Compound No. W-93 or IV-213.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), n is 0, Q is optionally substituted pyrazinyl, and the compound is Compound No. II-245, IV-94, or IV-214.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), n is 0, Q is optionally substituted phenyl, and the compound is Compound No. 336, II-149, IV-1, IV-9, IV-11 to W-18, IV-129 to IV-137, or IV-138.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), n is 1, Q is optionally substituted phenyl, and the compound is Compound No. W-49 to IV-58, or IV-178.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVA), n is 1, Q is optionally substituted 3-pyridyl, and the compound is Compound No. W-8.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVB), n is 0, and the compound is Compound No. II-5 or II-275.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVD), n is 0, and the compound is Compound IV-3, IV-29 to IV-38, IV-109 to IV-118, IV-149 to IV-158, IV-229 to IV-237, or IV-238.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVD), n is 1, and the compound is Compound No. IV-69 to IV-78, IV-189 to W-197, or IV-198.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVF), the compound is Compound No. IV-19 to IV-21, IV-25 to IV-28, IV-59 to IV-68, IV-100 to IV-108, IV-139 to IV-148, IV-179 to IV-188, IV-219 to IV-227 or IV-228.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (C-IVG), the compound is Compound No. IV-10, IV-39 to IV-48, IV-79 to IV-88, IV-90, IV-92, IV-119 to IV-128, IV-159 to IV-168, IV-199 to VI-208, IV-212, IV-239 to IV-243, or IV-244.

In one embodiment, compounds of formula (C-VA) or (C-VB) are provided:

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

each X¹, X², X and U is independently N or CR⁶;

each R⁶ is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, —NHC(O)CH₃ and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷; and

each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In some embodiments, compounds of the formula (D-I) are provided:

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R⁶ is H, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

R⁷ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³ or SO₂R¹³;

each R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each X¹, X² and X is N or CH such that no more than two of X¹, X² and X are N;

each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; and

n is 0 or 1.

In one variation, the compound is of formula (D-IIA) or (D-IIB):

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R⁶, X¹, X², X, Y² and Y³ are defined as for formula (D-I).

In other variations, compounds of formula (D-IIA) have the structure:

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are defined as for formula (D-I).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (D-IIB), the compound is Compound No. 75.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (D-IIA-1), the compound is Compound No. 76, III-122, III-356, III-358, or III-359.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (D-IIA-2), the compound is Compound No. 37, II-86, II-234, II-235, II-236, or II-239.

In one embodiment, compounds of formula (D-IIIA) or (D-IIIB) are provided:

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

each X¹, X², X and U is independently N or CR⁶;

each R⁶ is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl, or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

R⁸ is H, halo, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³, SO₂R¹³, —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵, —OC(O)-aryl, —OC(O)-heteroaryl, or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety;

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, —NHC(O)CH₃ and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷; and

each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (D-IIIA), each X¹, U, X², and X is independently CR⁶, and the compound is Compound 75, or 76 (Table I); or III-122, III-125, III-126, III-131, III-134, III-135, III-203, III-207, III-208, III-301, III-305, III-314, III-356, III-358, or III-359.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (D-IIIA), each X¹, U, and X² is independently CR⁶, X is N, and the compound is Compound No. 37, II-86, II-234, II-235, II-236, or II-239.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (D-IIIB), the compound is Compound No. III-54, III-353, or III-354.

In some embodiments, compounds of the formula (E-I) are provided:

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

R⁶ is H, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

R⁷ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³ or SO₂R¹³;

each R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each X¹, X² and X is N or CH such that no more than two of X¹, X² and X are N;

each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; and

n is 0 or 1.

In one variation, the compound is of formula (E-IIA) or (E-IIB):

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R¹, R⁶, X¹, X², X, Y² and Y³ are defined as for formula (E-I).

In other variations, compounds of formula (E-IIA) have the structure:

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R¹, R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are defined as for formula (E-I).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (E-IIA), the compound is Compound No. III-61.

In some embodiments, compounds of the formula (F-I) are provided:

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R⁶ is H, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

R⁷ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³ or SO₂R¹³;

each R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each X¹, X² and X is N or CH such that no more than two of X¹, X² and X are N;

each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; and

n is 0 or 1.

In one variation, the compound is of formula (F-11A) or (F-IIB):

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R⁶, X¹, X², X, Y² and Y³ are defined as for formula (F-I).

In other variations, compounds of formula (F-IIA) have the structure:

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are defined as for formula (F-I).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (F-IIA), the compound is Compound No. III-54, III-353, or III-354.

In some embodiments, compounds of the formula (G-I) are provided:

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

R⁶ is H, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl or cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms or hydroxyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or —C(O)OR¹¹;

R⁷ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino, N(R¹¹)R¹², SR¹³, S(O)R¹³ or SO₂R¹³;

each R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each X¹, X² and X is N or CH such that no more than two of X¹, X² and X are N;

each Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ is N or CR⁴ such that no more than two of Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are N, and wherein R⁴ is H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃; and

n is 0 or 1.

In one variation, the compound is of formula (G-IIA) or (G-IIB):

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R¹, R⁶, X¹, X², X, Y² and Y³ are defined as for formula (G-I).

In other variations, compounds of formula (G-IIA) have the structure:

or a salt or solvate thereof, wherein R⁶, R⁷, R⁸, Y¹, Y², Y³ and Y⁴ are defined as for formula (G-I).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (G-I), n is 0, R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. III-57.

In one embodiment, compounds of formula (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID) are provided:

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

each X¹, X², X and U is independently N or CR⁶;

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R⁶ is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, —NHC(O)CH₃ and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷; and

each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC), or (H-ID), each X¹, X² and X is independently CR⁶; wherein each R⁶ is independently halo, C₁-C₅-alkyl, halo C₁-C₅-alkyl, perhalo C₁-C₅-alkyl, or C₁-C₅-alkoxy. In certain embodiments, each X¹, X² and X is independently CR⁶; wherein each R⁶ is independently fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, CF₃, or methoxy. In certain embodiments, U is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is CF₃, methyl, chloro, CONHCH₃, COOH, COOCH₃, H, or fluoro; provided that R¹ is other than methyl.

In one embodiment, compounds of formula (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1) or (H-ID-1) are

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

U is N or CR⁶;

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁶ is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁷ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, —NHC(O)CH₃ and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷; and

each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1) or (H-ID-1), Q is an optionally substituted 5-membered heteroaryl; R⁷ is F or methyl; R¹ is methyl; each X¹, X² and X (when present) is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; U is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is methyl or Cl; and Q is other than unsubstituted thienyl or unsubstituted thiazolyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1) or (H-ID-1), Q is optionally substituted pyridyl; each X¹, X² and X (when present) is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; U is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is H, halo, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; and Q is other than unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with methyl, Cl, Br, OCH₃, or di-methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1) or (H-ID-1), Q is optionally substituted pyrimidinyl; R¹ is methyl; each X¹, X² and X (when present) is CR⁶, wherein each R⁶ is H; U is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is methyl or Cl; and Q is other than unsubstituted pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl substituted with methyl, unsubstituted pyrimidin-5-yl, or pyrimidin-5-yl substituted with methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IA-1), the compound is Compound No. 99, 106, 222, 226-230, 232-235, 238, 240-241, 244-249, or 251.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IB-1), the compound is Compound No. 224 or 239.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IC-1), Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, and the compound is Compound No. 78, 79, 100, 103, 105, 111, 112, 122, 124, 125, 126, 185, 186, 188, 250, 257, 259, 266, 269, 312, 329, or 331.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IC-1), Q is optionally substituted pyrimidyl, and the compound is Compound No. 101, 187, or 279.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IC-1), Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, and the compound is Compound No. II-2, II-3, II-59, II-76, II-77, II-96, or II-101.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IC-1), Q is optionally substituted 5-membered heteroaryl, and the compound is Compound No. 78, 108-110, 110, 115, 189, 273, 275, 277, 278, 285, or 287.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IC-1), Q is optionally substituted 9-membered heteroaryl, and the compound is Compound No. 282, 283, 284, 290, or 293.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IC-1), Q is optionally substituted quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl, and the compound is Compound No. 292, 311, 316, or 323.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IC), X is N, and the compound is Compound No. 78, 124, or 335.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IE-1), the compound is Compound No. 193 or 194. In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IE-1), the compound is Compound No. 193a, 193b, 194a, or 194b.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IF-1), the compound is Compound No. 199. In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IF-1), the compound is Compound No. 199a or 199b.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IIB-1), the compound is Compound No. 333.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IIC-1), the compound is Compound No. 242, 256, 264, 313, 321, 328, 330, or 334.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IID-1), the compound is Compound No. 95.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H—IC-1) or (H-ID-1) U is CR⁶, and R⁶ is CF₃, methyl, chloro, —CONHCH₃, —COOH, —COOCH₃, H, or fluoro; and R¹ is other than methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1) or (H-ID-1), R⁷ is H, halo, or C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with halo. In one embodiment, R⁷ is H, methyl, or CF₃.

In another aspect, provided is a compound of formula (J):

wherein:

R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl, SO₃H, SR^(1a), S(O)R^(1a), SO₂R^(1a) and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(1a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(1a) is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R^(2a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(3a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety;

R^(4a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

R^(5a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety;

each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl;

each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0;

each X¹, X², X and U is independently N or CR⁶;

each R⁶ is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

Q is optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl.

In one embodiment, compounds of formula (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

each X¹, X², X and U is independently N or CR⁶;

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

each R⁶ is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, —NHC(O)CH₃ and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷; and

each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), each X¹, X² and X is independently CR⁶; wherein each R⁶ is independently halo, C₁-C₅-alkyl, halo C₁-C₅-alkyl, perhalo C₁-C₅-alkyl, or C₁-C₅-alkoxy. In certain embodiments, each X¹, X² and X is independently CR⁶; wherein each R⁶ is independently fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, CF₃, or methoxy. In certain embodiments, U is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is CF₃, methyl, chloro, CONHCH₃, COOH, COOCH₃, H, or fluoro; provided that R¹ is other than methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), X is CR⁶, wherein R⁶ is fluoro; and R¹ is other than methyl.

In one embodiment, compound is according to formula (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or (J-ID-1) are provided:

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

U is N or CR⁶;

R¹ is H, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R⁶ is independently H, hydroxyl, halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl;

Q is aryl or heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, —NHC(O)CH₃ and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷; and

each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (K-IA), (K-IB), (K-IC) or (K-ID):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

X is N or CH;

R⁶ is C₁, CF₃, or methyl;

R⁷ is independently H or methyl;

R⁸ is H; azido; F; OH; NH₂; N(CH₃)H; N(CH₃)₂; NH-cyclopropyl; or NH-cyclobutyl; OC(O)N(CH₃)₂; or 3,3-dimethyl-2-hydroxybutyl; and

Q is unsubstituted 3-pyridyl; 3-pyridyl substituted with methyl, Cl, or CONH₂; unsubstituted 4-pyridyl; 4-pyridyl substituted with OH; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted imidazolyl; or unsubstituted triazolyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (K-IA), (K-IB), (K-IC) or (K-ID); R⁷ is H, and R⁸ is OH. In one embodiment, the compound is Compound No. 3, 4, 13, 39, 41, 129, or 144 (Table I); or II-132, II-138, II-139, or II-140 (Table II).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (K-IA), (K-IB), (K-IC) or (K-ID); R⁷ is methyl, and R⁸ is OH. In one embodiment, the compound is Compound No. 5, 14, 26, 29, 31, 148, 173, 174, or 176 (Table I); or II-148 (Table II).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (K-IA), (K-IB), (K-IC) or (K-ID); R⁸ is NH₂, N(CH₃)H, N(CH₃)₂, NH-cyclopropyl, or NH-cyclobutyl. In one embodiment, the compound is Compound No. 27, 150, 151, or 154 (Table I); or II-4, II-7, II-13, or II-260 (Table II).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (K-IA), (K-IB), (K-IC) or (K-ID); each R⁷ and R⁸ is H. In one embodiment, the compound is Compound 74, 134, or II-244 (Table I and II).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (K-IA), (K-IB), (K-IC) or (K-ID); R⁷Me, and R⁸ is F. In one embodiment, the compound is Compound II-212 (Table II).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (K-IA), (K-IB), (K-IC) or (K-ID); R⁸ is —OC(O)N(CH₃)₂. In one embodiment, the compound is Compound No. 141.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (K-IA), (K-IB), (K-IC) or (K-ID); R⁷ is 3,3-dimethyl-2-hydroxybutyl. In one embodiment, the compound is Compound II-227 (Table II).

In another embodiment, the compound is of the formula (K-IE), or (K-IF):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein:

R⁶ is Cl, or methyl;

R⁷ is H or methyl;

R⁸ is OH; N(CH₃)₂; or OC(O)-t-Bu;

and

Q is phenyl substituted with F; unsubstituted 3-pyridyl; 3-pyridyl substituted with methyl; unsubstituted 4-pyridyl; or unsubstituted pyrazinyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (K-IE), or (K-IF); R⁷ is H, and R⁸ is OH. In one embodiment, the compound is Compound No. 129 (Table I); or II-131 (Table II).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (K-IE), or (K-IF); R⁷ is methyl, and R⁸ is OH. In one embodiment, the compound is II-121, II-127, II-128, or II-130 (Table II).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (K-IE), or (K-IF); N(CH₃)₂. In one embodiment, the compound is Compound II-6 (Table II).

In one embodiment, the compound is Compound II-123 (Table II).

In one embodiment, the compound is Compound No. 325 (Table I).

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), and R¹ is methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), and R⁶ is methyl, chloro, or trifluoromethyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), and R⁷ is H, methyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or 3,3-dimethyl-2-hydroxybutyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), and R⁸ is H, F, OH, —N(CH₃)₂, or —OC(O)N(CH₃)₂.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), and Y² is N. In one embodiment, Y² is N, and one of Y¹, Y³, or Y⁴ is methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), and Y³ is N. In one embodiment, Y³ is N, and one of Y¹, Y², or Y⁴ is methyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), and each of Y¹ and Y⁴ is N.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-6), and Q is triazolyl, or imidazolyl.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), R⁷ is H, R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. 3, 4, 13, 39, 41, 127, 144, II-132, II-138, II-139, or II-140.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (I), (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is OH, and the compound is Compound No. 5, 14, 26, 29, 31, 148, 173, 174, 176, II-148, II-151, II-152, or II-220.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (I), (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), R⁸ is NH₂, N(CH₃)H, N(CH₃)₂, NH-cyclopropyl, or NH-cyclobutyl, and the compound is Compound No. 27, 150, 151, 154, II-4, II-7, II-13, or II-260.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (I), (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, and the compound is Compound No. 74, 134, or II-244.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (I), (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), R⁷Me, and R⁸ is F, and the compound is Compound No. II-212.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (I), (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), R⁸ is —OC(O)N(CH₃)₂, and the compound is Compound No. 141.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2), (A-IIIE-6), (A-IIIF-2), (A-IIIG-2), (A-IIIH-2), (C-IA-4), or (C-IA-5), and R⁷ is 3,3-dimethyl-2-hydroxybutyl, and the compound is Compound No. II-227.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), (A-ID), (A-IE), (A-VIIIA), (A-VIIIB), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or (J-ID-1), Q is optionally substituted phenyl.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), (A-ID), (A-IE), (A-VIIIA), (A-VIIIB), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or (J-ID-1), Q is phenyl substituted with C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo, halo C₁-C₅ alkyl, or C₁-C₅ alkoxy.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), (A-ID), (A-IE), (A-VIIIA), (A-VIIIB), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or (J-ID-1), Q is phenyl substituted with methyl, ethyl, F, Cl, OCH₃, or CF₃.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), (A-ID), (A-IE), (A-VIIIA), (A-VIIIB), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or (J-ID-1), Q is optionally substituted pyridyl, or optionally substituted pyrimidinyl.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), (A-ID), (A-IE), (A-VIIIA), (A-VIIIB), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (J-IA), (H-IIB, (J-IC) or (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or (J-ID-1), Q is pyridyl substituted with C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), (A-ID), (A-IE), (A-VIIIA), (A-VIIIB), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or -1), Q is pyridyl substituted with methyl, ethyl, F, Cl, or CF₃.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), (A-ID), (A-IE), (A-VIIIA), (A-VIIIB), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or (J-ID-1), R¹ is H; unsubstituted C₁-C₅alkyl; C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with OH or SO₃H; cycloalkyl; or C₂-C₅ alkenyl.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), (A-ID), (A-IE), (A-VIIIA), (A-VIIIB), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or (J-ID-1), R¹ is H; unsubstituted C₁-C₅alkyl; C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with up to three halogen atoms; cycloalkyl; or C₂-C₅ alkenyl.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), (A-ID), (A-IE), (A-VIIIA), (A-VIIIB), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or (J-ID-1), R¹ is methyl, ethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxybutyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopropyl, CF₃, CH₂CF₃ or CH₂CH₂—SO₃H.

In one particular embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IB), (A-IC), (A-ID), (A-IE), (A-VIIIA), (A-VIIIB), (C-VA), (C-VB), (D-IIIA), (D-IIIB), (H-IA), (H-IB), (H-IC) or (H-ID), (H-IA-1), (H-IB-1), (H-IC-1), (H-ID-1), (J-IA), (J-IB), (J-IC) or (J-ID), (J-IA-1), (J-IB-1), (J-IC-1) or (J-ID-1), R¹ is methyl.

In one embodiment, with respect to the compounds of formula (I); R^(4a) is F. In another embodiment, each R^(4a) and R^(4b) is F. In a particular embodiment, the compound is Compound II-267 or II-280.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2); when R¹ is methyl, R^(4a) is F, R^(4b) is H, R⁶ is Cl, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, and Y³ is C—CF₃; then Y² is other than N.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2); when R¹ is methyl, each R^(4a) and R^(4b) is F, H, R⁶ is methyl, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, and Y³ is C—CH₃; then Y² is other than N.

In certain embodiments, with respect to the compounds of formula (A-IIIE-2); when R¹ is methyl, each R^(4a) and R^(4b) is F, H, R⁶ is Cl or methyl, each R⁷ and R⁸ is H, and Y³ is C—F; then Y² is other than CH.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to Compound No. 87, and uses thereof. In another embodiment, the invention relates to Compound No. 88, and uses thereof. In yet another embodiment, the invention relates to Compound No. 120, and uses thereof. In a further embodiment, the invention relates to Compound No. 324, and uses thereof.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to Compound No. 338, and uses thereof. In another embodiment, the invention relates to Compound No. II-1, and uses thereof.

In another embodiment, the invention relates to Compound No. 129d and uses thereof.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to Compound Nos. 325, 129d, 130a, II-121b, II-123b, II-127a, II-128b, II-130a, II-131, and II-6b, and uses thereof.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to Compound Nos. 18, 18a, 18b, 30a, 30b, 54, 54a, 54b, 90a, 90b, 129, 129a, 129b, 129c, 129d, 130, 130a, 130b, 142, 142a, 142b, 168, 168a, 168b, 168c, 168d, 169, 169a, 169b, 179, 179a, 179b, 183a, 183b, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 193, 193a, 193b, 194a, 194b, 196a, 196b, 197, 197a, 197b, 198, 198a, 198b, 199a, 199b, 203a, 203b, 269, 270, 271, 272a, 272b, 273, 274, 274a, 274b, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288a, 288b, 289a, 289b, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 314a, 314b, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 336a, 336b, 338, 338, 338a, 338b, 339, 339a, 339b.

In another embodiment, the invention relates to Compounds 3, 3b, 4a, 5b and 39a. In another embodiment, the invention relates to Compounds 3, 3a, 3b, 5, 5a, 5b, 13b, 14a, 15b, 26a, 26b, 27a, 29a, 31a, 74a, 93a, 127a, 130a, 130b, 133b, 134b, 137a, 139a, 141, 144b, 147, 150a and 154, and uses thereof.

In another embodiment, the invention relates to Compound Nos. 3, 39, 4, 5, 13, 14, 41, 74, 26, 27, 29, 31, 127, 129, 134, 144, 148, 173, 174, 150, 176, IV-210, 151, II-4, II-132, 141, 154, II-135, II-138, II-139, II-140, V-22, II-244, II-7, II-146, II-151, II-152, II-227, II-220, II-148, II-13, II-212, II-260 and II-260b, and uses thereof. In another embodiment, the invention relates to Compound Nos. 3a, 3b, 39a, 4a, 5b, 13b, 14a, 41a, 74a, 26a, 26b, 27a, 29b, 31a, 127a, 129d, 134b, 144b, 148, 173a, 174a, 150a, 176a, IV-210a, 151a, II-4-b, II-132b, 148b, 141b, 154b, II-135b, II-138, II-139, II-140, V-22, II-244a, II-7, II-146a, II-151b, II-152a, II-227c, II-220, II-148a, II-13a, II-212a, II-260a and II-260b, and uses thereof.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to Compound Nos. 3a, 3b, 4a, 4b, 5a, 5b, 6, 7a, 7b, 8a, 8b, 9, 9a, 9b, 10, 10a, 10b, 11, 11a, 11b, 12, 12a, 12b, 13a, 13b, 14, 14a, 14b, 15a, 15b, 16, 16a, 16b, 17, 17a, 17b, 18, 18a, 18b, 19, 19a, 19b, 20, 20a, 20b, 21, 21a, 21b, 22a, 22b, 23, 23a, 23b, 24, 24a, 24b, 25, 25a, 25b, 26, 26a, 26b, 26c, 26d, 27, 27a, 27b, 28, 28a, 28b, 29a, 29b, 30a, 30b, 31a, 31b, 36, 37, 37c, 37d, 39, 39a, 39b, 40, 40a, 40b, 41, 41a, 41b, 42, 42a, 42b, 43a, 43b, 44, 44a, 44b, 45, 45a, 45b, 47a, 47b, 47c, 47d, 48a, 48b, 49a, 49b, 51, 51a, 51b, 52, 52a, 52b, 53, 53a, 53b, 54, 54, 54a, 54b, 55, 55a, 55b, 56, 56a, 56b, 57, 57a, 57b, 58, 58a, 58b, 59, 59a, 59b, 63, 63a, 63b, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 69a, 69b, 70, 71, 72, 75, 75a, 75b, 75c, 75d, 76, 76a, 76b, 76c, 76d, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 90a, 90b, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 124, 125, 126, 127, 127a, 127b, 128a, 128b, 129a, 129b, 129c, 129d, 130a, 130b, 131a, 131b, 133a, 133b, 134a, 134b, 135a, 135b, 136a, 136b, 137a, 137b, 138a, 138b, 139, 139a, 139b, 140, 140a, 140b, 141, 141a, 141b, 142, 142a, 142b, 143, 143a, 143b, 144, 144a, 144b, 145, 146, 146a, 146b, 147, 147a, 147b, 148, 148a, 148b, 148c, 148d, 149, 149a, 149b, 150, 150a, 150b, 151, 151a, 151b, 152, 152a, 152b, 153, 154, 154a, 154b, 155, 155a, 155b, 156, 157, 158, 159, 159a, 159b, 160, 160a, 160b, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172a, 172b, 173, 173a, 173b, 174, 174a, 174b, 175, 175a, 175b, 176, 176a, 176b, 177, 178, 179, 189, 190, 191, 193, 193a, 193b, 194a, 194b, 196, 196a, 196b, 197, 197a, 197b, 198, 198a, 198b, 198c, 198d, 199a, 199b, 203a, 203b, 211a, 211b, 221a, 221b, 223a, 223b, 225a, 225b, 231a, 231b, 253a, 253b, 255a, 255b, 257a, 257b, 269, 270, 271, 272a, 272b, 273, 274, 274a, 274b, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288a, 288b, 289a, 289b, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 314a, 314b, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 336a, 336b, 338, 338a, 338b, 339a, 339b, II-1a, II-1b, II-2, II-3, II-4-a, II-4-b, II-5, II-6a, II-6b, II-7, II-7a, II-7b, II-8, II-9, II-10, II-11, II-11a, II-11b, II-12, II-12a, II-12b, II-13, II-13a, II-13b, II-14a, II-14b, II-15a, II-15b, II-16a, II-16b, II-17, II-18, II-19, II-39, II-40, II-49a, II-49b, II-57a, II-57b, II-58, II-59, II-60, II-61, II-62, II-63, II-64, II-65, II-67, II-68, II-70, II-71, II-75, II-76, II-77, II-78, II-80, II-81, II-82, II-83, II-84, II-88, II-89, II-90, II-91, II-92, II-93a, II-93b, II-94a, II-94b, II-95a, II-95b, II-96, II-97, II-98a, II-98b, II-99a, II-99b, II-100a, II-100b, II-101, II-102, II-103, II-104, II-105, II-106a, II-106b, II-108a, II-108b, II-109a, II-109b, II-110, II-111, II-112a, II-112b, II-113a, II-113b, II-114a, II-114b, II-115a, II-115b, II-115c, II-115d, II-116, II-117, II-118a, II-118b, II-119, II-120a, II-120b, II-121a, II-121b, II-122, II-123a, II-123b, II-124a, II-124b, II-125a, II-125b, II-125c, II-125d, II-126, II-127a, II-127b, II-128a, II-128b, II-129, II-130, II-130a, II-130b, II-131, II-132a, II-132b, II-133, II-134a, II-134b, II-135a, II-135b, II-136a, II-136b, II-137, II-138, II-139, II-140, II-141, II-142, II-143, II-144, 11-145, II-146a, II-146b, II-146c, II-146d, II-147a, II-147b, II-147c, II-147d, II-148, II-148a, II-148b, II-149a, II-149b, II-149c, II-149d, II-150, II-151a, II-151b, II-152a, II-152b, II-152c, II-152d, II-153, II-154, II-209, II-210, II-211, 11-212, II-212a, II-212b, II-213, II-215, II-220, II-221, II-222, II-223, II-224, II-224a, II-224b, II-225, II-226, II-227a, II-227b, II-227c, II-227d, II-229, II-230, II-231, II-232, II-240, II-241, II-242, II-243, II-244a, II-244b, II-245, II-246, II-247, II-248, II-249, II-250, II-251, II-252, II-253, II-255a, II-255b, II-256, II-257, II-258, II-259, II-260a, II-260b, II-261, II-261a, II-261b, II-262, II-263, II-264, II-265a, II-265b, II-266, II-267, II-268, II-269, II-270, II-271, II-272, II-273, II-274, II-275, II-276, II-277, II-278, II-279, II-280, II-281, II-282a, II-282b, II-282c, II-282d, II-283, II-284, II-285, II-286, II-287, II-288, II-289, II-290a, II-290b, II-291a, II-291b, II-291c, II-291d, II-292, II-293a, II-293b, II-293c, II-293d, II-294a, II-294b, II-294c, II-294d, II-295, II-296a, II-296b, II-297, II-298, II-299, IV-8, IV-8a, IV-8b, IV-93a, IV-93b, IV-209a, IV-209b, IV-209c, IV-209d, IV-210a, IV-210b, IV-210c, IV-210d, V-1, V-1a, V-1b, V-2, V-2a, V-2b, V-3, V-3a, V-3b, V-14, V-14a, V-14b, V-15, V-15a, V-15b, V-15c, V-15d, V-18, V-18a, V-18b, V-18c, V-18d, V-21, V-21a, V-21b, V-22, V-22a, V-22b, V-23, V-23a and V-23b.

In another embodiment, the invention relates to Compounds described in Table 1, and uses thereof. In another embodiment, the invention relates to one or more of the Compounds described in Table 2, and uses thereof.

In another embodiment, the invention relates to one or more of the Compounds described in Table 3, and uses thereof.

In another embodiment, the invention relates to one or more of the Compounds described in Table 4, and uses thereof.

In another embodiment, the invention relates to one or more of the Compounds described in Table 5, and uses thereof.

In one embodiment, the invention embraces compounds detailed herein provided that the compound is other than dimebon and metabolites of dimebon. In another embodiment, the invention embraces dimebon or a salt thereof for uses detailed herein. In another embodiment, the invention embraces a dimebon metabolite or salt thereof for uses detailed herein, such as use in therapy, e.g., to increase insulin secretion and treat diseases or conditions that are, or are expected to be, responsive to an increase in insulin production, or to treat type 2 diabetes.

The embodiments and variations described herein are suitable for compounds of any formulae detailed herein, where applicable.

Representative examples of compounds detailed herein, including intermediates and final compounds according to the invention are depicted in the tables below. It is understood that in one aspect, any of the compounds may be used in the methods detailed herein, including, where applicable, intermediate compounds that may be isolated and administered to an individual.

The compounds depicted herein may be present as salts even if salts are not depicted and it is understood that the invention embraces all salts and solvates of the compounds depicted here, as well as the non-salt and non-solvate form of the compound, as is well understood by the skilled artisan. In some embodiments, the salts of the compounds of the invention are pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Where one or more tertiary amine moiety is present in the compound, the N-oxides are also provided and described.

Where tautomeric forms may be present for any of the compounds described herein, each and every tautomeric form is intended even though only one or some of the tautomeric forms may be explicitly depicted. For example, when a 2-hydroxypyridyl moiety is depicted, the corresponding 2-pyridone tautomer is also intended. The tautomeric forms specifically depicted may or may not be the predominant forms in solution or when used according to the methods described herein.

Pharmaceutical compositions of any of the compounds detailed herein are embraced by this invention. Thus, the invention includes pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In one aspect, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is an acid addition salt, such as a salt formed with an inorganic or organic acid. Pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may take a form suitable for oral, buccal, parenteral, nasal, topical or rectal administration or a form suitable for administration by inhalation.

A compound as detailed herein may in one aspect be in a purified form and compositions comprising a compound in purified forms are detailed herein. Compositions comprising a compound as detailed herein or a salt thereof are provided, such as compositions of substantially pure compounds. In some embodiments, a composition containing a compound as detailed herein or a salt thereof is in substantially pure form. In one variation, “substantially pure” intends a composition that contains no more than 35% impurity, wherein the impurity denotes a compound other than the compound comprising the majority of the composition or a salt thereof. Taking compound 1 as an example, a composition of substantially pure compound 1 intends a composition that contains no more than 35% impurity, wherein the impurity denotes a compound other than compound 1 or a salt thereof. In one variation, a composition of substantially pure compound or a salt thereof is provided wherein the composition contains no more than 25% impurity. In another variation, a composition of substantially pure compound or a salt thereof is provided wherein the composition contains or no more than 20% impurity. In still another variation, a composition of substantially pure compound or a salt thereof is provided wherein the composition contains or no more than 10% impurity. In a further variation, a composition of substantially pure compound or a salt thereof is provided wherein the composition contains or no more than 5% impurity. In another variation, a composition of substantially pure compound or a salt thereof is provided wherein the composition contains or no more than 3% impurity. In still another variation, a composition of substantially pure compound or a salt thereof is provided wherein the composition contains or no more than 1% impurity. In a further variation, a composition of substantially pure compound or a salt thereof is provided wherein the composition contains or no more than 0.5% impurity.

In one variation, the compounds herein are synthetic compounds prepared for administration to an individual. In another variation, compositions are provided containing a compound in substantially pure form. In another variation, the invention embraces pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound detailed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another variation, methods of administering a compound are provided. The purified forms, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of administering the compounds are suitable for any compound or form thereof detailed herein.

Kits comprising a compound of the invention, or a salt or solvate thereof, and suitable packaging are provided. In one embodiment, a kit further comprises instructions for use. In one aspect, a kit comprises a compound of the invention, or a salt or solvate thereof, and instructions for use of the compounds in the treatment of a disease or indication for which enhancing insulin secretion and/or promoting insulin release is expected to be or is beneficial.

Articles of manufacture comprising a compound of the invention, or a salt or solvate thereof, in a suitable container are provided. The container may be a vial, jar, ampoule, preloaded syringe, i.v. bag, and the like.

In one aspect, an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist as provided herein exhibits the ability to cross the blood-brain barrier. In another aspect, an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist as provided herein is not able to cross the blood-brain barrier. In one aspect, an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist as provided herein exerts its therapeutic effect in the brain only. In one aspect, an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist as provided herein exerts its therapeutic effect in the periphery only. In one aspect, an adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist as provided herein exerts its therapeutic effect both in the brain and peripherally. In some embodiments, the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) antagonist also exhibits adrenergic receptor α_(2A) inverse agonist activity.

Blood brain barrier permeability can be measured in rodents or dog by administering the compound orally or intravenously, recovering a blood and brain tissue sample at different time points and comparing how much compound is in each sample. Blood fraction is typically processed to plasma for determination of compound content. Brain exposure can be described from the ratio of brain to plasma levels of drug. In one variation, a compound that poorly crosses the blood brain barrier has a brain to plasma ratio of compound of about 0.1 or less. In another variation, the compound has a brain to plasma ratio of about 0.2 or less, about 0.3 or less, about 0.4 or less, about 0.5 or less, about 0.8 or less, or about 1.0 or less.

Preferably, the compounds provided herein are orally bioavailable. However, the compounds may also be formulated for parenteral (e.g., intravenous) administration. In some settings, parenteral administration may be desired.

One or several compounds described herein can be used in the preparation of a medicament by combining the compound or compounds as an active ingredient with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, which are known in the art. Depending on the therapeutic form of the medication, the carrier may be in various forms. In one variation, the manufacture of a medicament is for use in any of the methods disclosed herein, e.g., increasing insulin secretion of an individual or treating or delaying the onset and/or development of type 2 diabetes, glucose intolerance or metabolic syndrome.

Methods as provided herein may comprise administering to an individual a pharmacological composition that contains an effective amount of a compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The effective amount of the compound may in one aspect be a dose of between about 0.01 and about 100 mg.

The compound may be formulated for any available delivery route, including an oral, mucosal (e.g., nasal, sublingual, vaginal, buccal or rectal), parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, subcutaneous or intravenous), topical or transdermal delivery form. A compound may be formulated with suitable carriers to provide delivery forms that include, but are not limited to, tablets, caplets, capsules (such as hard gelatin capsules or soft elastic gelatin capsules), cachets, troches, lozenges, gums, dispersions, suppositories, ointments, cataplasms (poultices), pastes, powders, dressings, creams, solutions, patches, aerosols (e.g., nasal spray or inhalers), gels, suspensions (e.g., aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspensions, oil-in-water emulsions or water-in-oil liquid emulsions), solutions and elixirs.

One or several compounds described herein can be used in the preparation of a formulation, such as a pharmaceutical formulation, by combining the compound or compounds as an active ingredient with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as those mentioned above. Depending on the therapeutic form of the system (e.g., transdermal patch vs. oral tablet), the carrier may be in various forms. In addition, pharmaceutical formulations may contain preservatives, solubilizers, stabilizers, re-wetting agents, emulgators, sweeteners, dyes, adjusters, salts for the adjustment of osmotic pressure, buffers, coating agents or antioxidants. Formulations comprising the compound may also contain other substances which have valuable therapeutic properties. Pharmaceutical formulations may be prepared by known pharmaceutical methods. Suitable formulations can be found, e.g., in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Philadelphia, Pa., 20^(th) ed. (2000), which is incorporated herein by reference.

Compounds as described herein may be administered to individuals in a form of generally accepted oral compositions, such as tablets, coated tablets, gel capsules in a hard or in soft shell, emulsions or suspensions. Examples of carriers, which may be used for the preparation of such compositions, are lactose, corn starch or its derivatives, talc, stearate or its salts, etc. Acceptable carriers for gel capsules with soft shell are, for instance, plant oils, wax, fats, semisolid and liquid poly-ols, and so on. In addition, pharmaceutical formulations may contain preservatives, solubilizers, stabilizers, re-wetting agents, emulgators, sweeteners, dyes, adjusters, salts for the adjustment of osmotic pressure, buffers, coating agents or antioxidants.

Any of the compounds described herein can be formulated in a tablet in any dosage form described, for example, a compound as described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be formulated as a 10 mg tablet.

The compound may be administered to an individual in accordance with an effective dosing regimen for a desired period of time or duration, such as at least about one month, at least about 2 months, at least about 3 months, at least about 6 months, or at least about 12 months or longer, which in some variations may be for the duration of the individual's life. In one variation, the compound is administered on a daily or intermittent schedule. The compound can be administered to an individual continuously (for example, at least once daily) over a period of time. The dosing frequency can also be less than once daily, e.g., about a once weekly dosing. The dosing frequency can be more than once daily, e.g., twice or three times daily. The dosing frequency can also be intermittent (e.g., once daily dosing for 7 days followed by no doses for 7 days, repeated for any 14 day time period, such as about 2 months, about 4 months, about 6 months or more). Any of the dosing frequencies can employ any of the compounds described herein together with any of the dosages described herein.

Compositions comprising a compound provided herein are also described. In one variation, the composition comprises a compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient. In another variation, a composition of substantially pure compound is provided.

The invention further provides kits for carrying out the methods of the invention, which comprises one or more compounds described herein or a pharmacological composition comprising a compound described herein. The kits may employ any of the compounds disclosed herein. In one variation, the kit employs a compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The kits may be used for any one or more of the uses described herein, and, accordingly, may contain instructions for any one or more of the following uses: treating, preventing, and/or delaying the onset and/or development of diabetes type 2 and/or a disease or condition which is responsive, or expected to be responsive, to an increase in insulin secretion.

Kits generally comprise suitable packaging. The kits may comprise one or more containers comprising any compound described herein. Each component (if there is more than one component) can be packaged in separate containers or some components can be combined in one container where cross-reactivity and shelf life permit.

The kits may be in unit dosage forms, bulk packages (e.g., multi-dose packages) or sub-unit doses. For example, kits may be provided that contain sufficient dosages of a compound as disclosed herein and/or a second pharmaceutically active compound useful for a disease detailed herein (e.g., type 2 diabetes) to provide effective treatment of an individual for an extended period, such as any of a week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, or more. Kits may also include multiple unit doses of the compounds and instructions for use and be packaged in quantities sufficient for storage and use in pharmacies (e.g., hospital pharmacies and compounding pharmacies).

The kits may optionally include a set of instructions, generally written instructions, although electronic storage media (e.g., magnetic diskette or optical disk) containing instructions are also acceptable, relating to the use of component(s) of the methods of the present invention. The instructions included with the kit generally include information as to the components and their administration to an individual.

The invention also provides compositions (including pharmacological compositions) as described herein for the use in treating, preventing, and/or delaying the onset and/or development of diabetes type 2 and/or a disease or condition which is responsive, or expected to be responsive, to an increase in insulin secretion and other methods described herein. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises a pharmaceutical formulation which is present in a unit dosage form. As used herein, the term “unit dosage form” refers to a formulation that contains a predetermined dose of a compound as disclosed herein and optionally a second pharmaceutically active compound useful for treatment of a disease or condition detailed herein (e.g., type 2 diabetes).

For compounds bearing one or more chiral centers, each unique stereoisomer has a compound number bearing a suffix “a”, “b”, etc. As examples, racemic compound V-1, bearing one chiral center, can be resolved into its individual enantiomers V-1a and V-1b.

Similarly, racemic compound V-4, bearing two chiral centers, can be resolved into its individual diastereomers V-4-a, V-4-b, V-4-c and V-4-d.

Representative compounds of the invention are shown in Tables 1-5.

TABLE 1 Representative Compounds of the Invention

  1 1a, 1b

  2 2a, 2b

  3 3a, 3b

  4 4a, 4b

  5 5a, 5b

  6 6a, 6b

  7 7a, 7b

  8 8a, 8b

  9 9a, 9b

  10 10a, 10b

  11 11a, 11b

  12 12a, 12b

  13 13a, 13b

  14 14a, 14b

  15 15a, 15b

  16 16a, 16b

  17 17a, 17b

  18 18a, 18b

  19 19a, 19b

  20 20a, 20b

  21 21a, 21b

  22 22a, 22b

  23 23a, 23b

  24 24a, 24b

  25 25a, 25b, 25c, 25d

  26 26a, 26b, 26c, 26d

  27 27a, 27b

  28 28a, 28b

  29 29a, 29b

  30 30a, 30b

  31 31a, 31b

  32 32a, 32b

  33 33a, 33b

  34 34a, 34b

  35 35a, 35b

  36 36a, 36b, 36c, 36d

  37 37a, 37b, 37c, 37d

  38 38a, 38b, 38c, 38d, 38e, 38f, 38g, 38h

  39 39a, 39b

  40 40a, 40b

  41 41a, 41b

  42 42a, 42b

  43 43a, 43b

  44 44a, 44b

  45 45a, 45b

  46 46a, 46b

  47 47a, 47b, 47c, 47d

  48 48a, 48b

  49 49a, 49b

  50 50a, 50b, 50c, 50d

  51 51a, 51b

  52 52a, 52b

  53 53a, 53b

  54 54a, 54b

  55 55a, 55b

  56 56a, 56b

  57 57a, 57b

  58 58a, 58b

  59 59a, 59b

  60

  61

  62 62a, 62b

  63 63a, 63b

  64 64a, 64b

  65 65a, 65b

  66 66a, 66b

  67 67a, 67b

  68

  69 69a, 69b

  70 70a, 70b, 70c, 70d

  71 71a, 71b

  72 72a, 72b

  73 73a, 73b, 73c, 73d

  74 74a, 74b

  75 75a, 75b, 75c, 75d

  76 76a, 76b, 76c, 76d

  77

  78

  79

  80

  81 81a, 81b

  82 82a, 82b

  83

  84

  85

  86

  87

  88

  89

  90 90a, 90b

  91

  92

  93 93a, 93b

  94

  95 95a, 95b

  96 96a, 96b

  97 97a, 97b

  98 98a, 98b

  99

  100

  101

  102 102a, 102b

  103

  104 104a, 104b

  105

  106

  107

  108

  109

  110

  111

  112

  113

  114

  115

  116

  117

  118

  119

  120

  121

  122

  123 123a, 123b

  124

  125

  126

  127 127a, 127b, 127c, 127d

  128 128a, 128b

  129 129a, 129b, 129c, 129d

  130 130a, 130b

  131 131a, 131b

  132

  133 133a, 133b

  134 134a, 134b

  135 135a, 135b

  136 136a, 136b

  137 137a, 137b

  138 138a, 138b

  139 139a, 139b

  140 140a, 140b

  141 141a, 141b

  142 142, 142b

  143 143a, 143b

  144 144a, 144b

  145 145a, 145b

  146 146a, 146b

  147 147a, 147b

  148 148a, 148b, 148a, 148d

  149 149a, 149b

  150 150a, 150b

  151 151a, 151b

  152 152a, 152b

  153 153a, 153b

  154 154a, 154b

  155 155a, 155b, 155c, 155d

  156 156a, 156b

  157 157a, 157b

  158 158a, 158b

  159 159a, 159b

  160 160a, 160b

  161 161a, 161b, 161c, 161d

  162 162a, 162b, 162c, 162d

  163 163a, 163b, 163c, 163d

  164 164a, 164b, 164c, 164d

  165 165a, 165b

  166 166a, 166b

  167 167a, 167b

  168 168a, 168b, 168c, 168d

  169 169a, 169b

  170 170a, 170b

  171 171a, 171b

  172 172a, 172b

  173 173a, 173b

  174 174a, 174b

  175 175a, 175b

  176 176a, 176b, 176c, 176d

  177 177a, 177b, 177c, 177d

  178 178a, 178b

  179 179a, 179b

  180

  181

  182

  183 183a, 183b

  184

  185

  186

  187

  188

  189

  190

  191

  192 192a, 192b, 192c, 192d

  193 193a, 193b

  194 194a, 194b

  195 195a, 195b

  196 196a, 196b

  197 197a, 197b

  198 198a, 198b, 198c, 198d

  199 199a, 199b

  200

  201

  202

  203

  204

  205

  206

  207

  208

  209

  210

  211 211a, 211b

  212

  213

  214

  215

  216

  217

  218

  219

  220 220a, 220b

  221 221a, 221b

  222

  223 223a, 223b

  224

  225 225a, 225b

  226

  227

  228

  229

  230

  231 231a, 231b

  232

  233

  234

  235

  236

  237

  238

  239

  240

  241

  242

  243

  244

  245

  246

  247

  248

  249

  250

  251

  252

  253 253a, 253b

  254 254a, 254b

  255 255a, 255b

  256

  257

  258

  259

  260

  261

  262

  263

  264

  265

  266

  267

  268

  269

  270

  271

  272 272a, 272b

  273

  274 274a, 274b

  275

  276

  277

  278

  279

  280

  281

  282

  283

  284

  285

  286

  287

  288 288a, 288b

  289 289a, 289b

  290

  291

  292

  293

  294

  295

  296

  297

  298

  299

  300

  301

  302

  303

  304

  305

  306

  307

  308

  309

  310

  311

  312

  313

  314 314a, 314b

  315

  316

  317

  318

  319

  320

  321

  322

  323

  324

  325

  326

  327

  328

  329

  330

  331

  332

  333

  334

  335

  336 336a, 336b

  337 337a, 337b

  338 338a, 338b

  339 339a, 339b

  340 340a, 340b, 340c, 340d

  341 341a, 341b, 341c, 341d

  342 342a, 342b, 342c, 342d

TABLE 2 Representative Compounds of the Invention

TABLE 3 Representative Compounds of the Invention.

TABLE 4 Representative Compounds of the Invention

TABLE 5 Representative Compounds of the Invention

General Synthetic Methods

The compounds of the invention may be prepared by a number of processes as generally described below and more specifically in the Examples hereinafter. In the following process descriptions, the symbols when used in the formulae depicted are to be understood to represent those groups described above in relation to the formulae herein.

Where it is desired to obtain a particular enantiomer of a compound, this may be accomplished from a corresponding mixture of enantiomers using any suitable conventional procedure for separating or resolving enantiomers. Thus, for example, diastereomeric derivatives may be produced by reaction of a mixture of enantiomers, e.g., a racemate, and an appropriate chiral compound. The diastereomers may then be separated by any convenient means, for example by crystallization and the desired enantiomer recovered. In another resolution process, a racemate may be separated using chiral High Performance Liquid Chromatography. Alternatively, if desired a particular enantiomer may be obtained by using an appropriate chiral intermediate in one of the processes described.

Chromatography, recrystallization and other conventional separation procedures may also be used with intermediates or final products where it is desired to obtain a particular isomer of a compound or to otherwise purify a product of a reaction.

General Protocol for Chiral Preparative HPLC Separation of Racemic Compounds

For chiral separations, samples were dissolved in MeOH and EtOH according to the solubility of sample and filtered through 0.22μ PTFE filters. The columns used were CHIRALPAK-AD; 20*250 mm, 10μ and CHIRALCEL-ODH; 20*250 mm, 5μ. A flow rate of 12 mL/min-17 mL/min was used according to the resolution. Alkanes such as n-Pentane, Hexane and Heptane (40%-95%) and alcohols such as EtOH, Isopropyl alcohol and t-Butanol (5%-60%) were used as mobile phase. In some cases alcohol combinations i.e. (EtOH+MeOH), (EtOH+IPA), (IPA+MeOH), (t-Butanol+MeOH), (t-Butanol+EtOH) were used instead of a single alcohol. Diethyl amine (up to 0.3%) was used as modifier in the mobile phase.

Example H1 General Method for the Chiral HPLC Separation and Characterization of Compounds that were Synthesized Initially as a Mixture of Enantiomers

Crude or in some cases partially purified (normal or reverse phase HPLC) mixtures of enantiomers were analyzed by analytical chiral HPLC methods. Once adequate separation was achieved, larger quantities of the mixtures were separated using preparative scale columns as shown below for Compound Nos. 138a and 138b. Separation was followed by removal of solvents on a rotary evaporator to accomplish the isolation of the individual single enantiomers. In some cases where appropriate, after removal of solvent, the samples were lyophilized. After isolation, each individual enantiomer was further analyzed by analytical (reverse phase and chiral) HPLC, LCMS and NMR. When final products were converted to salts, final characterization of the compounds was carried out after conversion to the salt for each enantiomer.

Analytical Chiral HPLC of Compound Nos. 138a and 138b.

Column: Chiralcel OD-H; Column ID: 4.6*250 mm, 5μ. Mobile Phase: Hexane:(EtOH:MeOH 80:20)—93:7. Flow rate: 1 mL/min. Retention Time: Compound No. 138a—9.939 min. Compound No. 138b—13.660 min.

Chiral Preparative Data of Compound Nos. 138a and 138b.

Column: Chiralcel OD-H. Column ID: 20*250 mm, 5μ. Mobile Phase: Hexane: (EtOH:MeOH 80:20)—95:5. Flow rate: 15 mL/min. Solubility: 30 mg/mL in MeOH.

Example H2 General Method for the Chiral HPLC Separation and Characterization of Compounds that were Synthesized Initially as a Mixture of Diastereomers

Crude or in some cases partially purified (normal or reverse phase HPLC) mixtures of diastereomers were analyzed by analytical chiral HPLC methods. Once adequate separation was achieved, larger quantities of the mixtures were separated using preparative scale columns as shown below for Compound Nos. II-149a-d. Separation was followed by removal of solvents on a rotary evaporator to accomplish the isolation of the individual single diastereomers. In some cases where appropriate, after removal of solvent, the samples were lyophilized. Once each individual diastereomer was isolated they were further analyzed by analytical (reverse phase and chiral) HPLC, LCMS and NMR. When final products were converted to salts, final characterization of the compounds was carried out after conversion to the salt for each diastereomer.

Analytical Chiral HPLC Data of Compound Nos. II-149a-d.

Column: Chiral Pak AD-H. Column ID: 4.6*250 mm, 5μ. Mobile Phase: Hexane (0.2% diethylamine):Isopropanol—93:7. Flow rate: 1 mL/min. Retention Time: Compound No. II-149a—15.470 min. Compound No. II-149b—19.808 min. Compound No. II-149c—33.280 min. Compound No. II-149d—39.585 min.

Chiral Preparative Data of Compound Nos. II-149a-d.

Column: Chiral PAK-AD-H. Column ID: 20*250 mm, 5μ. Mobile Phase: Hexane (0.2% diethylamine):Isopropanol—93:7. Flow rate: 15 mL/min. Solubility: 40 mg/mL in MeOH.

The following abbreviations are used herein: thin layer chromatography (TLC); hour (h); minute (min); second (sec); ethanol (EtOH); dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO); N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF); trifluoroacetic acid (TFA); tetrahydrofuran (THF); Normal (N); aqueous (aq.); methanol (MeOH); dichloromethane (DCM); ethyl acetate (EtOAc); Retention factor (Rf); room temperature (RT).

Compounds detailed herein may be prepared by those of skill in the art by referral to General Methods and Examples described in published PCT applications WO2009/055828 (see e.g., General Methods 1-24 and Examples 1-325), WO2010/127177 (General Methods 1-3 and Examples 1-58), WO2009/120720 (General Methods 1-15C and Examples 1-134), WO2009/120717 (General Methods 1-17 and Examples 1-134), WO2010/051501 (General Methods 1-10 and Examples 1-450) and WO2010/051503 (General Methods 1-15 and Examples 1-111), WO2011/019417 (General Methods 1-9 and Examples 1-10), WO2011/038164 (General Methods 1-19), WO2011/038162 (General Methods 1-21 and Examples 1-6), WO2011/038163 (General Methods 1-19 and Examples 1-49) and WO2011/038161 (General Methods 1-15B and Examples 1-22). The PCT publications described above are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. Particular examples of each of the General Methods and Examples are provided in the Examples below.

General Method 1

In certain examples of formula (I) provided herein, and as similarly described in the publications presented above, alcohols of the type C can be prepared by treating appropriately functionalized carboline A with functionalized epoxide B, in the presence of a base. A selection of bases effective for this reaction will be apparent to those skilled in the art, such as for example, sodium hydride, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, sodium ethoxide, sodium methoxide, and the like. In some instances, one or more of the bases may be used interchangeably; for example, other bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, lithium tert-butoxide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, sodium ethoxide or sodium methoxide may be substituted where sodium hydride is specifically described. It is understood that modifications to the specific materials shown are intended, e.g., where Compound B can be a heteroaryl group such as pyridyl, and Compound A can comprise structures such as pyrido[3,4-b]indoles, azepino[4,5-b]indoles, and indolizino[7,8-b]indoles, and the like.

The following Examples are provided to illustrate but not to limit the invention.

All references disclosed herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

EXAMPLES Example 1 Preparation of Compound Nos. 1, 1a and 1b

Sodium hydride (1-3 equiv.) was added to a solution of 8-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 equiv.) in DMF and heated to 120° C. for 1 h with stirring. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and 4-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (2-7.5 equiv.) was added dropwise over 5 min. The temperature was raised to 120° C. and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water and followed by brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide the crude product. The product was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (230-400 mesh, deactivated with 1% triethylamine/hexane) using a gradient of 5 to 15% MeOH/EtOAc to yield the free base. The pure compound was converted to its oxalate salt. The analytical sample was prepared by dissolving free base in THF and treatment with 1 equiv. of oxalic acid dihydrate. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 8.42 (d, 2H), 7.35-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.00-6.90 (m, 2H), 4.10 (q, 2H), 3.50 (q, 2H), 2.95-2.68 (m, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 1a and 1b.

Example 2 Preparation of Compound Nos. 2, 2a and 2b

Sodium hydride (1-3 equiv.) was added to a solution of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 equiv.) in DMF, and heated to 120° C. for 1 h with stirring. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and 4-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (2-7.5 equiv.) was added dropwise over 5 min. The temperature was raised to 120° C. and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water and followed by brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide the crude product. The product was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (230-400 mesh, deactivated with 1% triethylamine/hexane) using a gradient of 5 to 15% MeOH/EtOAc to yield the free base. The pure compound was converted to its oxalate salt. The analytical sample was prepared by dissolving free base in THF and treatment with 1 equiv. of oxalic acid dihydrate. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 8.38 (d, 2H), 7.50 (d, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 4.45 (m, 2H), 4.31 (m, 1H), 4.22 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 1H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 2a and 2b.

Example 3 Preparation of Compound Nos. 3, 3a and 3b

Sodium hydride (2.4 g, 100 mmol) was washed with hexane and dried under vacuum. To this was added DMF (15 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Then to this was added 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (4 g, 20 mmol) and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. Then 4-oxiranyl-pyridine (2.90 g, 23.96 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL DMF and added dropwise to the mixture, which was then left stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The resultant solid material was washed with hexane and crystallized from EtOH and ether. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.70 (d, 2H), 7.70 (d, 2H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 5.05 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 2H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.90 (s, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 3a and 3b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 3a; (−) 31.32 (c 1, Chloroform, 94.1% HPLC purity); Compound No. 3b, (+) 28.24 (c 1, Chloroform, 98.05% HPLC purity).

Example 4 Preparation of Compound Nos. 4, 4a, and 4b

Sodium hydride (2.72 g, 113.33 mmol) was washed with hexane and dried under vacuum. To this was added DMF (15 mL) and the mixture cooled to 0° C. 8-Chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (5 g, 22.72 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at 0° C. for 30 min, followed by 4-oxiranyl-pyridine (3.3 g, 27.27 mmol) dissolved in 5 mL DMF added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and the product extracted into EtOAc (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The resultant solid material was washed with hexane and crystallized from EtOH and ether. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.80 (d, 2H), 8.18 (d, 2H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 5.30 (m, 1H), 4.70 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.40 (m, 2H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 4a and 4b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 4a, (+) 47.31 (c 0.58, Chloroform, 96.26% HPLC purity); Compound No. 4b, (−) 43.75 (c 0.55, Chloroform, 98.59% HPLC purity).

Example 5 Preparation of Compound Nos. 5, 5a and 5b

To a solution of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (290 mg, 1.4 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added sodium hydride (38 mg, 1.6 mmol) and the solution was stirred at 120° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (400 mg, 2.96 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 2 h, quenched with ice-water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (60 mL). The organic layer was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (5-15% MeOH/EtOAc) to yield 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol. Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 5a and 5b. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.42 (d, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.9 (m, 2H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 4.17 (dd, 2H), 3.42 (s, 2H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.62 (t, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.61 (s, 3H). Optical rotations: Compound No. 5a, (−) 39.27 (c 0.43, Chloroform, 99.69% HPLC purity); Compound No. 5b, (+) 58.97 (c 0.58, Chloroform, 99.49% HPLC purity).

Example 6 Preparation of Compound Nos. 6, 6a and 6b

To a solution of 2-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 g, 3.937 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (472 mg, 11.81 mmol) in portions at RT. After stirring at RT for 15 min, the suspension was allowed to cool to 0° C. and 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (762 mg, 6.299 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cooled water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The solid obtained was re-crystallized in DCM-diethyl ether to yield 2-(2-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.59 (d, 2H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 3.4 (dd, 2H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.74 (bs, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 6a and 6b.

Example 7 Preparation of Compound Nos. 7, 7a and 7b

Chloro carboline (500 mg, 2.27 mmol) was taken in DMF. NaH (180 mg, 4.5 mmol) was added at RT and stirred for 10-15 min. Neat epoxide (450 mg, 3.7 mmol) was added dropwise at RT. The reaction was stirred at RT for 4 h and the reaction was monitored by LCMS. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured on ice water and extracted with EtOAc, dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC. 465 mg of product as a white solid (TFA salt). TLC: 5% MeOH-DCM, Rf 0.1 was observed. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.80 (s, 2H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.9 (t, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.25 (bs, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 3.9 (bs, 1H), 3.5 (bs, 1H), 3.3 (m, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 7a and 7b. Optical rotations: Compound 7a, (−) 21.05 (c 0.52, Chloroform, 89.7% HPLC purity); Compound 7b, (+) 6.85 (c 0.69, Chloroform, 95.74% HPLC purity).

Example 8 Preparation of Compound Nos. 8, 8a and 8b

To a solution of 2,6-dimethyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole (1.0 g, 5.00 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added sodium hydride (600 mg, 15 mmol), the suspension stirred at RT for 10 min. A solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (1.21 g, 10 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added slowly into the reaction mixture which was stirred at RT overnight. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mass was poured into ice cold water (200 mL) slowly and extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (4×300 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue obtained was washed with hexane (2×15 mL) and triturated with diethyl ether (50 mL) to yield the desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.62 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 5.05 (m, 1H), 4.14 (dd, 1H), 4.078 (dd, 1H), 3.74 (d, 1H), 3.37 (d, 1H), 2.83 (m, 3H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.46 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 8a and 8b.

Example 9 Preparation of Compound Nos. 9, 9a and 9b

2-(2-Allyl-8-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethanol (1.0 g, 2.8 mmol) was dissolved in DCM and the solution was purged with nitrogen for 5 min. 1,3-Dimethylbarbituric acid (1.34 g, 8.6 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (66.5 mg, 0.056 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was basified with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate, and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate (6×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 50 mg of 2-(8-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.19 (m, 3H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 5.0 (t, 1H), 4.10 q (d, 2H), 3.92 q (d, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.47 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H). This racemate was separated by chiral semi-preparative HPLC to obtain enantiomers 9a and 9b.

Example 10 Preparation of Compound Nos. 10, 10a and 10b

2-(2-Allyl-8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (4.0 g, 10.87 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (350 mL) and nitrogen was purged for 10 min into the reaction mixture. 1,3-Dimethyl barbituric acid (5.08 g, 32.62 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (251 mg, 0.217 mmol) was added and stirred for 2 h at RT. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated potassium carbonate (200 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated, and the crude mixture crystallized in MeOH (5 mL) and ether (50 mL) to obtain 2.2 g of 2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.58 (d, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 5.0 (t, 1H), 4.15 (d, 2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 2.53 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 10a and 10b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 10a, (−) 34.60 (c 0.55, Chloroform, 99.16% HPLC purity); Compound No. 10b, (+) 31.78 (c 0.53, Chloroform, 92.71% HPLC purity).

Example 11 Preparation of Compound Nos. 11, 11a and 11b

3-[8-Chloro-5-(2-hydroxy-2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2-yl]-propionic acid methyl ester (200 mg, 0.484 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (5 mL), and cooled to −78° C. Methyl magnesium chloride (0.2 mL, 1.93 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred for 15 min and allowed to RT and stirred for 2 h. After consumption of starting material, 2 mL MeOH was added into the reaction, which was then concentrated, and the residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated, and the crude product purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 50 mg of 4-[8-chloro-5-(2-hydroxy-2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2-yl]-2-methyl-butan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.48 (d, 2H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 4.90 (t, 1H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.68 (m, 2H), 2.87 (m, 3H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.49 (m, 1H), 1.72 (t, 2H), 1.24 (s, 6H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 11a and 11b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 11a, (−) 25.66 (c 0.56, Chloroform, 96.42% HPLC purity); Compound No. 11b, (+) 24.07 (c 0.56, Chloroform, 98.39% HPLC purity).

Example 12 Preparation of Compound Nos. 12, 12a and 12b

1-(6-Allyl-3-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,6,9-triaza-fluoren-9-yl)-2-pyridin-4-yl-propan-2-ol (260 mg, 0.680 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (7 mL) and N₂ was purged into the reaction mixture. 1,3-Dimethyl barbituric acid (318 mg, 2.04 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.013 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for 45 min at RT. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated potassium carbonate and extracted with DCM (3×50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated, and the crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 100 mg of 1-(3-chloro-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,6,9-triaza-fluoren-9-yl)-2-pyridin-4-yl-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.51 (d, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 4.39 (d, 1H), 4.36 (d, 1H), 3.93 q (d, 2H), 3.16 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 1.57 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 12a and 12b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 12a, (+) 121.78 (c 0.53, Chloroform, 97.32% HPLC purity); Compound No. 12b, (−) 118.34 (c 0.54, Chloroform, 99.01% HPLC purity).

Example 13 Preparation of Compound Nos. 13, 13a and 13b

3,9-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydroazepino[4,5-b]indole (300 mg, 1.40 mmol) was taken into DMF (6 mL). To a solution of sodium hydride (50%) (100 mg, 4.22 mmol) was added in portions at RT and stirred at RT for 10 min. A solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (254 mg, 2.11 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise for 10 min. and stirred for 14 h at RT. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice water, extracted in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to get pure product 2-(3,9-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydroazepino[4,5-b]indol-6(1H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol as the TFA salt (250 mg). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 13a and 13b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 13a, (−) 5.03 (c 0.56, Chloroform, 99.17% HPLC purity); Compound No. 13b, (+) 5.70 (c 0.56, Chloroform, 99.35% HPLC purity).

Example 14 Preparation of Compound Nos. 14, 14a and 14b

2,6-Dimethyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (1 g, 5 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL DMF and stirred for 10 min at 0° C. Sodium hydride (600 mg, 15 mmol) was added portionwise at RT and stirred for 10 min. 3-(2-Methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine (1.01 g, 7.5 mmol) was added dropwise at the same temperature and the mixture stirred for 12 h at RT. The reaction was monitored by TLC & LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (4×100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated and the residue was crystallized in EtOH and ether to obtain 375 mg of 1-(2,6-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-(3-carbolin-9-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.76 (d, 1H), 8.55 (dd, 1H), 7.703 (d, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.23 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 4.13 (d, 1H), 4.08 (d, 1H), 3.38 (dd, 2H), 2.79 (q, 2H), 2.74 (q, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.64 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 14a and 14b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 14a, (+) 31.28 (c 0.58, Chloroform, 96.04% HPLC purity); Compound No. 14b, (−) 27.23 (c 0.57, Chloroform, 96.09% HPLC purity).

Example 15 Preparation of Compound Nos. 15, 15a and 15b

9-Chloro-3-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydroazepino[4,5-b]indole (300 mg, 1.27 mmol) was taken into DMF (6 mL). Sodium hydride (50%) (92 mg, 3.83 mmol) was added in portions at RT and the mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min. A solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (232 mg, 1.9 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise for 10 min. and stirred for 14 h at RT. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice water, extracted in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to get pure product 2-(9-chloro-3-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydroazepino[4,5-b]indol-6(1H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol as the TFA salt (230 mg). ¹HNMR (DMSO-d6, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.65 (m, 2H), 7.80-7.45 (m, 3H), 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.0 (m, 1H), 6.0 (m, 1H), 4.95 (m, 1H), 4.40 (m, 2H), 3.40 (m, 3H), 3.20 (m, 4H), 2.92 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 15a and 15b.

Example 16 Preparation of Compound Nos. 16, 16a and 16b

2,6-Dimethyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (500 mg, 2.5 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL DMF and stirred for 10 min at RT. Sodium hydride (180 mg, 7.5 mmol) was added portionwise at RT and the mixture stirred for 10 min. 2-(2-Methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine (472 mg, 3.5 mmol) was added dropwise at the same temperature and stirred for 12 h at RT. The reaction was monitored by TLC & LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (3×100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated and the residue was crystallized in hexane to obtain 115 mg of 1-(2,6-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-β-carbolin-9-yl)-2-pyridin-2-yl-propan-2-ol. ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.51 (d, 1H), 7.65 (t, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 4.9 (bs, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 3.21 (dd, 2H), 2.77 (m, 2H), 2.69 (m, 2H), 2.42 (d, 6H), 1.63 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 16a and 16b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 16a, (−) 5.77 (c 0.52, Chloroform, 98.11% HPLC purity); Compound No. 16b, (+) 5.85 (c 0.51, Chloroform, 98.06% HPLC purity).

Example 17 Preparation of Compound Nos. 17, 17a and 17b

6,8,8-Trimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1,6,9-triaza-fluorene (100 mg, 0.465 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and sodium hydride (56 mg, 1.39 mmol) was added portionwise under nitrogen. 4-Oxiranyl-pyridine (113 mg, 0.933 mmol) was added dropwise at RT and stirred for 12 h. After consumption of starting material (by monitoring TLC and LCMS), the reaction mixture was poured in to ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2×25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×10 mL), the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated, and the crude product purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 15 mg of 1-pyridin-4-yl-2-(6,8,8-trimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,6,9-triaza-fluoren-9-yl)-ethanol. ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.63 (d, 2H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.45 (d, 2H), 7.09 (dd, 1H), 5.17 (d, 1H), 4.53 (dd, 1H), 4.47 (d, 1H), 3.71 (d, 1H), 3.44 (d, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.49 (d, 1H), 2.44 (d, 1H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.32 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 17a and 17b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 17a, (+) 50.54 (c 0.56, Chloroform, 99.31% HPLC purity); Compound No. 17b, (−) 51.38 (c 0.55, Chloroform, 95.62% HPLC purity).

Example 18 Preparation of Compound Nos. 18, 18a and 18b

2,6-Dimethyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (500 mg, 2.5 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL DMF and sodium hydride (250 mg, 6.24 mmol) was added portionwise at 0° C. and the mixture stirred for 10 min. 2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-oxirane (450 mg, 3.26 mmol) was added dropwise at same temperature and stirred for 12 h at RT. The reaction was monitored by TLC & LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water. The resultant solid was filtered and washed with water (100 mL) and hexane (100 mL), and the crude product was crystallized in EtOH:hexane (5:95 ratio) to obtain 300 mg of 2-(2,6-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-β-carbolin-9-yl)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.05 (m, 3H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.0 (t, 1H), 4.05 (d, 2H), 3.62 (d, 1H), 3.30 (d, 1H), 2.80 (m, 3H), 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 18a and 18b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 18a, (−) 6.97 (c 0.56, Chloroform, 89.35% HPLC purity); Compound No. 18b, (+) 13.03 (c 0.51, Chloroform, 99.51% HPLC purity).

Example 19 Preparation of Compound Nos. 19, 19a and 19b

2,6-Dimethyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (500 mg, 2.5 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL DMF and stirred for 10 min at 0° C. Sodium hydride (300 mg, 7.5 mmol) was added portionwise at RT and stirred for 10 min. 4-(2-Methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine (472 mg, 3.5 mmol) was added dropwise at the same temperature and stirred for 4 h at RT. The reaction was monitored by TLC & LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2×60 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×75 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated and the residue was crystallized in EtOH and hexane to obtain 175 mg of 1-(2,6-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-(3-carbolin-9-yl)-2-pyridin-4-yl-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.58 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 4.18-4.0 (dd, 2H), 3.50-3.38 (dd, 2H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 19a and 19b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 19a, (+) 22.35 (c 0.58, Chloroform, 98.36% HPLC purity); Compound No. 19b, (−) 22.43 (c 0.55, Chloroform, 99.09% HPLC purity).

Example 20 Preparation of Compound Nos. 20, 20a and 20b

2,6-Dimethyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (1.0 g, 5.0 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL DMF and sodium hydride (600 mg, 15 mmol) was added portionwise at 0° C. and stirred for 10 min. 2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-oxirane (900 mg, 6.0 mmol) was added dropwise at the same temperature and stirred for 12 h at RT. The reaction was monitored by TLC & LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and filtered through a Celite bed. A cake of compound was formed which was dissolved in MeOH and DCM. This was again filtered through a Celite bed and the filtrate concentrated. The solid thus obtained was crystallized in ether & hexane to get 600 mg of 2-(2,6-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-(3-carbolin-9-yl)-1-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.27 (m, 3H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 2H), 4.98 (t, 1H), 4.09 (d, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.67 (d, 1H), 3.32 (d, 1H), 2.79 (m, 3H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 20a and 20b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 20a, (−) 10.20 (c 0.58, Chloroform, 99.61% HPLC purity); Compound No. 20b, (+) 10.00 (c 0.59, Chloroform, 96.54% HPLC purity).

Example 21 Preparation of Compound Nos. 21, 21a and 21b

2-(8-Methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-3-yl)ethanol (1.6 g) was dissolved in acetone (40 mL) followed by the addition of potassium carbonate (2.16 g) and 2-bromoethanol (1.29 g). The reaction mixture was heated at 80° C. for 2 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with DCM, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain crude product. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.33 (d, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 4.82 (dd, 1H), 4.03 (dd, 1H), 3.98 (dd, 1H), 3.75 (d, 1H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 3.64 (d, 1H), 2.90 (m, 3H), 2.74 (m, 2H), 2.5 (dd, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 21a and 21b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 21a, (−) 12.41 (c 0.56, Chloroform, 97.75% HPLC purity); Compound No. 21b, (+) 12.71 (c 0.56, Chloroform, 97.37% HPLC purity).

Example 22 Preparation of Compound Nos. 22, 22a and 22b

Sodium hydride (54 mg, 2.2 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (7.5 mL) and stirred for 10 min. 2,6-Dimethyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole (150 mg, 0.75 mmol) was added to the solution and stirred for 10 min, followed by addition of 2-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (133 mg, 1.1 mmol) and stirred overnight at RT. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice water, extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to get pure title compound as the TFA salt (27 mg). ¹H NMR (DMSO) δ (ppm): 10.30-10.10 (m, 1H), 8.70-8.55 (m, 1H), 7.95-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.05 (m, 2H), 7.00-6.75 (m, 2H), 4.95-4.70 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.40 (m, 2H), 4.20-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.55-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 22a and 22b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 22a, (−) 58.57 (c 0.57, Chloroform, 98.5% HPLC purity); Compound No. 22b, (+) 31.73 (c 0.52, Chloroform, 96.24% HPLC purity).

Example 23 Preparation of Compound Nos. 23, 23a and 23b

To a stirred solution of 2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-8-yl) propan-2-ol (942 mg, 3.86 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 464 mg, 11.58 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and a solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (700 mg, 5.8 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stirring was continued for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS and NMR. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue obtained was crystallized from ether to yield 2-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-5-(2-hydroxy-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-8-yl)propan-2-ol (500 mg) as yellow solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.37 (d, 2H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 4.82 (t, 1H), 4.05 (d, 2H), 3.49 (d, 1H), 3.4 (d, 1H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.65 (s, 6H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 23a and 23b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 23a, (−) 52.54 (c 0.55, Chloroform, 95.4% HPLC purity); Compound No. 23b, (+) 29.08 (c 0.56, Chloroform, 98.94% HPLC purity).

Example 24 Preparation of Compound Nos. 24, 24a and 24b

To a solution of carboline (320 mg, 1.49 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added sodium hydride (169 mg, 4.23 mmol). After stirring for 5 min, a solution of 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (285 mg, 2.11 mmol) in DMF was added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated and residue obtained was submitted for reverse phase HPLC purification. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.52 (d, 1H), 7.69 (d, 1H), 7.21 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 4.21 (q, 2H), 4.00 (s, 2H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.48 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.65 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 24a and 24b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 24a, (+) 25.89 (c 0.58, Chloroform, 96.39% HPLC purity); Compound No. 24b, (−) 26.65 (c 0.56, Chloroform, 93.46% HPLC purity).

Example 25 Preparation of Compound Nos. 25, 25a and 25b

To an ice-cooled stirred solution of the Boc protected ester (75 mg) in DCM (1 mL) was added cold 20% TFA-DCM solution (5 mL). After stirring for 30 min at 0° C., the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to yield title compound as the TFA salt. HPLC provided enantiomers 25a and 25b. Compound No. 25a: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Di-TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.74 (t, 2H), 7.84 (t, 2H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.03 (t, 1H), 6.4 (m, 1H), 4.66 (m, 3H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 3.98 (m, 2H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 0.95 (d, 3H), 0.91 (d, 3H). Compound No. 25b: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Di-TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.806 (d, 2H), 8.05 (t, 2H), 7.63 (t, 1H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 4.66 (m, 3H), 4.32 (m, 1H), 4.12 (dd, 1H), 3.97 (m, 1H), 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.30 (m, 2H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 3.25 (m, 1H) 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 0.88 (d, 3H), 0.59 (d, 3H).

Example 26 Preparation of Compound Nos. 26, 26a, 26b, 26c and 26d

To a stirred solution of 6-aza-8-methyl tetracyclic carboline (320 mg, 1.4 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added sodium hydride (169 mg, 4.2 mmol). After stirring for 5 min, a solution of 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (285 mg, 2.14 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield title compound (574 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.42 (d, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 7.14 (dd, 1H), 4.45 (d, 1H), 4.26 (d, 2H), 4.14 (t, 1H), 3.25 (d, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.84 (m, 1H), 2.63 (q, 1H), 2.46 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.34 (m, 1H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.68 (m, 1H), 1.64 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 26a, 26b 26c and 26d.

Example 27 Preparation of Compound Nos. 27, 27a and 27b

To a solution of 5-(2-azido-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (2.4 g, 6.93 mmol) in EtOH-water (25-2.5 mL) were added zinc dust (1.8 g, 27.7 mmol) and ammonium chloride (1.5 g, 27.74 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at 80° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was basified with aq. ammonia and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to yield 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanamine (1.2 g). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.56 (d, 2H), 7.28 (d, 2H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 4.48 (t, 1H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 3.65 (q, 2H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 27a and 27b.

Example 28 Preparation of Compound Nos. 28, 28a and 28b

To a stirred solution of 6-chloro-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole (550 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (300 mg, 7.5 mmol). After stirring for 5 min, a solution of 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (506 mg, 3.75 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The solid was crystallized from ether to yield the title compound (300 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.0 (t, 1H), 6.94 (s, 1H), 4.10 (d, 1H), 4.04 (d, 1H), 3.59 (d, 1H), 3.34 (d, 1H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.63 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 28a and 28b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 28a, (+) 26.78 (c 0.54, Chloroform, 98.11% HPLC purity); Compound No. 28b, (−) 20.39 (c 0.59, Chloroform, 93.42% HPLC purity).

Example 29 Preparation of Compound Nos. 29, 29a and 29b

A mixture of compound 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.5 g, 7.5 mmol, 1 equiv.) and NaH (252 mg, 10.5 mmol, 1.4 equiv.) in DMF (30 mL) were heated to 120° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and 2-methyl-5-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (2.46 g, 16.5 mmol, 2.2 equiv.) in DMF (17 mL) was added dropwise over 12 min. The temperature was again raised to 120° C. and stirred for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and water (5 mL) was added, diluted with EtOAc (700 mL) and the organic layer was washed with water (3×100 mL) and then with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The compound was purified by column chromatography over 230-400 mesh silica gel using a gradient of 10-20% MeOH in EtOAc. Yield: 2.3 g (87%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d6, oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 8.52 (bs, 1H), 7.73-7.71 (d, 1H), 7.31-7.29 (d, 1H), 7.17-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.88-6.86 (d, 1H), 4.34 (bs, 2H), 4.24-4.40 (dd, 2H), 3.47 (bs, 2H), 2.98 (bs, 2H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 29a and 29b.

Example 30 Preparation of Compound Nos. 30, 30a and 30b

Activated magnesium turnings (480 mg, 20 g/atom) and 2-3 crystals of iodine were stirred under anhydrous conditions. The excess of iodine was removed by heating with a heat gun. The magnesium turnings were now yellow in color. To this was added diethyl ether (15 mL) at 0° C. and stirred for 15 min. (until the color of the magnesium becomes white). To this was added cyclopentyl bromide (480 mg, 20 g/atom) dropwise with constant stirring. The reaction mixture was stirred until a dark grey-colored solution was obtained. Into a separate flask was placed the starting material 2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)ethanone (168 mg, 5 mmol) in THF under anhydrous conditions. The solution of the prepared cyclopentylmagnesium bromide (5 mL) was added dropwise. After addition, the mixture was allowed to come to RT and stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and NMR. The reaction was quenched with ice water and the product extracted into EtOAc. The organic extracts were concentrated and the residue purified by silica gel column chromatography (#100-200 mesh) using 0-3% MeOH:DCM as eluent. (Note: The desired compound was not formed but reduction of keto group occurred to yield the hydroxy compound). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d6, oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 7.55 (m, 3H), 7.18 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 4.85 (s, 1H), 4.30 (m, 2H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 3H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 30a and 30b.

Example 31 Preparation of Compound Nos. 31, 31a and 31b

Sodium hydride (1-3 equiv.) was added to a solution of 8-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 equiv.) in DMF, and heated to 120° C. for 1 h with stirring. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (2-7.5 equiv.) was added dropwise over 5 min. The temperature was raised to 120° C. and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water and followed by brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide the crude product. The product was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel (230-400 mesh, deactivated with 1% triethylamine/hexane) using a gradient of 5 to 15% MeOH/EtOAc to yield the free base. The pure compound was converted to its oxalate salt. The analytical sample was prepared by dissolving free base in THF and treatment with 1 equiv. of oxalic acid dihydrate. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, 1H), 7.87 (d, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 4.48 (m, 2H), 4.32 (m, 2H), 3.71 (m, 2H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 1.70 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 31a and 31b.

Example 32 Preparation of Compound Nos. 32, 32a and 32b

A flask was charged with 6-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 g, 4.5 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) and stirred for 5 min. To this was added NaH (60% in hexane) (220 mg, 6.8 mmol) and stirred at RT for 10 min., followed by 4-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (1.08 g, 9 mmol) and stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. The mixture was poured into ice water and filtered. The filtrate was washed with water and concentrated. The residue was recrystallized from ether to get pure product. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d6, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.70 (d, 2H), 7.90 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.0 (m, 2H), 6.0 (m, 1H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 32a and 32b.

Example 33 Preparation of Compound Nos. 33, 33a and 33b

8-Chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.3 g, 5 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and stirred for 5 min. Sodium hydride (709 mg, 17.7 mmol) was then added to it portionwise under nitrogen. This was followed by addition of 2-butyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)oxirane (3.4 g, 17.7 mmol) at RT and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18 h. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and the product extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by silica gel (#100-200 mesh) column chromatography using 1% MeOH in DCM as eluent. The pure compound was converted into the oxalate salt. ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, Oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 7.30 (m, 3H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 6.95 (m, 3H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 2.70 (m, 3H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.20 (m, 1H), 2.0 (m, 1H), 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.22 (m, 3H), 1.0 (m, 1H), 0.80 (t, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 33a and 33b.

Example 34 Preparation of Compound Nos. 34, 34a and 34b

2-(2,8-Dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)ethanone (168 mg, 5 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL anhydrous THF. Ethyl magnesium bromide (1.5 mL, 0.0015 mol) was then added dropwise at RT under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. On completion of the reaction, water (3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the product extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product, which was purified by HPLC. The pure compound was isolated as the TFA salt. ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 7.0 (m, 2H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 4.60 (m, 1H), 4.30 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.42 (d, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.20 (m, 1H), 1.80 (m, 2H), 0.8 (t, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 34a and 34b.

Example 35 Preparation of Compound Nos. 35, 35a and 35b

A flask was charged with sodium hydride (0.640 g, 50-60%) in dry DMF (10 mL) at 0° C. and to this was added 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,4a,5,9b-hexahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (0.8 g). The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min and then 4-(2-ethyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (0.834 g) dissolved in DMF (2 mL) was added, which was stirred at RT for 12 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product was triturated with diethyl ether to obtain the desired compound. ¹HNMR (DMSO, Oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 8.45 (d, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 4.30 (d, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 2.10 (m, 1H), 0.6 (t, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 35a and 35b.

Example 36 Preparation of Compound Nos. 36, 36a-36d

To a solution of 1-ethyl-7-methyl-3,4,5,10-tetrahydro-1H-2,5-methanoazepino[3,4-b]indole (1000 mg, 4.17 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (500 mg, 12.498 mmol) portionwise. After stirring at RT for 5 min, 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (630 mg, 5.00 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and the solid mass was filtered. The residue was washed with water (2×10 mL), hexane (2×50 mL) and purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 36a and 36b.

Example 37 Preparation of Compound Nos. 37, 37a, 37c and 37d

To a solution of 2,3,4,9,10,10a-hexahydro-1H-3a,8,9-triaza-cyclopenta[b]fluorene (1 g, 0.0046 mol) in DMF (20 mL) was added NaH (60%, 0.552 g, 0.0138 mol) portionwise followed by 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (0.709 g, 0.0056 mol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The progress of reaction mixture was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (10×100 mL) followed by brine (2×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography followed by reverse phase HPLC to obtain the desired compound. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.56 (d, 2H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 2H), 7.06 (dd, 1H), 5.16 (dd, 1H), 4.44 (dd, 1H), 4.31 (dd, 1H), 4.2 (d, 1H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 2.85 (d, 1H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.39 (q, 2H), 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.93 (m, 2H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 37a, 37b, 37c and 37d.

Example 38 Preparation of Compound Nos. 38, 38a-38h

To a solution of 1,7-dimethyl-3,4,5,10-tetrahydro-1H-2,5-methanoazepino[3,4-b]indole (1 g, 4.42 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (530 mg, 13.24 mmol) portionwise under nitrogen. After stirring for 10 min at 0° C., 4-oxiranyl-pyridine (1.07 g, 8.84 mmol) was added dropwise at 0° C. into the reaction mixture and stirring continued for 12 h at RT. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 1.2 g of product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Formate salt) δ (ppm): 8.42 (d, 2H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 6.78 (t, 2H), 5.67 (q, 1H), 5.4 (m, 1H), 4.77 (dd, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 3.82 (d, 1H), 3.7-3.8 (m, 3H), 3.6 (d, 1H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.18 (m, 1H), 1.97 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 38a and 38b.

Example 39 Preparation of Compound Nos. 39, 39a and 39b

2-(2-Allyl-8-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (740 mg, 2.132 mmol) was dissolved in 40 mL DCM, and purged with nitrogen for 5 min. Pd(PPh₃)₄ (50 mg, 0.0432 mmol) and 1,3-dimethylbarbituric acid (998 mg, 6.397 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate (20 mL) solution and extracted with DCM (2×20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography over neutral alumina (eluent 50% MeOH in DCM) to obtain 400 mg of 2-(8-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.71 (d, 2H), 8.04 (d, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 5.33 (t, 1H), 4.42 (m, 4H), 3.63 (t, 2H), 3.28 d (t, 1H), 3.22 (m 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H). This racemate was separated by chiral semi-preparative HPLC to obtain enantiomers 39a and 39b.

Example 40 Preparation of Compound Nos. 40, 40a and 40b

To a solution of 2-methyl-7-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (500 mg, 1.96 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 236 mg, 5.9 mmol) at RT under N₂. After stirring for 10 min, a solution of 3-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (356 mg, 2.9 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC, LCMS and NMR. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain the desired compounds 40a and 40b.

Example 41 Preparation of Compound Nos. 41, 41a and 41b

To a solution of 6-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole (1.0 g, 4.55 mmol) in DMF (20 mL), sodium hydride (546 mg, 13.65 mmol) was added and the suspension stirred at RT for 10 min. A solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (1.10 g, 9.1 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added slowly into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT overnight. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mass was poured into ice cold water (200 mL) slowly and extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (4×300 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 7% MeOH-DCM as eluent. The residue obtain was triturated with diethyl ether (20 mL) to yield the desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.42-8.58 (d, 2H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 4.9 (dd, 1H), 4.08 (dd, 1H), 4.04 (dd, 1H), 3.73 (d, 1H), 3.48 (s, 1H), 3.3 (d, 1H), 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.68 (m, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 41a and 41b.

Example 42 Preparation of Compound Nos. 42, 42a and 42b

1-(2-Allyl-8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyrimidin-4-yl-propan-2-ol (300 mg, 0.785 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (6 mL) and N₂ was purged for 5 min into the reaction mixture. 1,3-Dimethylbarbituricacid (367 mg, 2.356 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (18 mg, 0.0157 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred for 1 h at RT. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated potassium carbonate (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×40 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated, crude was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 97 mg of 1-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyrimidin-4-yl-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.45 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 6.94 (s, 2H), 4.3 (q, 2H), 3.93 (q, 2H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.78 (d, 1H), 2.57 (d, 1H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 42a and 42b.

Example 43 Preparation of Compound Nos. 43, 43a and 43b

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1 g, 5 mmol) in 10 mL DMF, was added sodium hydride (600 mg, 15 mmol) portionwise under nitrogen at 0° C. and stirred for 10 min. 3-Oxiranyl-pyridine (908 mg, 15.0 mmol) was added dropwise under nitrogen and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 12 h. After the complete conversion of starting material (TLC and LCMS), the reaction mixture was poured in ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The crude mixture was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 290 mg of 2-(2,6-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-β-carbolin-9-yl)-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, 1H), 7.67 (d, 1H), 7.3 (m, 2H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 5.09 (t, 1H), 4.13 (m, 2H), 3.70 (d, 1H), 3.36 (d, 1H), 2.79 (m, 3H), 2.703 (m, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 43a and 43b.

Example 44 Preparation of Compound Nos. 44, 44a and 44b

Sodium hydride (60%) (555 mg, 13.88 mmol) was added portionwise to a solution of 6-methoxy-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 g, 4.629 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) and stirred at RT for 15 min, the suspension was allowed to cool at 0° C. 4-(Oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (896 mg, 7.407 mmol) was added dropwise and reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 48 h. The reaction mixture was poured in to ice-cooled water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL), and the organic layer was washed with water (2×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo, afforded crude was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 2-(6-methoxy-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol (165 mg) as the formate salt. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.60 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 2H), 7.02 (m, 2H), 6.66 (d, 1H), 5.08 (dd, 1H), 4.66 (dd, 1H), 4.12 (dd, 1H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.60 (d, 1H), 3.56 (d, 1H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 44a and 44b.

Example 45 Preparation of Compound Nos. 45, 45a and 45b

To a stirred solution of 6-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1 g, 4.54 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 545 mg, 13.6 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, a solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (825 mg, 6.8 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.54 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 7.01 (t, 1H), 5.04 (dd, 1H), 4.81 (dd, 1H), 3.99 (dd, 1H), 3.27 (dd, 2H), 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.84 (m, 1H), 2.51 (m, 2H), 2.32 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 45a and 45b.

Example 46 Preparation of Compound Nos. 47, 47a, 47b, 47c and 47d

To a solution of 11-methyl-1,2,3,4,6,7,8,12c-octahydro-indolo[3,2-a]quinolizine (800 mg, 3.33 mmol) in 12 mL DMF was added sodium hydride (400 mg, 13.2 mmol) under nitrogen at RT and stirred for 20 min. 4-Oxiranyl-pyridine (685 mg, 5.66 mmol) was added dropwise under nitrogen and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 18 h. After complete conversion of starting material (TLC and LCMS), the reaction mixture was poured in ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3×80 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated and the crude product was recrystallized in EtOH (1 mL) and ether (50 mL) to obtain 700 mg of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.53 (d, 2H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 4.99 (t, 1H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 3.35 (d, 1H), 3.13 (t, 1H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 2.63 (d, 1H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.4 (d, 1H), 1.8 (d, 1H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 1.5 (m, 2H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 47a 47b, 47c and 47d.

Example 47 Preparation of Compound Nos. 48, 48a and 48b

To a stirred solution of 6-bromo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1 g, 3.77 mmol) in DMF (8 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 452 mg, 11.32 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, a solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (684 mg, 5.66 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in DCM and pure product precipitated out as a white solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.57 (d, 2H), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 6.95 (t, 1H), 5.17 (dd, 1H), 4.96 (dd, 1H), 4.04 (dd, 1H), 3.34 (dd, 2H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 48a and 48b.

Example 48 Preparation of Compound Nos. 49, 49a and 49b

To a stirred solution of 1-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-8-yl)ethanone (80 mg, 0.35 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 42 mg, 1.05 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, a solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (62 mg, 0.51 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added into the reaction mixture, and stirred at RT for 4 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue obtain was purified by crystallization with ether to yield 1-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-5-(2-hydroxy-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-8-yl)ethanone (6 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 2H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 4.78 (t, 1H), 4.8 (d, 2H), 3.49 (m, 2H), 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.8 (q, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 49a and 49b.

Example 49 Preparation of Compound Nos. 51, 51a and 51b

2,8-Dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 g, 5.0 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (8 mL). Sodium hydride (600 mg, 15 mmol) was added portionwise under nitrogen at 0° C. 2-Methoxy-5-oxiranyl-pyridine (1.130 g, 7.5 mmol) was diluted in DMF (2 mL) was added dropwise under nitrogen atmosphere and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 3 h. By monitoring TLC & NMR after consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was then quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×40 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (4×30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 1.0 g of 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.72 (d, 1H), 4.98 (t, 1H), 4.11 (m, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.60 (q, 2H), 2.88 (d, 1H), 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.69 (d, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 51a and 51b.

Example 50 Preparation of Compound Nos. 52, 52a and 52b

To a stirred solution of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (250 mg, 1.25 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 150 mg, 3.75 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, a solution of ethyl 4-(oxiran-2-yl)benzoate (480 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, evaporated and residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.28 (m, 4H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 4.91 (t, 1H), 4.09 (d, 2H), 3.58 (q, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.68 (d, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 52a and 52b.

Example 51 Preparation of Compound Nos. 53, 53a and 53b

To a stirred solution of 7-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (0.5 g, 2.265 mmol) in anhydrous DMF was added sodium hydride (271 mg, 3 eq.) portionwise followed by 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (548 mg, 4.5 mmol) at RT. The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc, the organic layer washed with water, dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum to obtain crude product that was triturated with diethyl ether to obtain 2-(7-chloro-2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol as solid. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.53 (d, 2H), 7.2 (m, 3H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 4.82 (t, 1H), 4.03 (d, 2H), 3.4 (q, 2H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.76 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 53a and 53b.

Example 52 Preparation of Compound Nos. 54, 54a and 54b

To a solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol (500 mg, 1.55 mmol) and isobutyric acid (274 mg, 3.1 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) were added EDC.HCl (657 mg, 3.4 mmol), DMAP (19 mg, 0.16 mmol) and TEA (346 mg, 3.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (4% MeOH-DCM) followed by reverse phase purification to yield 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl isobutyrate (310 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.53 (d, 2H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 5.98 (t, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 4.14 (dd, 1H), 3.64 (q, 2H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 1.15 (d, 3H), 1.09 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 54a and 54b.

Example 53 Preparation of Compound Nos. 55, 55a and 55b

3,6-Dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1,6,9-triaza-fluorene (250 mg, 1.243 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Sodium hydride (149 mg, 3.729 mmol) was added portionwise and the mixture stirred at the same temperature for 10 min. 4-Oxiranyl-pyridine (240 mg, 1.990 mmol) was diluted in DMF (1 mL) and added dropwise in the reaction mixture at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 12 h. The desired product was detected by LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured in ice cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 18 mg of 2-(3,6-dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,6,9-triaza-fluoren-9-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.48 (d, 2H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 2H) 5.06 (d, 1H), 4.37 (d, 1H), 4.24 (dd, 1H), 3.45 (q, 2H), 2.29 (t, 2H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 55a and 55b.

Example 54 Preparation of Compound Nos. 56, 56a and 56b

To a solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol (900 mg, 4.5 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added sodium hydride (540 mg, 13.5 mmol). After stirring for 10 min at RT, a solution of 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine-N-oxide (1 g, 6.75 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, and stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C., quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was triturated with ether to yield the title compound as yellow solid (220 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.32 (t, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H) 4.14 (q, 2H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 2H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.331 (s, 3H), 1.62 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 56a and 56b.

Example 55 Preparation of Compound Nos. 57, 57a and 57b

6-Chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1 g, 4.5 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL DMF and stirred for 5 min at RT. Sodium hydride (540 mg, 13.5 mmol) was added portionwise at RT under nitrogen. 3-(2-Methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine (800 mg, 5.9 mmol) was diluted in 5 mL DMF and added dropwise at the same temperature and stirred for 16 h at RT. The reaction was monitored by TLC & LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice water (30 mL) and filtered. The residue was crystallized in EtOH (1 mL) and ether (40 mL) and purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 620 mg of 1-(6-chloro-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.5 (d, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.71 b(s, 1H), 7.17 b(s, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 6.97 (t, 1H), 5.12 b(s, 1H), 4.3 b(s, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.63 (m, 2H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.5 b(s, 2H), 1.53 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 57a and 57b.

Example 56 Preparation of Compound Nos. 58, 58a and 58b

To a degassed solution of 2-(6-allyl-3-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,6,9-triaza-fluoren-9-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (300 mg, 0.862 mmol) and 1,3 dimethyl barbituric acid (403 mg, 2.586 mmol) in DCM (7 mL) was added and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (20 mg, 0.0172 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with 20% aq potassium carbonate solution and extracted with DCM (3×25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with 20% aq potassium carbonate solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to yield 2-(3-methyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,6,9-triaza-fluoren-9-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 2H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.22 (d, 2H) 5.14 (d, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 4.27 (dd, 1H), 3.93 (q, 2H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.54 (dd, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.3 (dd, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 58a and 58b.

Example 57 Preparation of Compound Nos. 59, 59a and 59b

To a solution of 2-methyl-8-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (200 mg, 0.78 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 94 mg, 2.3 mmol) at RT under N₂. After stirring for 10 min, a solution of 3-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (142 mg, 1.17 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC, LCMS and NMR. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain the desired compounds. 59a: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.07 (t, 1H), 4.94 (t, 1H), 4.20 (dd, 1H), 4.09 (dd, 1H), 3.49 (q, 2H), 2.9 (d, 1H), 2.76 (m, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H). 59b: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.07 (t, 1H), 4.94 (t, 1H), 4.20 (dd, 1H), 4.09 (dd, 1H), 3.49 (q, 2H), 2.9 (d, 1H), 2.76 (m, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 59a and 59b. Optical rotations: Compound No. 59a, (−) 16.42 (c 0.54, Chloroform, 99.96% HPLC purity); Compound No. 59b, (+) 11.20 (c 0.54, Chloroform, 99.01% HPLC purity).

Example 58 Preparation of Compound No. 60

To a solution of 8-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (0.2 g, 0.9 mmol) in N-methyl-2-pyrolidone (1.5 mL) was added powdered potassium hydroxide (0.507 g, 9.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min at RT. 3-Vinyl pyridine (0.3 g, 2.8 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 18 h. After consumption of starting material (TLC), the reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (eluent 8% MeOH: DCM) followed by preparative TLC to obtain the desired compound as a yellow oil (0.032 g, 11% yield). ¹H NMR (DMSO, Oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 8.4 (d, 1H), 8.3 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, 2H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 4.45 (m, 4H), 3.5 (bs, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H).

Example 59 Preparation of Compound No. 61

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (0.1 g, 0.49 mmol) in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (0.5 mL) was added powdered potassium hydroxide (0.274 g, 4.9 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min at RT. 3-Vinyl pyridine (0.26 g, 2.49 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for further 18 h at 100° C. After consumption of starting material (TLC), the reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent 7% MeOH: DCM) followed by preparative TLC, to obtain desired compound as yellow oil (0.040 g, 26% yield). ¹H NMR (DMSO, Oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 8.4 (s, 1H), 8.3 (s, 1H), 7.55 (s, 2H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.25 (bs, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 4.35 (bs, 4H), 3.5 (bs, 2H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 2.9 (m, 5H), 2.45 (s, 3H).

Example 60 Preparation of Compound Nos. 62, 62a and 62b

Carboline (500 mg, 2.5 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL). To this solution was added NaH (60%, 180 mg, 4.5 mmol) at RT and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10-15 min. after which 3-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (450 mg, 3.7 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h and the reaction was monitored by LCMS. After completion, the reaction mixture was poured on ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried on sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by HPLC to obtain 420 mg of product as a white solid (TFA salt). TLC (silica gel) 5:95 MeOH:DCM, Rf 0.1 was observed. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.60 (d, 2H), 8.20 (bs, 1H), 7.85 (bs, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 5.2 (bs, 1H), 4.8 (d, 2H), 4.4 (m, 4H), 3.9 (bs, 1H), 3.60 (bs, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 62a and 62b.

Example 61 Preparation of Compound Nos. 63, 63a and 63b

2-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (200 mg. 0.62 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL DCM and m-CPBA (128 mg, 0.74 mmol) was diluted in DCM and added dropwise at RT. After consumption of starting material by monitoring TLC & LCMS reaction mixture was complete, the mixture was concentrated and the crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography, to obtain 120 mg of 2-(2,8-dimethyl-2-oxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 63a and 63b. 63a: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.56 (d, 2H), 7.9 (t, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.23 (dd, 1H), 5.08 (d, 1H), 5.0 (d, 1H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 4.2 (d, 2H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H). 63b: ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.44 d (2H), 7.38 d (2H), 7.24 d (1H), 7.25 s (1H), 7.00 d (1H), 5.07 t (1H), 4.77 d (1H), 4.56 d (1H), 4.27 m (2H), 3.86 t (2H), 3.39 m (1H), 3.34 s (3H), 2.82 d t (1H), 2.4 s (3H).

Example 62 Preparation of Compound Nos. 64, 64a and 64b

2,8-Dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (500 mg, 2.5 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL DMF and stirred for 10 min at RT. Sodium hydride (300 mg, 7.5 mmol) was added portionwise at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min. 2-Methoxy-5-(2-methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine (566 mg, 3.75 mmol) was diluted in DMF (2 mL) and added dropwise at the same temperature and stirred for 12 h. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (7×30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (eluent: 15% MeOH in DCM) and further crystallized in ether-hexane to obtain 190 mg of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.83 (d, 1H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.81 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 64a and 64b.

Example 63 Preparation of Compound Nos. 65, 65a and 65b

To a solution of 2-methyl-7-(trifluoromethyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 g, 3.937 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NaH (472 mg, 11.81 mmol) in portions at 0° C. After stirring the reaction mixture at 0° C. for 15 min, a solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (714 mg, 5.90 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was dropwise added into the reaction mixture at the same temperature and stirring was continued at RT overnight. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC, LCMS and NMR. After consumption of starting material, ice water was added into the reaction mixture and the product was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield 2-(2-methyl-7-(trifluoromethyl)-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.54 (d, 2H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 65a and 65b.

Example 64 Preparation of Compound Nos. 66, 66a and 66b

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.2 g, 6.0 mmol) in 6 mL DMF, was added sodium hydride (720 mg, 12 mmol) under nitrogen at 0° C. and stirred for 5 min. 2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-oxirane (2.16 g, 18 mmol) was diluted in DMF (2 mL) and added dropwise to the reaction mixture under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 5 h. After consumption of starting material (TLC and LCMS), the reaction mixture was poured in ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by column chromatography (silica gel 100-200 mesh, eluent: 6% MeOH in DCM) to obtain 590 mg of 1-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.19 (m, 2H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.83 (m, 2H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.98 (t, 1H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 4.83 (s, 3H), 4.8 (s, 3H), 3.6 (dd, 2H), 2.68-2.88 (m, 3H), 2.53 (m, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 66a and 66b.

Example 65 Preparation of Compound Nos. 67, 67a and 67b

To a solution of 4-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-benzoic acid ethyl ester (800 mg, 2.04 mmol) in 5 mL EtOH was added sodium hydroxide (327 mg, 8.17 mmol, in 5 mL water) and heated to 65° C. After complete conversion of starting material (TLC and LCMS), the EtOH and water were removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was passed through HPLC to yield 600 mg of 4-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-benzoic acid. ¹H NMR (DMSO, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.79 (d, 2H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 5.5 b(s, 1H), 4.82 (t, 1H), 4.12 (dd, 1H), 4.06 (dd, 1H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 3.16 (s, 2H), 2.71 (d, 1H), 2.56 (m, 2H), 2.36 s (7H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 67a and 67b.

Example 66 Preparation of Compound No. 68

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (145 mg, 0.72 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added sodium hydride (87 mg, 2.1 mmol). After stirring for 10 min at RT, a solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine-N-oxide (149 mg, 1.08 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C., quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was triturated with ether to yield the title compound (20 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.2 (d, 2H), 7.71 (d, 2H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 6.99 (s, 2H), 5.22 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 2.7 (t, 2H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Example 67 Preparation of Compound Nos. 69, 69a and 69b

To a solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl) ethanol (450 mg, 2.25 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added sodium hydride (270 mg, 6.75 mmol). After stirring for 10 min at RT, a solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine-N-oxide (462 mg, 3.37 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, and stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C., quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The aqueous layer was also lyophilized to get crude product, which was submitted for reverse phase HPLC purification. (The organic layer had the keto compound, and the aqueous layer had the hydroxy compound). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.83 (d, 2H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.91 (m, 4H), 4.72 (t, 1H), 4.01 (dd, 1H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.46 (d, 1H), 3.4 (d, 1H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 6H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 69a and 69b.

Example 68 Preparation of Compound Nos. 70, 70a, 70b, 70c and 70d

To an ice-cooled stirred solution of 1-(2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-5-(2-hydroxy-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-8-yl)ethanone (600 mg, 1.72 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) was portionwise added LAH (163 mg, 4.3 mmol) and stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding water, 15% NaOH and again water. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.45 (d, 2H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 7.14 (m, 2H), 4.9 (m, 2H), 4.09 (m, 2H), 3.82 (dd, 1H), 3.7 (dd, 1H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.7 (d, 1H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 1.51 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 70a, 70b, 70c and 70d.

Example 69 Preparation of Compound Nos. 71, 71a and 71b

2,4,4,8-Tetramethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 gm, 4.385 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (8 mL) and sodium hydride (0.526 g, 13.15 mmol) was added portionwise under nitrogen. 4-Oxiranyl-pyridine (0.9 g, 7.45 mmol) was diluted in DMF (2 mL) and added dropwise at RT and stirred for 4 h. After consumption of starting material (by monitoring TLC & LCMS), the reaction mixture was poured in to ice water, product was precipitated and filtered, and the residue was washed with water & hexane, dried under reduced pressure and crystallized in EtOH (10 mL) and diethyl ether (50 mL) to obtain 900 mg of 1-pyridin-4-yl-2-(2,4,4,8-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.62 (d, 2H), 7.37 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 5.22 (t, 1H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 3.6 (d, 1H), 3.48 (d, 1H), 2.65 b(s, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 1.47 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 71a and 71b.

Example 70 Preparation of Compound Nos. 72, 72a and 72b

To a stirred solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol (300 mg, 0.977 mmol) and triethyl amine (0.18 mL, 1.27 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) was added ethyl chloroformate (138 mg, 1.27 mmol), and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 2 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (MeOH-DCM) to yield ethyl 3,4-dihydro-5-(2-hydroxy-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-8-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole-2(5H)-carboxylate (170 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.4 (d, 2H), 7.21 (m, 4H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.03 (t, 1H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 4.21 (m, 4H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.28 (t, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 72a and 72b.

Example 71 Preparation of Compound Nos. 73, 73a-73d

To a solution of carboline (1 g, 4.4 mmol) in 10 mL DMF, was added sodium hydride (528 mg, 13.2 mmol) under nitrogen at RT and stirred for 5 min. 4-Oxiranyl-pyridine (803 mg, 6.6 mmol) was diluted in DMF and added dropwise under nitrogen and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 16 h. After the complete conversion of starting material (TLC and LCMS), the reaction mixture was poured in ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3×40 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (6×30 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated and crude was crystallized in EtOH in ether to obtain 1.2 g of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.59 (d, 1H), 8.58 (d, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.0 (m, 1H), 4.62 (dd, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 2.58 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.10 (m, 1H), 1.70 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 73a-73d.

Example 72 Preparation of Compound Nos. 74, 74a and 74b

To a solution of 10-methyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-pyrido[3′,′:4,5]pyrrolo[2,3-g]indolizine (110 mg, 0.484 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added a suspension of NaH (60.0 mg, 1.45 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). After stirring for 5 min at RT, a solution of 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (423 mg, 1.45 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and stirring continued for another 2 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 10-methyl-7-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-pyrido[3′,′:4,5]pyrrolo[2,3-g]indolizine. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Tri-HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.7 (s, 1H), 8.4 (d, 1H), 8.25 (s, 2H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 5.1 (m, 1H), 4.8-4.6 (m, 2H), 3.9-3.7 (m, 3H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.4-3.2 (m, 2H), 2.9-2.7 (m, 2H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.3-2.15 (m, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 74a and 74b.

Example 73 Preparation of Compound Nos. 75, 75a, 75b, 75c and 75d

To a solution of 2-methyl-6,7,8,9,10,12-hexahydro-5H,6aH-indolo[2,3-b]quinolizine (1.0 g, 4.16 mmol) in 15 mL DMF, was added sodium hydride (500 mg, 12.49 mmol) under nitrogen at RT and stirred for 20 min. 4-Oxiranyl-pyridine (857 mg, 7.08 mmol) was added dropwise under nitrogen and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 18 h. After the complete conversion of starting material (TLC and LCMS), the reaction mixture was poured in ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3×80 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated and crude was crystallized in EtOH (1 mL) and ether (40 mL) to obtain 800 mg of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.54 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H), 7.102 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 4.78 (t, 1H), 4.02 (m, 2H), 3.81 (d, 1H), 3.26 (d, 1H), 2.99 (d, 1H), 2.7 (dd, 1H), 2.5 (d, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 1.89 (d, 1H), 1.81 (d, 1H), 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.5 (q, 1H), 1.35 (t, 1H). This racemate was separated by semi-preparative chiral HPLC separation to give enantiomers 75a, 75b, 75c and 75d.

Example 74 Preparation of Compound Nos. 76, 76a, 76b, 76c and 76d

To a solution of 7-methyl-2,3,5,10,11,11a-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,6-b]indole (200 mg, 0.88 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added NaH (106 mg, 2.65 mmol). After stirring for 5 min, a solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (161 mg, 1.32 mmol) in DMF was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated and the residue obtained was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. 76a: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.6 (d, 2H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.0 (dd, 1H), 4.2 (m, 3H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 2.7 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.4 (q, 1H), 2.1 (m, 1H), 2.0 (m, 1H), 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.62 (m, 2H). 76b: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.53 (d, 2H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 4.95 (d, 1H), 4.10 (m, 3H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 3.0 (d, 1H), 2.49 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.37 (q, 1H), 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.97 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.63 (m, 1H). 76c: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 2H), 7.17 (d, 2H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 4.76 (t, 1H), 4.0 (m, 2H), 3.9 (d, 1H), 3.19 (d, 1H), 3.13 (t, 1H), 2.67 (q, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.39 (m, 1H), 2.28 (q, 1H), 2.08 (t, 1H), 1.93 (m, 1H), 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.64 (m, 1H). 76d: ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.53 (d, 2H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 4.95 (d, 1H), 4.10 (m, 3H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 3.0 (d, 1H), 2.49 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.37 (q, 1H), 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.97 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.63 (m, 1H).

Example 75 Preparation of Compound No. 77

A solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4, 3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), 1H-pyrazole-4-boronic acid (75 mg, 0.580 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 1,2-DME (4 mL)-water (2 mL) was purged with nitrogen. Pd(PPh₃)₄ (16 mg, 0.0147 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture concentrated under vacuum, residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under vacuum to obtain crude which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-(2-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.0 (m, 2H), 6.4 (m, 2H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 2.6-3.0 (m, 5H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 2H).

Example 76 Preparation of Compound No. 78

To a degassed solution of 3,6-dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1,6,9-triaza-fluorene (201 mg, 1.00 mmol), potassium phosphate (466 mg, 2.20 mmol), L-proline (19 mg, 0.10 mmol) and copper iodide (23 mg, 0.20 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 4-(2-bromo-1-methyl-vinyl)-pyridine (424 mg, 2.00 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 20 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×20 mL), followed by brine (25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 9.0 (s, 1H), 8.8 (d, 1H), 8.2 (s, 1H), 8.0 (t, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 4.8 (bs, 1H), 4.4 (bs, 1H), 3.9 (bs, 1H), 3.6 (bs, 1H), 3.2 (bs, 2H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H).

Example 77 Preparation of Compound No. 79

2-Allyl-8-methyl-5-(2-(pyridin-4-yl)vinyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (50 mg, 0.151 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (2 mL), which was degassed with nitrogen for 15 min. To this was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (4 mg, 0.002 mmol) followed by 1,3-dimethyl barbituric acid (71 mg, 0.454 mmol). The reaction mixture was again degassed by nitrogen for 15 min. The resultant mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. DCM was evaporated in vacuo. EtOAc (20 mL) was added to reaction mixture and was washed with saturated potassium carbonate solution (3×1 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, evaporated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 2 mg of 8-methyl-5-(2-(pyridin-4-yl)vinyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4, 3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Free base): δ (ppm): 8.45 (d, 2H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.58 (d, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 78 Preparation of Compound No. 80

To a degassed solution of trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-methyl-vinylester (200 mg, 0.515 mmol), potassium carbonate (214 mg, 1.550 mmol) and 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (150 mg, 0.773 mmol) in DME:water (2:1 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (30 mg, 0.025 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at 90° C. for 1.5 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×25 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield the desired product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.92 (s, 2H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.76 (d, 1H), 4.39 (d, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H).

Example 79 Preparation of Compound Nos. 81, 81a and 81b

To a solution of 8-isopropyl-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 g, 4.38 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added sodium hydride (526 mg, 13.14 mmol) and the suspension was stirred at RT for 10 min. A solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (1.0 g, 8.26 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added dropwise, and stirring was continued overnight. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into ice cold water (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (4×300 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue obtained was triturated with diethyl ether (200 mL) to yield the desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.58 (d, 2H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 4.81 (t, 1H), 4.05 (d, 2H), 3.55 (dd, 2H), 3.0 (q, 1H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.3 (d, 6H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 81a and 81b.

Example 80 Preparation of Compound Nos. 82, 82a and 82b

To a solution of 2,6-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 g, 5.00 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (600 mg, 15 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere at 0° C. and stirred for 10 min. 4-(Oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (1.08 g, 8.92 mmol) was added dropwise under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 12 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured in ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was crystallized with diethyl ether to yield 2-(2,6-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.58 (d, 2H), 7.23 (m, 3H), 7.0 (t, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 4.81 (t, 1H), 4.3-4.4 (m, 2H), 3.5 (dd, 2H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 82a and 82b.

Example 81 Preparation of Compound No. 83

2,8-Dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (2 g, 10 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of DMF. The resulting solution was cooled in an ice-water bath and sodium hydride (840 mg, 4.2 mmol) was added under nitrogen atmosphere. 2-Bromomethyl-2-phenyl[1,3]dioxolane (2.43 g, 10 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. overnight. Water was added and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0-5% MeOH:DCM.

Example 82

Compound Nos. 84, 85, 86, 89, 90, 90a, 90b and 91 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO-2009/055828; see, for example, synthetic procedures 20, 23, 87, 178 and 274.

Example 83

Compound Nos. 87 and 88 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO-2009/094668; see, for example, synthetic procedures 71 and 72.

Example 84

Compound Nos. 95,95a-b, 97 and 97a-b were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO-2009/120720; see, for example, synthetic procedures 109 and 115.

Example 85

Compound Nos. 96 and 96a-b were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO-2009/120717; see, for example, synthetic procedure 131.

Example 86

Compound Nos. 93,93a-b, 98,98a-b, 100, 101, 103, 105, 107 and 132 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO-2010/051501; see, for example, synthetic procedures 45, 131, 199, 241, 273, 329, 341, 354 and 401.

Example 87

Compound Nos. 92, 99 and 106 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO-2010/051503; see, for example, synthetic procedures 41, 147 and 168.

Example 88

Compound No. 94 was synthesized as described in PCT publication WO-2010/127177; see, for example, synthetic procedure 6.

Example 89

Compound Nos. 102 and 102a-b were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO-2011/019417; see, for example, synthetic procedure 9.

Example 90 Preparation of Compound No. 108

To a degassed solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (50 mg, 0.128 mmol), potassium carbonate (17.8 mg, 0.1287 mmol) and 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (53.5 mg, 0.2574 mmol) in DME-water (2 mL:1 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (7.4 mg, 0.0064) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.45 (s, 1H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.39 (d, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.23 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 4H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 3H).

Example 91 Preparation of Compound No. 109

To a degassed solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg, 0.257 mmol), 1-methylpyrazole-4-boronic acid pinacol ester (108 mg, 0.515 mmol) and potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME-water (4:2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.37 (d, 1H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.82 (s, 3H).

Example 92 Preparation of Compound No. 110

To a degassed solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg, 0.257 mmol), 3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-boronic acid pinacol ester (115 mg, 0.515 mmol) and potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME-water (4:2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.17 (m, 2H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.39 (d, 1H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.02-3.23 (m, 5H), 2.31-2.60 (m, 9H), 1.81 (s, 3H).

Example 93 Preparation of Compound No. 111

To a solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg), potassium carbonate (36 mg), and 2-acetamidopyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (135 mg) in DME-water (4:2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, 1H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 4.61 (d, 1H), 4.30 (d, 1H), 3.71 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.38 (m, 6H), 2.16 (s, 3H).

Example 94 Preparation of Compound No. 112

To a solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg), potassium carbonate (36 mg), and 2-acetamidopyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (135 mg) in DME-water (4:2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.35 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.11 (m, 3H), 4.37 (d, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.12 (m, 5H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.0 (s, 3H).

Example 95 Preparation of Compound No. 113

To a degassed solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg, 0.257 mmol), potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol) and naphthalene-1-boronic acid (88 mg, 0.515 mmol) in DME-water (4:2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.18 (d, 1H), 7.84-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.62 (m, 4H), 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.67 (m, 1H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.63 (m, 1H), 3.24 (m, 1H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.19 (m, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H).

Example 96 Preparation of Compound No. 114

To a degassed solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (120 mg, 0.348 mmol), 4-pyridineboronic acid (85 mg, 0.69 mmol) and potassium carbonate (144 mg, 1.04 mmol) in DME-water (4:2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (20 mg, 0.0174 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.52 (d, 2H), 7.40 (m, 2H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 6.92-7.15 (m, 2H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.51 (m, 1H), 3.20 (m, 6H), 2.80-3.00 (m, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.37 (m, 2H).

Example 97 Preparation of Compound No. 115

To a degassed solution of (E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol), potassium carbonate (110 mg, 0.77 mmol) and 1H-pyrazole-4-boronic acid (60 mg, 0.540 mmol) in DME-water (2:1 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (20 mg, 0.017 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.0 (s, 2H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.0-7.11 (m, 3H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.37 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.56 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.22 (m, 5H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.80 (s, 3H).

Example 98 Preparation of Compound No. 116

To a de-aerated solution of 8-chloro-5-(2-chloroallyl)-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (200 mg, 0.680 mmol) and potassium carbonate (281 mg, 2.039 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane-water (2:1) were added pyridine-4-boronic acid (167.2 mg, 1.36 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (53 mg, 0.045 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue obtained was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.6 (d, 2H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.3 (d, 2H), 7.1 (s, 2H), 5.57 (s, 1H), 4.98 (s, 2H), 4.58 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.05 (t, 2H), 2.82 (t, 2H), 2.6 (s, 3H).

Example 99 Preparation of Compound No. 117

To a degassed solution of 5-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-ylethynyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (60 mg, 0.188 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) were added 10% dry Pd—C (35 mg) and ammonium formate (59 mg, 0.940 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 1 h. The reaction mass was filtered through Celite and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-[2-(5-fluoro-pyridin-3-yl)-ethyl]-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.3 (s, 1H), 7.9 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.62 (d, 1H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 3.18 (t, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 100 Preparation of Compound No. 118

A mixture of 5-ethynyl-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (300 mg, 1.33 mmol), 1H-imidazole (182 mg, 2.66 mmol), TBAF.3H₂O (1.2 g, 3.80 mmol) and dichloro bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (47 mg, 0.06 mmol) was heated at 85° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) eluting with 4% MeOH-DCM to yield 90 mg of 5-(1-imidazol-1-yl-vinyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. The free base was converted into the di-HCl salt by treatment with ethanolic HCl. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, D1-HCl salt) δ (ppm): 9.21 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, 2H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.21 (d, 1H), 5.75 (d, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 5H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 101 Preparation of Compound No. 119

To a solution of 2-methyl-7-trifluoromethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.393 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added sodium hydride (60 mg, 1.17 mmol) and 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (300 mg, 0.98 mmol). The reaction mixture was irradiated in a microwave reactor at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (10 mL×2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 7.6 (dd, 2H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.6 (t, 2H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.2-3.4 (m, 4H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.6 (s, 3H).

Example 102 Preparation of Compound No. 120

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (200 mg, 1.00 mmol) and 2-aminopyridine (188 mg, 2.00 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added powdered KOH (392 mg, 7.00 mmol), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 85° C. for 2 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. DCM was removed under reduced pressure. Water was added to the residue and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield (2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-ylmethyl)-pyridin-2-yl-amine. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.1 (d, 1H), 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.6 (t, 1H), 6.3 (d, 1H), 5.57 (s, 2H), 5.26 (bs, 1H), 3.8 (s, 2H), 3.1 (t, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 103 Preparation of Compound No. 121

To a de-aerated solution of 5-(2-chloroallyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (150 mg, 0.547 mmol) and potassium carbonate (226 mg, 1.64 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane-water (2:1) were added pyridine-4-boronic acid (135 mg, 1.09 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (44 mg, 0.0383 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and concentrated under reduced pressure to dryness. The residue obtained was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC as a TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.8 (d, 2H), 8.2 (d, 2H), 7.3 (m, 2H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.0 (s, 1H), 5.3 (d, 2H), 4.8 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.37 (d, 1H), 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.17 (m, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H).

Example 104 Preparation of Compound No. 122

To a degassed solution of (E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) and potassium carbonate (110 mg, 0.796 mmol), in DME (2 mL) and water (1 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (20 mg, 0.017 mmol) and N-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)picolinamide (135 mg, 0.514 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.9 (s, 1H), 8.1-8.21 (m, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.1 (m, 2H), 4.76 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.82 (bs, 1H), 3.6 (bs, 1H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.0 (s, 3H).

Example 105 Preparation of Compound No. 124

To a degassed solution of 3,6-dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1,6,9-triaza-fluorene (201 mg, 1.00 mmol), potassium phosphate (466 mg, 2.20 mmol), L-proline (19 mg, 0.10 mmol) and copper iodide (23 mg, 0.20 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 4-(2-bromo-1-methyl-vinyl)-pyridine (396 mg, 2.00 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×20 mL), followed by brine (25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.8 (bs, 2H), 8.22 (d, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.8 (s, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 4.76 (bs, 1H), 4.4 (bs, 1H), 3.82 (bs, 1H), 3.6 (bs, 1H), 3.21 (bs, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.1 (s, 3H).

Example 106 Preparation of Compound No. 125

To a stirred solution of (E)-5-(2-(6-(methoxymethyl)pyridin-3-yl)prop-1-en-1-yl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (90 mg, 0.249 mmol) in dry DCM (3 mL) was dropwise addition of solution of BBr₃ (0.3 mL, 1.745 mmol) in dry DCM (2 mL) at −78° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was basified with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with DCM (3×20 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield (E)-(5-(1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)methanol as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.9 (s, 1H), 8.77 (d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 5.1 (d, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 4.6 (d, 1H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.1 (bs, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.1 (s, 3H).

Example 107 Preparation of Compound No. 126

To a degassed solution of (Z)-2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)prop-1-en-1-yl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3b]indole (271 mg, 0.742 mmol), 5-bromo-2-(methoxymethyl)pyridine (100 mg, 0.495) and potassium carbonate (204 mg, 1.485 mmol) in DME-water (2:1 mL) and was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (40.0 mg, 0.034 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, D1-HCl salt) δ (ppm): 9.0 (s, 1H), 8.84 (d, 1H), 8.05 (d, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 4.9 (s, 2H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.82 (bs, 1H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 3.58 (bs, 1H), 3.2 (bs, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.1 (s, 3H).

Example 108 Preparation of Compound Nos. 127 and 127a-d

To an ice-cooled stirred suspension of 4-bromopyridine hydrochloride salt (1.0 g, 5.1 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added isopropyl magnesium chloride (2M in THF, 5 mL, 10.3 mmol) and stirred the reaction at RT for 30 min. A solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanal (300 mg, 1.17 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added into the brown colored reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 1.5 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS (45% conversion). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and quenched with cold saturated ammonium chloride solution (till effervescence stops) and added water, stirred at RT for 15 min and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. The product was further purified, and enantiomers separated, by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.20 (d, 2H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 4.85 (s, 1H), 4.2 (s, 1H), 3.49 (d, 1H), 3.39 (d, 1H), 2.61 (d, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.56 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers 127a-d.

Example 109 Preparation of Compound Nos. 128 and 128a-b

A solution of tert-butyl 9-(2-hydroxy-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propyl)-6-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole-2(9H)-carboxylate (350 mg) in 3M aqueous HCl solution (10 mL) was stirred at RT for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored with TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was lyophilized and the solid obtained was washed with diethyl ether (2×30 mL), dried to yield the title compound. The product was further purified, and enantiomers separated, by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.67 (d, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.9 (t, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 6.7 (s, 1H), 4.98 (d, 1H), 4.6 (d, 1H), 4.4 (q, 2H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.32 (s. 3H), 1.8 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 128a and 128b.

Example 110 Preparation of Compound Nos. 129 and 129a-d

To a solution of 9-methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (100 mg, 0.442 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 53 mg, 1.32 mmol) at 0° C. After stirring for 5 min, 4-oxiranyl-pyridine (81 mg, 0.669 mmol) was added at 0° C. and the mixture stirred at RT for 12 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (2×25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to Compound No. 129 (90 mg), which was separated by chiral prep HPLC to give compounds 129a, 129b, 129c and 129d. Compound No. 129a: ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.58 (d, 2H), 7.25 (m, 4H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 5.08 (t, 1H), 4.3 (bs, 1H), 4.18 (d, 2H), 3.3 (d, 1H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.01 (m, 3H), 1.82 (m, 1H). Compound No. 129b: ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.55 (d, 2H), 7.25 (m, 4H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.0 (t, 1H), 4.3 (bs, 1H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.32 (d, 1H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.0 (m, 2H), 1.9 (m, 1H). Compound No. 129c: ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.6 (d, 2H), 7.25 (m, 4H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.05 (t, 1H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 3.9 (t, 1H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 2.91 (m, 2H), 2.8 (t, 1H), 2.7 (q, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 1.9 (m, 3H). Compound No. 129d: ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.58 (d, 2H), 7.25 (m, 4H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 5.08 (t, 1H), 4.3 (bs, 1H), 4.18 (d, 2H), 3.3 (d, 1H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.42 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.01 (m, 3H), 1.82 (m, 1H).

Example 111 Preparation of Compound Nos. 130 and 130a-b

To an ice-cooled stirred solution of 2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol (50 g, 155.76 mmol) in DMF (300 mL) was added NaH (60%, 12.5 g, 312.5 mmol). After stirring at RT for 15 min, pivaloyl chloride (37.38 g, 311.5 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with EtOH and diluted with ice water. The product was extracted with EtOAc, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was passed through a silica gel filter column to remove excess pivaloyl chloride and yield title compound as yellow solid (22.3 g). The product was further purified by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.54 (d, 2H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 2H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 6.0 (t, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 4.1 (dd, 1H), 3.62 (q, 2H), 2.7 (m, 3H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.3 (m, 1H), 1.19 (s, 9H).

Example 112 Preparation of Compound Nos. 131 and 131a-b

To solution of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (160 mg, 0.8 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added NaH (60%, 96 mg, 2.4 mmol). After stirring for 5 min at RT, 1-methyl-4-(oxiran-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (150 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 26 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC, NMR and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (EtOH-Hex) to yield 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)ethanol. The product was further purified by chiral HPLC separation. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 5.0 (t, 1H), 4.2 (d, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.6 (s, 2H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.5 (s. 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Example 113 Preparation of Compound Nos. 133 and 133a-b

To a solution of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added NaH (60 mg, 1.5 mmol). After stirring for 10 min at RT, a solution of 3-methyl-4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (100 mg, 0.75 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC, LCMS and NMR. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.42 (d, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 5.10 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 2.95-2.60 (m, 4H), 2.42 (s, 6H), 2.20 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 133a and 133b.

Example 114 Preparation of Compound Nos. 134 and 134a-b

A mixture of 9-methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6,7-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (100 mg, 0.44 mmol), 3-vinyl-pyridine (185 mg, 1.762 mmol), tetrabutylammonium bromide (425 mg, 1.32 mmol) and 50% NaOH solution (6 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 18 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine solution (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to yield 9-methyl-6-(2-pyridin-3-yl-ethyl)-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6,7-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (58 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 3.99 (bs, 1H), 3.2 (dd, 1H), 3.17 (t, 2H), 2.84-2.7 (m, 3H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.2 (dd, 1H), 1.9 (m, 4H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 134a and 134b.

Example 115 Preparation of Compound Nos. 135 and 135a-b

To a solution of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (400 mg, 1.61 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NaH (240 mg, 6.0 mmol). After stirring at RT for 15 min, 3-chloro-4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (620 mg, 4.0 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 8 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was crystallized from ether to yield title compound (430 mg) which was separated by chiral preparative HPLC to obtain 135a and 135b. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.4 (s, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 5.7 (bs, 1H), 5.19 (d, 1H), 4.21 (d, 1H), 3.89 (dd, 1H), 3.23 (dd, 2H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H).

Example 116 Preparation of Compound Nos. 136 and 136a-b

To a solution of aza carboline (500 mg, 2.48 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NaH (298 mg, 7.46 mmol). After stirring at RT for 10 min, 2-(4-fluorophenyl)oxirane (515 mg, 3.73 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed thoroughly with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was recrystallized from ether and further separated by chiral preparative HPLC to obtain 136a and 136b. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.0 (t, 2H), 6.6 (bs, 1H), 5.11 (d, 1H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 4.24 (dd, 1H), 3.56 (dd, 2H), 2.74 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H).

Example 117 Preparation of Compound Nos. 137 and 137a-b

To a solution of 9-chloro-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6,7-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (400 mg, 1.61 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (195 mg, 4.87 mmol). After stirring for 10 min at RT, 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.08 g, 3.71 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 133a and 133b. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.2 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.38 (m, 2H), 3.8 (bs, 1H), 3.03 (t, 2H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.12 (dd, 1H), 1.8 (m, 4H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 137a and 137b.

Example 118 Preparation of Compound Nos. 138 and 138a-b

To a solution of dimethyl-aza carboline (693 mg, 3.4 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NaH (413 mg, 10.3 mmol, 60%). After stirring at RT for 10 min, 2-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-methyloxirane (1.0 g, 6.8 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified through reverse phase HPLC to obtain the racemate which was separated by chiral preparative HPLC to obtain 138a and 138b. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 6.95 (t, 2H), 4.27 (dd, 2H), 3.62 (d, 1H), 3.5 (d, 1H), 2.8 (m, 3H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 3H).

Example 119 Preparation of Compound Nos. 139 and 139a-b

A solution of 4-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-benzoicacid ethyl ester (90 mg, 0.229 mmol) in 25% ammonium hydroxide solution (5 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by NMR and LCMS. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 4-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-benzamide (3 mg) which was separated by chiral preparative HPLC to obtain 139a and 139b. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.18 (t, 2H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.03 (t, 1H), 5.08 (t, 1H), 4.64 (dd, 1H), 4.33 (m, 2H), 4.21 (dd, 1H), 3.71 (t, 1H), 3.45 (bs, 1H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.09 (d, 3H), 2.6 (d, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H).

Example 120 Preparation of Compound Nos. 140 and 140a-b

To a degassed solution of 1-(6-bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-ethanol (1 g, 2.5 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (0.173 g, 0.15 mmol) and zinc cyanide (585 mg, 5.0 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 150° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with EtOAc (250 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was washed with water (3×100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (350 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.55 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.81 (s 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 4.96 (m, 1H), 4.11 (dd, 2H), 3.29 (dd, 2H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.88 (m 1H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.5 (s, 6H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 140a and 140b.

Example 121 Preparation of Compound Nos. 141 and 141a-b

To a solution of 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (2.0 g, 9.04 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was added sodium hydride (1.0 g, 25 mmol). After stirring at RT for 20 min, a solution of N,N-dimethyl carbamoyl chloride (1.9 g, 17.7 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water (400 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×300 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (5-7% MeOH in DCM) to yield N,N-dimethyl-carbamic acid 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl ester (100 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 2H), 7.34 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 5.96 (t, 1H), 4.53 (dd, 1H), 4.45 (dd, 1H), 3.49 (t, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, 5H), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 141a and 141b.

Example 122 Preparation of Compound Nos. 142 and 142a-b

To an ice-cooled stirred solution of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (2.6 g, 13.24 mmol) in DMF (12 mL) was added sodium hydride (1.6 g, 39.72 mmol, 60%). After stirring at 0° C. for 10 min, 4-(oxiran-2-yl)benzonitrile (2.4 g, 16.55 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was re-crystallized from ether (2.5 g) followed by chiral separation. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.55 (d, 2H), 1.76 (d, 2H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 6.91 (d, 1H), 5.01 (m, 1H), 4.1 (dd, 2H), 3.52 (dd, 2H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H).

Example 123 Preparation of Compound Nos. 143 and 143a-b

A solution of 8-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (290 mg, 1.31 mmol) and sodium hydride (38 mg, 1.6 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was stirred at 120° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and 2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (400 mg, 1.97 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at 120° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and partitioned between EtOAc (60 mL) and water (15 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (1×20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water, followed by brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography to yield title compound. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.79 (s, 1H), 7.21 (bs, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 6.42 (bs, 2H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 4.05 (d, 1H), 3.2 (m, 3H), 2.99 (s, 1H), 2.74 (d, 1H), 2.56 (t, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 143a and 143b.

Example 124 Preparation of Compound Nos. 144 and 144a-b

To a solution of 5-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (1.5 g, 4.3 mmol) in tert-butanol (30 mL) was added crushed KOH (728 mg, 13 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated. The residue was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude material was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (200 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.45 (d, 1H), 8.12 (t, 1H), 7.78 (s, 2H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 6.94 (t, 1H), 5.57 (bs, 1H), 5.03 (m, 1H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 3.63 (m, 2H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.78 (bs 1H), 2.66 (d, 1H), 2.53 (d, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 144a and 144b.

Example 125 Preparation of Compound Nos. 145 and 145a-b

To an ice-cooled stirred solution of aza dimethyl-carboline (1.8 g, 8.9 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (1.0 g, 26.86 mmol, 60%). After stirring at 0° C. for 10 min, 4-(oxiran-2-yl)benzonitrile (2.6 g, 17.9 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was re-crystallized from EtOH (825 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, 2H), 7.1 (s 1H), 5.19 (m, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 4.26 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (dd, 2H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.38 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 133a and 133b.

Example 126 Preparation of Compound Nos. 146 and 146a-b

To a solution of 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol (1.0 g, 2.98 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 0.36 g, 8.95 mmol). After stirring at RT for 10 min, isobutyryl chloride (0.95 g, 8.95 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 15 min. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (5 mL), basified with sat. aq. sodium bicarbonate and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-6% MeOH-DCM) to yield the title compound (186.3 mg), which was resolved by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.5 (dd, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.16 (m, 3H), 6.93 (d 1H), 4.26 (dd, 2H), 3.65 (dd, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.55 (m, 3H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.0 (m, 1H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.1 (m, 6H).

Example 127 Preparation of Compound Nos. 147 and 147a-b

To a solution of isonicotinic acid (200 mg, 1.626 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added potassium carbonate (560 mg, 4.065 mmol) and stirred the solution at 80° C. for 30 min. Methanesulfonic acid 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl ester (455 mg, 1.138 mmol) was added portionwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at 80° C. 30 min. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS and TLC. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (4×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield isonicotinic acid 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethylester (30 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.79 (d, 2H), 8.58 (d, 2H), 7.77 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.18 (s 1H), 7.12 (d, 2H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.24 (t, 1H), 4.54 (dd, 1H), 4.35 (dd, 1H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 2.76 (t, 2H), 2.61 (m, 1H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.43 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 147a and 147b.

Example 128 Preparation of Compound Nos. 148 and 148a-d

To a solution of 8-aza-10-methyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole (500 mg, 2.2 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (264 mg, 6.6 mmol). After stirring for 5 min at RT, 2-methyl-5-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (656 mg, 4.4 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield title compound, which was resolved by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d 1H), 4.41 (d, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 3.22 (m, 2H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.8 m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.34 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.63 (s, 3H), 1.58 (m, 1H).

Example 129 Preparation of Compound Nos. 149 and 149a-b

5-(2-Azido-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (Crude) (500 mg, 1.4 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (4 mL) and water (1 mL). Ammonium chloride (243 mg, 4.5 mmol) followed by zinc dust (293 mg, 4.5 mmol) were added to the reaction mixture and heated at 80° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, basified with aqueous ammonia solution and extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, evaporated in vacuo and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 2 mg of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-amine. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase): δ (ppm): 8.39 s (1H), 8.3 d (1H), 7.72 d (1H), 7.32 t(1H), 7.11 (1H), 6.91 d (1H), 6.8 d (1H), 4.18 dd (2H), 3.61 dd (2H), 2.7 m (2H), 2.46 s (3H), 2.35 s (3H), 2.26 m (2H). Chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 149a and 149b.

Example 130 Preparation of Compound Nos. 150 and 150a-b

A solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (250 mg, 0.62 mmol) in dimethyl amine (3 mL, 40% in water) was stirred at 90° C. for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was lyophilized and crude material was purified by reverse phase HPLC. The racemate was further separated into optically active forms by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.4 (d, 2H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.96 (m, 3H), 4.58 (dd, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 3.62 (d, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.4 (dd, 1H), 2.7 (t, 2H), 2.6 (t, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3 (s, 6H).

Example 131 Preparation of Compound Nos. 151 and 151a-b

A solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (250 mg, 0.62 mmol) in methyl amine (3 mL, 40% in water) was stirred at 90° C. for 12 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried and concentrated to get the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain the 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-N-methyl-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanamine. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase): δ (ppm): 8.59 d (2H), 7.3 d (2H), 7.29 d (1H), 7.23 s (1H), 7.03 d (1H), 4.19 m (1H), 4.03 m (2H), 3.66 dd (2H), 2.8 m (3H), 2.6 m (1H), 2.55 s (3H), 2.47 s (3H), 2.18 s (3H). Chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 151a and 151b.

Example 132 Preparation of Compound Nos. 152 and 152a-b

A solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (250 mg, 0.62 mmol) in pyrrolidine (2.5 mL) was irradiated in microwave at 90° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by reverse phase HPLC. The racemate was further separated into optically active forms by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.39 (d, 2H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.97 (m, 3H), 4.6 (dd, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 3.79 (d, 1H), 3.6 (d, 1H), 3.57 (dd, 1H), 2.7-2.6 (m, 4H), 2.46-2.4 (m, 10H), 1.82 (m, 4H).

Example 133 Preparation of Compound Nos. 153 and 153a-b

To a solution of 9-(2-azido-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-2,6-dimethyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole (800 mg, 2.3 mmol) in ethanol-water (9 mL:1 mL) were added zinc dust (600 mg, 9.2 mmol) and ammonium chloride (490 mg, 9.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at 85° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated. The residue was basified with aqueous ammonia and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2-(2,6-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol-9(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanamine (25 mg). The racemate can be further separated into the optically active forms by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.6 (s, 2H), 7.62 (bs, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 4.9 (m, 1H), 4.8-4.58 (m, 3H), 4.0 (bs, 1H), 3.8 (bs, 1H), 3.6-3.4 (m, 2H), 3.1 (bs, 4H), 2.38 (s, 3H).

Example 134 Preparation of Compound Nos. 154 and 154a-b

To a solution of 6-(2-azido-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-3,9-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydroazepino[4,5-b]indole (188 mg, 0.522 mmol) in ethanol-water (9 mL:1 mL), zinc dust (135 mg, 2.08 mmol) and ammonium chloride (110 mg, 2.08 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 85° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated. The residue was basified with aqueous ammonia and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2-(3,9-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydroazepino[4,5-b]indol-6(1H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanamine (45 mg). The racemate can be further separated into the optically active forms by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.6 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 4.9 (m, 3H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 3.8-3.6 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 3.18-2.97 (m, 4H), 2.8 (bs, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H).

Example 135 Preparation of Compound Nos. 155 and 155a-d

The azide compound (350 mg, 0.940 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH-water (10 mL: 1 mL). Zinc dust (244 mg, 3.763 mmol) and ammonium chloride (199 mg, 3.763 mmol) were added and the mixture was heated at 85° C. for 45 min. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and filtrate was concentrated to obtain the residue. The residue was basified with aq ammonia and extracted with EtOAc (2×70 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was crystallized in diethyl ether to obtain 150 mg of desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase): δ (ppm): 8.55 d (2H), 7.29 d (2H), 7.25 d (1H), 7.2 s (1H), 7.02 d (1H), 4.77 m (2H), 4.49 t (1H), 4.1 m (1H), 4.08 m (2H), 3.51 m (1H), 2.7 dd (1H), 2.46 s (3H), 2.25 s (3H), 2.2 m (1H), 1.86 t (1H), 1.44 t (1H). Chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 155a and 155b.

Example 136 Preparation of Compound Nos. 156 and 156a-b

To a solution of 5-(2-azido-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-2,8-dimethyl-6-aza-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (160 mg, 0.461 mmol) in EtOH:water (4:0.4 mL) were added zinc dust (119.8 mg, 1.84 mmol) and ammonium chloride (99.59 mg, 1.84 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by NMR. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was basified with aqueous ammonia and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. The racemate can be further separated into the optically active forms by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.8 (m, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.9 (m, 2H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 5.3 (m, 1H), 4.8 (m, 2H), 4.63 (d, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 137 Preparation of Compound Nos. 157 and 157a-b

To a solution of 5-[1-amino-2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (400 mg, 1.15 mmol) in tert-butanol (20 mL) was added crushed KOH (194 mg, 3.47 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-[1-amino-2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (70 mg). The racemate can be further separated into the optically active forms by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, free base) δ (ppm): 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H), 7.9 (d, 1H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.6 (bs, 1H), 4.6 (t, 1H), 4.1 (d, 2H), 3.7 (q, 2H), 2.9 (t, 2H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Example 138 Preparation of Compound Nos. 158 and 158a-b

To a solution of 5-(2-azido-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-8-methyl-6-aza-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (730 mg, 2.19 mmol) in EtOH:H₂O (15:1.5 mL) were added zinc dust (570 mg, 8.76 mmol) and ammonium chloride (473.5 mg, 8.76 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by NMR. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was basified with aqueous ammonia and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. The racemate can be further separated into the optically active forms by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, free base) δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 2H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 4.6 (t, 1H), 4.3 (dd, 1H), 4.2 (dd, 1H), 4.0 (s, 2H), 3.1 (m, 2H), 2.6 (d, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3 (d, 1H).

Example 139 Preparation of Compound Nos. 159 and 159a-b

To a degassed solution of 4-(1-azido-2-(6-aza-2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)ethyl)benzonitrile (240 mg) in EtOAc:EtOH (7:7 mL) was added 10% Pd—C (100 mg), and hydrogen gas was bubbled into the reaction mixture with stirring at RT for 5 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mass was filtered through Celite and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified through reverse phase HPLC to yield the racemate (200 mg), which was separated by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, free base) δ (ppm): 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.43 (m, 3H), 4.6 (t, 1H), 4.23 (dd, 2H), 3.7 (dd, 2H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 140 Preparation of Compound Nos. 160 and 160a-b

To a degassed solution of 4-(1-azido-2-(6-aza-8-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)ethyl)benzonitrile (219 mg) in EtOAc:EtOH (7:7 mL) was added 10% Pd—C (100 mg), and hydrogen gas was bubbled into the reaction mixture with stirring at RT for 5 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mass was filtered through Celite and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified through reverse phase HPLC to yield the racemate, which was separated by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, free base) δ (ppm): 8.1 (s, 1H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 4.6 (t, 1H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 3.21 (bm, 1H), 2.8 (bm, 1H), 2.7-2.6 (m, 2H), 2.6 (s, 3H).

Example 141

Compound Nos. 161, 161a-d, 162, 162a-d, 163, 163a-d, 164, 164a-d, 165, 165a-b, 166, 166a-b, 167, 167a-b, 171 and 171a-b can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 3 and 3a-b, using appropriately functionalized aromatic-tethered oxiranes as reagents. Compound Nos. 173, 174, 175 and 176 were prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 3 and 3a-b, using appropriately functionalized aromatic-tethered oxiranes as reagents. Chiral HPLC provided, respectively, Compound Nos. 173a-b, 174a-b, 175a-b and 176a-d.

Example 142 Preparation of Compound Nos. 168 and 168a-d

To a solution of 4-[1-hydroxy-2-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (68 mg, 0.18 mmol) in 1 mL THF was added NaOH (21 mg, 0.52 mmol) i.e. 0.5 mL 1M NaOH solution and was heated at 80° C. for overnight. The reaction was monitored with LCMS. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain pure product as the TFA salt (8 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt): δ (ppm): 8.55 t (1H), 7.95 d (1H), 7.61 d (1H), 7.25 s (1H), 7.2 dd (1H), 7.01 dd (1H), 5.16 m (1H), 5.03 m (1H), 4.36 m (2H), 3.61 m (3H), 3.3 m (1H), 2.7 m (2H), 2.4 d (3H), 2.2 m (3H). Chiral HPLC provides diastereomers 168a-d.

Example 143 Preparation of Compound Nos. 169 and 169a-b

A solution of 5-(1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridine-2-carbonitrile (1.6 g) in ethanol (4 mL) and 10 N NaOH (15 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 45 min. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was lyophilized and purified with reverse phase HPLC to obtain the 5-(1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridine-2-carboxylic acid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt): δ (ppm): 8.6 d (1H), 8.1 s (1H), 8.0 d (1H), 7.19 d (1H), 6.9 d (1H), 6.8 d (1H), 4.7 dd (1H), 4.37 m (2H), 4.3 m (1H), 3.8 m (1H), 3.52 m (2H), 3.15 m (1H), 3.1 s (3H), 2.38 s (3H), 1.7 d (3H). Chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 169a and 169b.

Example 144 Preparation of Compound Nos. 170 and 170a-b

These compounds can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 67 and 67a-b, using ethyl 5-(1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)nicotinate as starting material. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 170a-b.

Example 145 Preparation of Compound Nos. 177 and 177a-d

These compounds can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 67 and 67a-b, using ethyl 4-(1-hydroxy-2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)ethyl)nicotinate as starting material. Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers 177a-d.

Example 146 Preparation of Compound Nos. 178 and 178a-b

These compounds can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 67 and 67a-b, using ethyl 3-(1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)picolinate as starting material. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 178a-b.

Example 147 Preparation of Compound Nos. 179 and 179a-b

3-(1-(2,8-Dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)isonicotinonitrile (200 mg, 0.554 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol and an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide was added and heated at 100° C. for 1 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS.

After completion of reaction, solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC (8 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase): 9.3 s (1H), 8.42 s (1H), 8.3 s (1H), 7.4 d (1H), 7.1 s (1H), 6.8 d (1H), 4.4 s (2H), 4.2 m (2H), 3.58 m (2H), 3.55 m (1H), 3.3 m (1H), 3.1 s (3H), 2.4 s (3H), 1.54 s (3H). Chiral separation provides enantiomers 179a and 179b.

Example 148 Preparation of Compound Nos. 46 and 46a-b

These compounds can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 67 and 67a-b, using ethyl 3-(1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)picolinate as starting material. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 46a-b.

Example 149 Preparation of Compound Nos. 50 and 50a-d

These compounds can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 67 and 67a-b, using ethyl 4-(1-ethoxy-2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)ethyl)nicotinate as starting material. Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers 50a-d.

Example 150 Preparation of Compound Nos. 104 and 104a-b

These compounds can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 67 and 67a-b, using ethyl 4-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-3-hydroxy-3-(pyridin-3-Y¹)butanoate as starting material. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 104a-b.

Example 151 Preparation of Compound Nos. 123 and 123a-b

These compounds can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 67 and 67a-b, using ethyl 5-(1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)nicotinate as starting material. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 123a-b.

Example 152 Preparation of Compound No. 180

2,3,4,5-Tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (200 mg, 1 mmol), 4-methylstyrene (239 mg, 2.3 mmol) and NaH (120 mg, 60% dispersion in oil, 3 mmol) were heated in DMSO (4 mL) at 120° C. overnight (16 h) after which methanol was added and the contents were concentrated to dryness. The resulting crude product was purified by reverse-phase chromatography (C-18, 500 mm×50 mm, Mobile Phase A=0.05% TFA in water, B=0.05% TFA in acetonitrile, Gradient: 10% B to 80% B in 30 min, injection vol: 5 mL) and/or silica gel (230-400 mesh) chromatography eluting with methanol-dichloromethane gradient to obtain 20 mg (6.2% yield) of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-5-(4-methylphenethyl)-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole as a trifluoroacetate salt. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 13.3 (bs, 1H), 7.4-7.0 (m, 5H), 6.80-6.70 (d, 2H), 4.7-4.6 (d, 1H), 4.40-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.10-4.0 (d, 1H), 3.5-3.4 (t, 1H), 3.20-3.17 (t, 1H), 3.0 (t, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.7-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.1 (m, 1H).

Example 153 Preparation of Compound No. 181

2,3,4,5-Tetrahydro-2-methyl-5-(4-methylphenethyl)-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole was prepared from 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (200 mg, 1.07 mmol), 4-methylstyrene (1.41 mL, 10.7 mmol) and NaH (250 mg, 60% dispersion in oil, 6.25 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) at 200° C. for 16 h to obtain 7 mg of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-5-(4-methylphenethyl)-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole after purification. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.45-7.40 (d, 2H), 7.25-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.1-6.9 (d, 2H), 6.8-6.7 (d, 2H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4-4.3 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.09-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 1H).

Example 154 Preparation of Compound No. 182

2,3,4,5-Tetrahydro-2-methyl-5-phenethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole was prepared from 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (200 mg, 1.07), styrene (1.23 mL mmol, 10.65) and NaH (250 mg, 6.25 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) at 200° C. for 16 h to obtain 15 mg of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-5-phenethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole after purification. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.5-7.10 (m, 7H), 6.9-6.8 (m, 2H), 4.6 (d, 1H), 4.30-4.19 (m, 2H), 4.05 (d, 1H), 3.62-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.0 (m, 3H), 2.9 (s, 3H), 2.7-2.6 (t, 1H), 2.2-2.1 (t, 1H).

Example 155 Preparation of Compound Nos. 183 and 183a-b

3,4,5-Tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (2.2 g, 11 mmol, 1 equiv.), 4-methylstyrene oxide (5.8 g, 44 mmol, 4 equiv.) and NaH (1.3 g, 32.5 mmol, 2.95 eq) were heated in DMF (70 mL) at 120° C. for 16 h (overnight). The contents were quenched by MeOH and evaporated to dryness. The resulting crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (230-400 mesh) using EtOAc-hexane gradient to obtain 1.3 g of racemic-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-p-tolylethanol. The free base was converted into its hydrochloride salt by treatment of ethanolic HCl. ¹H NMR (DMSO-d6, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 10.30 (s, 1H), 7.42-7.0 (m, 7H), 5.6 (m, 1H), 4.90-4.80 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.55 (d, 1H), 4.30-4.00 (m, 3H), 3.70 (s, 1H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.10 (d, 1H), 3.00-2.90 (m, 3H), 2.80-2.60 (d, 1H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 183a and 183b.

Example 156 Preparation of Compound No. 184

5-(4-Chlorophenethyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole was prepared from 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (500 mg, 2.5 mmol), 4-chlorostyrene (3.18 mL, 25 mmol) and NaH (300 mg, 7.5 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) at 180° C. overnight (16 h) to obtain 15 mg of 5-(4-chlorophenethyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole after purification. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.30-7.08 (m, 5H), 6.85-6.78 (d, 2H), 4.70-4.60 (d, 1H), 4.40-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.0 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.00 (m, 3H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 1H).

Example 157 Preparation of Compound No. 185

1-(8-Chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (1 equiv.) was refluxed with 25% sulfuric acid for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 5° C. with an ice-water bath. KOH (15% aq. solution) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture until pH 9-10 was achieved. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water followed by brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using a gradient of MeOH-EtOAc (0-10%) to obtain a mixture of 8-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-5-((E)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)prop-1-enyl)-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole and 8-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-5-(2-(pyridin-4-yl)allyl)-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole, which were separated by HPLC. ¹HNMR (DMSO, Oxalate Salt) δ (ppm): 8.60 (d, 2H), 7.62 (m, 3H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 4.40 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 4H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 1.90 (s, 3H).

Example 158 Preparation of Compound No. 186

1-(1,2,3,4-Tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol (1 equiv.) was refluxed with 25% sulfuric acid for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 5° C. with an ice-water bath. KOH (15% aq. solution) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture until pH 9-10 was achieved. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with water followed by brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) using a gradient of MeOH-EtOAc (0-10%) to obtain a mixture of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-5-4E)-2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)prop-1-enyl)-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole and 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)allyl)-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole, which were separated by HPLC. ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm) 8.90 (s, 1H), 8.60 (d, 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.30 (d, 2H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.40 (m, 1H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H).

Example 159 Preparation of Compound No. 187

To a solution of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128 mmol) and the solution was purged with nitrogen for 5 min. Potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol), water (2 mL) and 2-(dimethylamino)-pyrimidine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (128 mg, 0.515 mmol) were added, the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen and refluxed for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain the desired product as its TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.78 (s, 2H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.10 (m, 3H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.59 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s, 6H), 3.10 (m, 5H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H).

Example 160 Preparation of Compound No. 188

5-(1-Bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)-2-methylpyridine (254 mg, 1.2 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and potassium phosphate (424 mg, 2 mmol), copper (I) iodide (19 mg, 0.1 mmol) and L-proline (23 mg, 0.2 mmol) were added, followed by 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,6,8-trimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (214 mg, 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen and heated at 140° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×15 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) eluting with 0-6% MeOH:DCM. The compound was further purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 37 mg of product as a freebase. The free base was converted into HCl salt by treatment with ethanolic HC1. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.78 (d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 5H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H).

Example 161 Preparation of Compound No. 189

To a degassed solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128 mmol), potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol), water (2 mL) and 3-methylthiophene-2-boronic acid pinacol ester (115 mg, 0.515 mmol) followed by nitrogen purging. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material remaining. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through a sintered crucible. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and the product isolated by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR, (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 4.67 (d, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.14 (m, 5H), 2.40 (s, 6H), 1.87 (s, 3H).

Example 162 Preparation of Compound No. 190

To a degassed solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), 5-methylthiophene-2-boronic acid pinacol ester (100 mg, 0.575 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 1,2-DME (4 mL) and water (2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (17 mg, 0.0147 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR, (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.0 (m, 2H), 6.71 (d, 1H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.51 (m, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.03 (m, 4H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.3 (m, 5H).

Example 163 Preparation of Compound No. 191

To a degassed solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), 1-methylindole-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (149 mg, 0.579 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 1,2-DME (4 mL) and water (2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (17 mg, 0.0147 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(1-methyl-1H-indol-5-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR, (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.21-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.04 (m, 2H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.62 (m, 1H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.01 (s, 3H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.21 (m, 2H).

Example 164 Preparation of Compound Nos. 192 and 192a-d

To a solution of ethyl 4-(1-hydroxy-2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)ethyl)picolinate (1 eq) in EtOH is added sodium hydroxide (4 eq, in water) and heated to 65° C. After conversion of starting material (TLC and LCMS), the EtOH and water are removed under reduced pressure. The crude product is passed through HPLC to yield the title racemic compound. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 192a-d.

Example 165 Preparation of Compound Nos. 193 and 193a-b

To a degassed solution of 10-methyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole (50 mg, 0.22 mmol), potassium phosphate (93 mg, 0.44 mmol), L-proline (2 mg, 0.01 mmol) and Cu(I)iodide (8 mg, 0.04 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added 5-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)-2-methylpyridine (93 mg, 0.44 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 18 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was diluted with water (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 10-methyl-7-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)prop-1-enyl)-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole. ¹H NMR, (CD₃OD, formate salt) δ (ppm): 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.08 (d, 2H), 5.0 (t, 1H), 3.6 (m, 3H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 3.09 (q, 2H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 3H), 2.0 (s, 3H). Chiral HPLC provided the enantiomers 193a and 193b.

Example 166 Preparation of Compound Nos. 194 and 194a-b

To a degassed solution of 10-methyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole (50 mg, 0.22 mmol), potassium phosphate (93 mg, 0.44 mmol), L-proline (2 mg, 0.01 mmol) and Cu(I)iodide (8 mg, 0.04 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added 1-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)-4-fluorobenzene (95 mg, 0.44 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 18 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtrate was diluted with water (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 7-(2-(4-fluorophenyl)prop-1-enyl)-10-methyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole. ¹H NMR, (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.65 (t, 2H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.19 (t, 2H), 7.1 (m, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 5.1 (t, 1H), 3.79 (m, 1H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.1 (m, 2H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.28 (m, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). Chiral HPLC provided the enantiomers 194a and 194b.

Example 167 Preparation of Compound Nos. 195 and 195a-b

This compound is prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 30 and 30a-b, using 5-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)oxazole as the oxirane reagent. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 195a-b.

Example 168 Preparation of Compound Nos. 196 and 196a-b

To a stirred solution of 2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-2,6-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole (500 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added NaH (300 mg, 7.5 mmol). After stirring for 5 min, a solution of 2-methyl-5-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (558 mg, 3.7 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. The product was further purified by chiral HPLC separation to give enantiomers 196a and 196b. ¹H NMR, (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.6 (s, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 4.1 (d, 1H), 4.0 (d, 1H), 3.62 (d, 1H), 3.43 (d, 1H), 2.8 (m, 4H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H).

Example 169 Preparation of Compound Nos. 197 and 197a-b

To a solution of 9-methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (100 mg, 0.422 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added sodium hydride (53 mg, 1.326 mmol). After stirring for 5 min, a solution of toluene-4-sulfonic acid 2-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-ethyl ester (386 mg, 1.326 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C. and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 6 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 9-methyl-6-[2-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-ethyl]-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a, 6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene. ¹H NMR, (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 7.0 (s, 2H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 4.18 (m, 1H), 3.31 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.51 (m, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.4 (d, 1H), 2.28 (m, 1H), 2.2 (m, 1H), 2.0 (m, 1H), 1.8 (m, 1H). Chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 197a and 197b.

Example 170 Preparation of Compound Nos. 198 and 198a-d

To a solution of 9-methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (200 mg, 0.88 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (96 mg, 2.6 mmol). After stirring for 5 min, a solution of 2-methyl-5-oxiranyl-pyridine (175 mg, 1.3 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 5 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-1-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-ethanol. The product was further purified by chiral HPLC separation to give enantiomers 198a and 198b. Enantiomers 198c and 198d are also obtained by this method. ¹H NMR, (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.6 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.1 (t, 1H), 7.05 (t, 1H), 5.08 (q, 1H), 4.8 (dt, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.1 (d, 1H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.1 (m, 3H).

Example 171 Preparation of Compound Nos. 199 and 199a-b

To a degassed solution of 11-methyl-1,2,3,4,6,7,8,12c-octahydroindolo[3,2-a]quinolizine (100 mg, 0.41 mmol), copper(I)iodide, L-proline (9.6 mg, 0.08 mmol) and potassium phosphate (176 mg, 0.83 mmol) in DMF was added dropwise 1-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)-4-fluorobenzene (107 mg, 53 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 85° C. overnight. The DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue was diluted with water and the solid filtered. The solid material was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) eluting with 0-5% MeOH-DCM. The product was further purified by reverse phase HPLC followed by chiral HPLC separation to give enantiomers 199a and 199b. ¹H NMR, (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.5 (t, 2H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.1 (t, 2H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 2.0 (s, 3H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 1.5 (m, 3H).

Example 172

Compound Nos. 200-210, 212-219 and 223 were prepared as described in PCT publication WO2009-055828.

Example 173

Compound Nos. 211, 225 and 231 were prepared as described in PCT publication WO2009-120720.

Example 174

Compound Nos. 224 and 239 were prepared as described in PCT publication WO2009-120717.

Example 175

Compound Nos. 236-237, 243, 250, 252-254, 256-259 and 261-268 were prepared as described in PCT publication WO2010-051501.

Example 176

Compound Nos. 172, 221-222, 226-230, 232-235, 238, 240-242, 244-249 and 251 were prepared as described in PCT publication WO2010-051503.

Example 177

Compound Nos. 255 and 260 were prepared as described in PCT publication WO2010-127177.

Example 178 Preparation of Compound Nos. 220 and 220a-b

This compound is prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 30 and 30a-b, using 4-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)oxazole as the oxirane reagent. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 220a-b.

Example 179 Preparation of Compound No. 269

To a degassed solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (0.08 g, 0.0004 mol), potassium tert-butoxide (0.112 g, 0.001 mol), (E/Z)-4-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)-2-methoxypyridine (0.091 g, 0.0004 mol) and 9,9-dimethyl-4,5-bis(diphenylphosphine) xanthene (0.023 g, 0.00004 mol) in toluene (3 mL) was added Pd₂(dba)₃ (0.0219 g, 0.000064 mol) and irradiated the reaction mixture at 80° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (2% MeOH-DCM) followed by preparative TLC to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 8.19 (d, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 4.58 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, 4H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H).

Example 180 Preparation of Compound No. 270

To a degassed solution of 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (50 mg, 0.129 mmol), Pd(PPh₃)₄ (7.4 mg, 0.0064) in DME (2 mL) were added potassium carbonate (17.8 mg, 0.1287 mmol), water (1 mL) and naphthalene-2-boronic acid (44 mg, 0.258 mmol) and the reaction mixture refluxed for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water (10 mL), extracted into EtOAc (3×25 mL) and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (2.5% MeOH-DCM) to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.82 (m, 3H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 2.84 (m, 4H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H).

Example 181 Preparation of Compound No. 271

To a degassed solution of 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (50 mg, 0.129 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (7.4 mg, 0.0064) in DME (2 mL) were added potassium carbonate (17.8 mg, 0.1287 mmol), water (1 mL) and naphthalene-2-boronic acid (44 mg, 0.258 mmol), and the reaction mixture refluxed for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water (10 mL), extracted into EtOAc (3×25 mL), washed with brine, and concentrated to afford crude material, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (2.5% MeOH-DCM) to yield the desired compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.64 (m, 3H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 2.63 (d, 2H), 2.38-2.47 (m, 8H), 1.84 (s, 3H).

Example 182 Preparation of Compound Nos. 272 and 272a-b

A solution of 8-chloro-5-(2-(4-fluorophenyl)allyl)-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (150 mg, 0.423 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (10 mg) in MeOH:acetic acid (9 mL, 10:1) was hydrogenated in a Parr shaker at RT and 50 psi for 18 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a Celite bed and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. The product was further purified by reverse phase HPLC followed by chiral HPLC separation to give enantiomers 272a and 272b. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.41-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.2-6.94 (m, 6H), 4.62 (m, 1H), 4.29 (m, 2H), 4.06 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.0-2.9 (m, 5H), 1.45 (m, 3H).

Example 183 Preparation of Compound No. 273

To a degassed solution of 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (50 mg, 0.128 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (7.4 mg, 0.0064) in DME (2 mL) were added potassium carbonate (17.8 mg, 0.1287 mmol), water (1 mL) and 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (53.5 mg, 0.2574 mmol) and the reaction mixture refluxed for 2.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and concentrated to dryness. The residue was extracted into EtOAc, washed with brine, and concentrated under reduced pressure. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 6.87 (d, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 4.63 (d, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 3.74 (m, 1H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H).

Example 184 Preparation of Compound Nos. 274 and 274a-b

A solution of 1-(4-allyl-2,4,8-trimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-propan-2-ol (300 mg, 0.738 mmol) in 6N HCl (10 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 2 h. The progress of reaction mass was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was basified with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (1% MeOH-DCM) to yield 4-allyl-5-[2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-propenyl]-2,4,8-trimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. The product is further purified by reverse phase HPLC followed by chiral HPLC separation to give enantiomers 274a and 274b. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 7.62 (m, 2H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.04 (m, 3H), 6.78-6.82 (m, 1H), 5.18 (d, 2H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.37 (d, 1H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.38 (d, 2H), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 3H).

Example 185 Preparation of Compound No. 275

To a degassed solution of 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128) in DME (4 mL) were added 1-methylpyrazole-4-boronic acid pinacol ester (108 mg, 0.515 mmol), potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol) and water (2 mL) and the reaction mixture refluxed for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.46 (m, 2H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.39 (d, 1H), 3.90 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H).

Example 186 Preparation of Compound No. 276

To a degassed solution of 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128), 2-fluoropyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (115 mg, 0.515 mmol), potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol) and water (2 mL) and the reaction mixture refluxed for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 4.62 (d, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.87 (m, 2H), 2.38 (m, 6H).

Example 187 Preparation of Compound No. 277

To a degassed solution of 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128), 5-methylthiophene-2-boronic acid pinacol ester (115 mg, 0.515 mmol), potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol) and water (2 mL) were added followed by nitrogen purging and water (2 mL) and the reaction mixture refluxed for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.76 (d, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.81-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H).

Example 188 Preparation of Compound No. 278

To a degassed solution of 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128), 5-methylthiophene-2-boronic acid pinacol ester (115 mg, 0.515 mmol), potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol) and water (2 mL) and the reaction mixture refluxed for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.09 (m, 3H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 3.87 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 1H), 3.0-3.20 (m, 5H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 1.89 (s, 3H).

Example 189 Preparation of Compound No. 279

To a degassed solution of 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128 mmol), potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol), water (2 mL) and 2-(dimethylamino)pyrimidine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (128 mg, 0.515 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through a sintered crucible. The filtrate was concentrated and residue purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.98 (s, 2H), 7.22 (s. 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.65 (d, 1H), 4.31 (d, 1H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.51 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.81 (m, 11H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H).

Example 190 Preparation of Compound No. 280

To a solution of (4-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)phenyl)(methyl)sulfane (132 mg, 0.55 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) were added potassium phosphate (212 mg, 2 mmol), copper(I)iodide (9.5 mg, 0.05 mmol), L-proline (11.5 mg, 0.1 mmol) and 8-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (110 mg, 0.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at 85° C. for 16 h. Ice water was added into the reaction mixture and the solid obtained was filtered. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-3% MeOH-DCM) to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 7.58 (m, 3H), 7.37 (d, 2H), 7.21 (s, 2H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 4.60 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 3.16 (m, 5H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H).

Example 191 Preparation of Compound No. 281

To a solution of 1-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)-4-(methylsulfonyl)benzene (150 mg, 0.55 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) were added potassium phosphate (212 mg, 2 mmol), copper(I)iodide (9.5 mg, 0.05 mmol), L-proline (11.5 mg, 0.1 mmol) and 8-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (110 mg, 0.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 85° C. for 16 h. Ice water was added into the reaction mixture and the solid obtained was filtered. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-3% MeOH-DCM) to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 8.04 (d, 2H), 7.91 (d, 2H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.15-3.20 (m, 8H), 2.01 (s, 3H).

Example 192 Preparation of Compound No. 282

To a degassed solution of (E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128 mmol), potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol), water (2 mL) and 1H-benzimidazole-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (125 mg, 0.515 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through a sintered crucible. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 9.37 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.90 (m, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.16 (m, 3H), 4.76 (bs, 1H), 4.40 (bs, 1H), 3.90 (bs, 1H), 3.60 (bs, 1H), 3.18 (m, 5H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H).

Example 193 Preparation of Compound No. 283

To a degassed solution of (E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg) in DME (4 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg), potassium carbonate (36 mg), water (1 mL) and 1-methylindole-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (132 mg). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through a sintered crucible. The filtrate was concentrated and residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.42 (d, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.43 (d, 1H), 4.73 (d, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 3.81 (s, 4H), 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.17 (m, 5H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H).

Example 194 Preparation of Compound No. 284

To a degassed solution of (E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg) in DME (4 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg), potassium carbonate (36 mg), water (1 mL) and 1-methylindole-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (132 mg). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through a sintered crucible. The filtrate was concentrated and residue purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.31 (d, 2H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.05 (m, 3H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 6.21 (d, 1H), 4.51 (d, 1H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H).

Example 195 Preparation of Compound No. 285

To a degassed solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128 mmol), potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol), water (2 mL) and 4-methylthiophene-2-boronic acid pinacol ester (115 mg, 0.515 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through a sintered crucible. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.05 (m, 3H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 4.71 (d, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 3H).

Example 196 Preparation of Compound No. 286

To a degassed solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) were added P(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128 mmol), potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol), water (2 mL) and naphthalene-1-boronic acid (88 mg, 0.515 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through a sintered crucible. The filtrate was concentrated and product isolated by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.78 (d, 1H), 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.41 (m, 5H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 4.11 (d, 1H), 3.51 (m, 1H), 3.21 (m, 1H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H).

Example 197 Preparation of Compound No. 287

To a solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128 mmol) and solution purged with nitrogen for 5 min. Potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol), water (2 mL) and 3-methylthiophene-2-boronic acid pinacol ester (115 mg, 0.515 mmol) were added followed by nitrogen purging. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through a sintered crucible. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.61 (d, 1H), 4.60 (d, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 3.68 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 3H).

Example 198 Preparation of Compound Nos. 288 and 288a-b

A solution of 5-(2-(4-fluorophenyl)prop-1-enyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole and 5-(2-(4-fluorophenyl)allyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.8 g, 5.38 mmol) and 10% Pd/C (180 mg) in MeOH-acetic acid (50 mL, 10:1) was hydrogenated in a Parr shaker at RT and 60 psi for 18 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a Celite bed and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (500 mL) and washed with satd. sodium bicarbonate solution (50 mL) and then brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0 to 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to yield the title compound. ¹HNMR (DMSO, Oxalate salt) δ (ppm):7.38-7.3 (d, 1H), 7.36 (bs, 1H), 7.19 (s, 2H), 7.07 (bs, 2H), 6.97-6.95 (d, 1H), 4.53 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.12 (m, 3H), 3.86 (m, 1H), 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.78 (bs, 1H), 2.62 (bs, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 1.14 (bs, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 288a-b.

Example 199 Preparation of Compound Nos. 289 and 289a-b

A solution of 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)prop-1-enyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg) and 10% Pd/C (20 mg) in MeOH (5 mL) was hydrogenated in a Parr shaker at RT and 50 psi for 72 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mass was filtered through a Celite bed and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. ¹HNMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.30 (m, 2H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.30 (m, 3H), 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.42 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers 289a-b.

Example 200 Preparation of Compound No. 290

To a solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128 mmol) and solution purged with nitrogen for 5 min. Potassium carbonate (72 mg, 0.515 mmol), water (2 mL) and indazole-4-boronic acid.HCl (102 mg, 0.515 mmol) were added followed by nitrogen purging. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through a sintered crucible. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and the product isolated by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 7.0 (s, 2H), 4.51 (d, 1H), 4.17 (d, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.21 (m, 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H).

Example 201 Preparation of Compound No. 291

To a solution of [(E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate] (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128 mmol) and solution purged with nitrogen for 5 min. Potassium carbonate (36 mg, 0.257 mmol), water (2 mL) and 4-methylthiophene-2-boronic acid pinacol ester (115 mg, 0.515 mmol) were added followed by nitrogen purging. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and the solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and filtered through a sintered crucible. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum and the product isolated by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.55 (s, 1H), 4.73 (d, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 3.71 (m, 1H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.80 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H).

Example 202 Preparation of Compound No. 292

To a degassed solution of (E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (2 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (20 mg, 0.017 mmol), potassium carbonate (110 mg, 0.77 mmol), water (1 mL) and isoquinoline-4-boronic acid (89 mg, 0.515 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and diluted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×6 mL) and the combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 9.8 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H), 8.46 (d, 1H), 8.38 (dd, 1H), 8.17 (dd, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 4.8 (d, 1H), 4.41 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.19 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H).

Example 203 Preparation of Compound No. 293

To a degassed solution of (E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) and potassium carbonate (110 mg, 0.796 mmol), in DME (2 mL)-water (1 mL) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (20 mg, 0.017 mmol) and thianaphthene-2-boronic acid (91.4 mg, 0.514 mmol) followed by nitrogen purging. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and diluted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×6 mL) and the combined organic layer dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.78 (d, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.3 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.7 (m, 1H), 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H).

Example 204 Preparation of Compound No. 294

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (200 mg, 1.0 mmol) in NMP (1 mL) were added powdered KOH (392 mg, 7.0 mmol) and 3-vinyl-benzo[b]thiophene (320 mg, 2.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (3% MeOH-DCM) followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-(2-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl-ethyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 4.3 (t, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.5 (s, 3H), 3.21 (t, 2H), 2.63 (t, 2H), 2.41 (m, 5H).

Example 205 Preparation of Compound No. 295

To a solution of 3-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)phenyl)(methyl)sulfane (300 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added potassium phosphate (424 mg, 2 mmol), copper(I)iodide (19 mg, 0.1 mmol), L-proline (23 mg, 0.2 mmol) and 8-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (220 mg, 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 140° C. for 16 h. Ice water was added to the reaction mixture and extracted with EtOAc (3×15 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL), dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-3% MeOH-DCM) followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.1 (m, 5H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H).

Example 206 Preparation of Compound No. 296

To a solution of 1-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)benzene (297 mg, 1.1 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added potassium phosphate (424 mg, 2 mmol), copper(I)iodide (19 mg, 0.1 mmol), L-proline (23 mg, 0.2 mmol) and 8-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (220 mg, 1 mmol) and purged nitrogen for 2 min and heated at 90° C. for 16 h. Ice water (5 mL) was added and filtered the solid obtained and washed with water (2×10 mL). Product was purified on silica column (100-200 mesh) using 0-3% MeOH:DCM as eluant. The compound was further purified through reverse phase HPLC. Yield: 49.26 mg (freebase). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.2 (s, 1H), 7.98 (m, 2H), 7.7 (dd, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 4.2 (s, 2H), 3.4 (s, 2H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 3.1 (s, 2H), 2.9 (s, 3H), 1.8 (s, 3H).

Example 207 Preparation of Compound No. 297

To a degassed stirred solution of 2,8-dimethyl-5-(6-methyl-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.317 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added Pd/C (35 mg, 35% w/w) and purged the reaction mixture with H₂ gas at RT for 2 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and NMR. Reaction mass was filtered through a Celite bed washed with MeOH (3×5 mL). Filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-[2-(6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-ethyl]-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.2 (dd, 1H), 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.58 (t, 2H), 4.37 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.4 (t, 2H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 208 Preparation of Compound No. 298

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.5 mmol) was in NMP (1 mL) were added powdered KOH (196 mg, 3.5 mmol) and dimethyl-(3-vinyl-phenyl)-amine (147 mg, 1.0 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at 100° C. for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-3% MeOH-DCM) to yield {3-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-ethyl]-phenyl}-dimethyl-amine. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.18 (dd, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.6 (d, 1H), 6.43 (d, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.2 (t, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.80 (m, 4H), 2.57 (s, 6H), 2.41 (s, 3H).

Example 209 Preparation of Compound No. 299

To a degassed stirred solution of 2,8-dimethyl-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (110 mg, 0.349 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added Pd/C (40 mg, 35% w/w) and purged the reaction mixture with H₂ gas at RT for 2 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and NMR. Reaction mass was filtered through a Celite bed washed with MeOH (3×5 mL). Filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-[2-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl)-ethyl]-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.48 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 4.67 (d, 1H), 4.5 (t, 2H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.38 (t, 2H), 3.1 (m, 5H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H).

Example 210 Preparation of Compound No. 300

To a degassed stirred solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), 3-pyridinylboronic acid (71 mg, 0.577 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL)-water (2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (16 mg, 0.0147 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture concentrated, residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(pyridin-3-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.68 (d, 1H), 8.1 (d, 1H), 7.9 (m, 1H), 7.8 (m, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 6.9-7.1 (m, 2H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 2.8-3.3 (m, 9H), 2.22-2.4 (m, 5H).

Example 211 Preparation of Compound No. 301

To a degassed stirred solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), 4-fluorophenylboronic acid (81 mg, 0.578 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL)-water (2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (17 mg, 0.0147 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture concentrated to dryness, residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-(2-(4-fluorophenyl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 6.8-6.98 (m, 4H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 2.9-3.18 (m, 7H), 2.52-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.21 (m, 2H).

Example 212 Preparation of Compound No. 302

To a degassed stirred solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), 3-methylthiophene-2-boronic acid pinacol ester (129 mg, 0.575 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL)-water (2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (16 mg, 0.0147 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The solvent was under reduced pressure, residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.1-7.2 (m, 2H), 7.0 (dd, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 2.8-3.17 (m, 7H), 2.6 (t, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (t, 2H), 1.8 (m, 3H).

Example 213 Preparation of Compound No. 303

To a degassed stirred solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), 2-(dimethylamino)pyrimidine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (129 mg, 0.578 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL)-water (2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (16 mg, 0.0147 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-(2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-N,N-dimethylpyrimidin-2-amine. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 6.98-7.1 (m, 2H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 2.78-3.1 (m, 15H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 2H).

Example 214 Preparation of Compound No. 304

To a degassed stirred solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), 4-methylthiophene-2-boronic acid pinacol ester (129 mg, 0.578 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL)-water (2 mL) was purged with nitrogen followed by addition of Pd(PPh₃)₄ (16 mg, 0.0147 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.0 (m, 3H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.03 (m, 2H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H).

Example 215 Preparation of Compound No. 305

A solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), benzo[b]thien-2-ylboronic acid (103 mg, 0.578 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL)-water (2 mL) was purged with nitrogen followed by addition of Pd(PPh₃)₄ (16 mg, 0.0147 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-(2-(benzo[b]thiophen-2-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.3 (m, 3H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.3 m, 2H).

Example 216 Preparation of Compound No. 306

A solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), naphthalene-1-boronic acid (99 mg, 0.575 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in mixture of 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL)-water (2 mL) was purged with nitrogen followed by addition of Pd(PPh₃)₄ (16 mg, 0.0147 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(naphthalen-1-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (DMSO, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 5H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 2.77-3.0 (m, 9H), 2.3 (m, 5H).

Example 217 Preparation of Compound No. 307

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (150 mg, 0.75 mmol) in NMP (1 mL) were added powdered KOH (294 mg, 5.25 mmol) and 2-methyl-5-vinyl-thiophene (186 mg, 1.50 mmol), and the reaction mixture stirred at 90° C. for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (3% MeOH-DCM) followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-[2-(5-methyl-thiophen-2-yl)-ethyl]-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 6.3 (d, 1H), 4.6 (d, 1H), 4.2-4.4 (m, 3H), 3.7 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 3H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.42 (m, 6H).

Example 218 Preparation of Compound No. 308

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (250 mg, 1.25 mmol) in NMP (1 mL) were added powdered KOH (490 mg, 8.75 mmol) and 3-methyl-2-vinyl-thiophene (310 mg, 2.25 mmol), and the reaction mixture stirred at 90° C. for 5 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-[2-(3-methyl-thiophen-2-yl)-ethyl]-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 6.7 (d, 1H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.3 (t, 2H), 2.42 (bs, 2H), 3.2 (t, 2H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.61 (bs, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H).

Example 219 Preparation of Compound No. 309

To a degassed stirred solution of 5-(2-bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), 1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (81 mg, 0.576 mmol) and potassium carbonate (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL) and water (2 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (17 mg, 0.0147 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, residue diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 3.6 (s, 2H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 2.7 (m, 4H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 2H).

Example 220 Preparation of Compound No. 310

To a solution of 1-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)-3-(methylsulfonyl)benzene (148 mg, 0.55 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) were added potassium phosphate (212 mg, 2 mmol), copper(I)iodide (9.5 mg, 0.05 mmol) and L-proline (11.5 mg, 0.1 mmol). The solution was de-aerated by purging nitrogen followed by addition of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,6,8-trimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (114.5 mg, 0.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was again purged with nitrogen for two minutes and then stirred at 85° C. overnight. Ice water was poured into the reaction mixture and the solid obtained was filtered. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 0-3% MeOH:DCM as eluant. The compound was further purified through reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.08 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 2H), 7.77 (t, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.37 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.0-3.2 (m, 8H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H).

Example 221 Preparation of Compound No. 311

To a degassed solution of (E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) and potassium carbonate (110 mg, 0.7 mmol) in DME-water (2:1) were added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (20 mg, 0.0130 mmol) and 6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)isoquinoline (100 mg, 0.392 mmol), followed by nitrogen purging for 5 min. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 9.77 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H), 8.44-8.58 (m, 3H), 8.4 (d, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 4.71 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 5H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.2 (s, 3H).

Example 222 Preparation of Compound No. 312

To a solution of 4-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)pyridine (238 mg, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added potassium phosphate (424 mg, 2 mmol), copper(I)iodide (19 mg, 0.1 mmol), L-proline (23 mg, 0.2 mmol) and 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,6,8-trimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (214 mg, 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was degassed using nitrogen and stirred overnight at 85° C. Ice water (5 mL) was added into the reaction mixture and the solid obtained was filtered. The residue was washed with water (2×10 mL) and purified by column chromatography using neutral alumina and 0-1% MeOH:DCM as eluant to yield the desired compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.9 (d, 2H), 8.39 (d, 2H), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 4H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.1 (s, 3H).

Example 223 Preparation of Compound No. 313

A mixture of 5-ethynyl-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (194 mg, 0.866 mmol, 5-bromo-isoquinoline (150 mg, 0.721 mmol, TBAF.3H₂O (680 mg, 2.15 mmol) and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(II) (25 mg, 0.035 mmol) was stirred at 85° C. for 5 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×40 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using silica (100:200) and 0.5% MeOH-DCM to yield 5-isoquinolin-5-ylethynyl-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 9.3 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, 1H), 8.17 (d, 1H), 7.93 (dd, 2H), 7.6 (t, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.93 (t, 2H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Example 224 Preparation of Compound Nos. 314 and 314a-b

To a solution of 2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-2,6-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole (100 mg, 0.362 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added sodium hydride (60 mg, 1.08 mmol) and 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (300 mg, 1.03 mmol). The reaction mixture was irradiated in a microwave reactor at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and quenched with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. The product is further purified by reverse phase HPLC followed by chiral HPLC separation to give enantiomers 314a and 314b. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.9 (d, 1H), 7.63 (t, 1H), 7.43-7.6 (m, 5H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.0 (m, 2H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.37 (t, 1H), 4.1 (m, 1H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.18 (t, 1H), 2.9 (bs, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 314a-b.

Example 225 Preparation of Compound No. 315

To a solution of 7-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.453 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added sodium hydride (60 mg, 1.359 mmol) and 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (330 mg, 1.1322 mmol). The reaction mixture was irradiated in a microwave reactor at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and quenched with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.1 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.42 (t, 2H), 4.5 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.1-3.27 (m, 4H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.63 (s, 3H).

Example 226 Preparation of Compound No. 316

To a solution of 5-isoquinolin-5-ylethynyl-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (90 mg, 0.256 mmol) in MeOH (6 mL) were added 10% dry Pd—C (25 mg) and ammonium formate (81 mg, 1.282 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 2 h and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 20 mg of 5-(2-isoquinolin-5-yl-vinyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 9.7 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, 1H), 8.5 (d, 1H), 8.3 (d, 1H), 7.65 (t, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 6.7 (m, 2H), 4.63 (d, 1H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 3.7 (m, 1H), 3.47 (m, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 2.9-3.0 (m, 2H), 2.31 (s, 3H).

Example 227 Preparation of Compound No. 317

To a solution of 5-isoquinolin-5-ylethynyl-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (80 mg, 0.228 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) were added 10% dry Pd—C (80 mg) and ammonium formate (72 mg, 1.14 mmol). The reaction mixture was refluxed for 4 h and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 20 mg of 2,8-dimethyl-5-[2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolin-5-yl)-ethyl]-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.2-4.4 (m, 5H), 3.7 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 3H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.83 (m, 1H), 2.6-2.8 (m, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 228 Preparation of Compound No. 318

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (250 mg, 1.255 mmol) in NMP (1 mL), was added powdered KOH (490 mg, 8.75 mmol). After stirring for 5 min, 3-methyl-4-vinyl-thiophene (310 mg, 2.50 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at 85° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (6×30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using silica (100:200) and 2% MeOH-DCM, followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield 1.10 mg of 2,8-dimethyl-5-[2-(4-methyl-thiophen-3-yl)-ethyl]-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.6 (d, 1H), 4.3 (m, 3H), 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.3 (m, 3H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H).

Example 229 Preparation of Compound No. 319

To a solution of 8,9-dichloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.392 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added sodium hydride (60 mg, 1.17 mmol) and 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (300 mg, 0.98 mmol). The reaction mixture was irradiated in a microwave reactor at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and quenched with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 5.1 (m, 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.43 (t, 2H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.2-3.3 (m, 4H), 3.1 (m, 3H), 2.7 (s, 3H).

Example 230 Preparation of Compound No. 320

To a degassed solution of 2,8-dimethyl-5-quinolin-3-ylethynyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (60 mg, 0.170 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL), were added Pd—C (30 mg, 50% w/w) and ammonium formate (54 mg, 0.857 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 1 h, filtered through a Celite bed and washed with MeOH (10 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the desired compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.6 (s, 2H), 8.02-8.18 (m, 3H), 7.82 (t, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.77 (d, 1H), 4.68 (d, 1H), 4.56 (t, 2H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.4 (t, 2H), 3.21 (m, 1H), 3.1 (m, 4H), 2.3 (s, 3H).

Example 231 Preparation of Compound No. 321

A mixture of 5-ethynyl-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (260 mg, 1.160 mmol), 3-bromoquinoline (200 mg, 0.961 mmol), TBAF.3H₂O (1.1 g, 3.492 mmol) and dichloro bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (41 mg, 0.058 mmol) was stirred at 85° C. for 10 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (4×30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (4×30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using neutral alumina and 0.5% MeOH-DCM to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-quinolin-3-ylethynyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 9.0 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.1 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.7 (t, 1H), 7.6 (t, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H), 2.7 (t, 2H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Example 232 Preparation of Compound No. 322

To a solution of 7,8-dichloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.392 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added sodium hydride (60 mg, 1.17 mmol) and 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (300 mg, 0.98 mmol). The reaction mixture was irradiated in a microwave reactor at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and quenched with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.48 (t, 2H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 3.92 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 4H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.7 (s, 3H).\

Example 233 Preparation of Compound No. 323

To a degassed solution of 2,8-dimethyl-5-quinolin-3-ylethynyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (60 mg, 0.170 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL), were added Pd—C (30 mg, 50% w/w) and ammonium formate (54 mg, 0.857 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 75° C. for 1 h, filtered through a Celite bed and washed with MeOH (10 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the desired compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.3 (d, 2H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.9 (m, 2H), 7.70 (t, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.82 (s, 2H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.1 (m, 5H), 2.38 (s, 3H).

Example 234 Preparation of Compound No. 324

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (200 mg, 1.0 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) were added powdered KOH (392 mg, 7.0 mmol) and phenylamine (111 mg, 1.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 85° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (3×30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude material, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (3% MeOH-DCM), followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield (2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-ylmethyl)-phenyl-amine (20 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 7.0 (t, 2H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 6.67 (d, 2H), 6.6 (t, 1H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 3.7 (s, 2H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 2.9 (t, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 235 Preparation of Compound No. 325

To a solution of 6,9-dichloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.392 mmol), in DMF (2 mL) were added sodium hydride (60 mg, 1.3 mmol) and 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (285 mg, 0.980 mmol). The reaction mixture was irradiated in a microwave reactor at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, 1H), 7.78 (d, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.06 (d, 1H), 5.1 (m, 1H), 4.8 (t, 2H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.22 (m, 4H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.7 (s, 3H).

Example 236 Preparation of Compound No. 326

To a stirred solution of 3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propanethioamide (0.287 g, 1.0 mmol) in EtOH.HCl (3 mL) was added 2-bromo-4′-chloroacetophenone (0.349 g, 1.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 82° C. for 16 h. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was basified with 1N NaOH solution and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford crude product, which was purified by column chromatography to yield the desired product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 4.46 (t, 2H), 3.6 (s, 2H), 3.4 (t, 2H), 2.1-2.78 (m, 4H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 237 Preparation of Compound No. 327

To a de-aerated solution of 6-bromo-2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (85 mg, 0.215 mmol) and potassium carbonate (89 mg, 0.642 mmol) in 1,2-dimethoxyethane-water (2:1) were added 3-methylthiophene-2-boronic acid pinacol ester (96 mg, 0.428 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (17 mg, 0.015 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min and concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.77 (s, 2H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.38 (m, 1H), 4.1 (bs, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 3.9 (bs, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.1-3.27 (m, 5H), 2.8 (t, 2H), 2.7 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.99 (s, 3H).

Example 238 Preparation of Compound No. 328

A mixture of 2-bromo-5-methyl-pyridine (250 mg, 1.45 mmol), 5-ethynyl-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-1-b]indole (391 mg, 1.74 mmol), TBAF.3H₂O (1.374 g, 4.36 mmol) and dichloro bistriphenylphosphine palladium(II) (51 mg, 0.072 mmol) was stirred at 85° C. for 10 min. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (neutral alumina, eluent-0.5% MeOH in DCM) to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-(5-methyl-pyridin-2-ylethynyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.41 (s, 1H), 7.5 (m, 2H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 3.6 (s, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H), 2.83 (t, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H).

Example 239 Preparation of Compound No. 329

To a degassed solution of 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)prop-1-en-1-yl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (276 mg, 0.753 mmol), 5-bromo-2-propylpyridine (100 mg, 0.502) and potassium carbonate (208 mg, 1.507 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (1 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (40.6 mg, 0.035 mmol), followed by nitrogen purging. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and diluted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×6 mL) and the combined organic layer dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.8 (s, 1H), 8.36 (d, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.83 (bs, 1H), 3.4 (bs, 1H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.9 (t, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.0 (s, 3H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 1.0 (t, 3H).

Example 240 Preparation of Compound No. 330

A mixture of 4-bromobenzenesulfonamide (200 mg, 0.84 mmol), 5-ethynyl-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (391 mg, 1.0 mmol), TBAF.3H₂O (793 mg, 2.5 mmol) and dichloro bis(triphenyl phosphine) palladium (II) (29 mg, 0.042 mmol) was stirred at 85° C. for 10 min. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford crude material, which was purified by column chromatography using neutral alumina and 5% MeOH-DCM, followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield 4-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-ylethynyl)-benzenesulfonamide. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 7.92 (d, 2H), 7.7 (d, 2H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.63 (m, 1H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Example 241 Preparation of Compound No. 331

To a degassed solution of (Z)-2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)prop-1-en-1-yl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (140 mg, 0.382 mmol), 5-bromo-2-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (87 mg, 0.382) and potassium carbonate (158 mg, 1.147 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (1 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (20 mg, 0.017 mmol), followed by nitrogen purging. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 45 min. At that point, TLC showed no starting material. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 9.0 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, 1H), 7.88 (d, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.82 (bs, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.37 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H).

Example 242 Preparation of Compound No. 332

To a de-aerated solution of 2,8-dimethyl-5-naphthalen-2-ylethynyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (50 mg, 0.14 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL), palladium hydroxide (25 mg, 50% w/w) and ammonium formate (45 mg, 0.71 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mass was filtered through Celite and washed the residue with MeOH (10 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2,8-dimethyl-5-[2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalen-2-yl)-ethyl]-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.63 (d, 1H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 4.6 (d, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 4.2 (t, 2H), 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.02 (m, 1H), 2.9 (m, 4H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.7 (bs, 2H), 2.6 (bs, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.8 (bs, 4H).

Example 243 Preparation of Compound No. 333

A mixture of 4-bromo-benzenesulfonamide (200 mg, 0.84 mmol), 9-ethynyl-2,6-dimethyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (228 mg, 1.01 mmol), TBAF.3H₂O (801 mg, 2.54 mmol) and dichloro bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(II) (30 mg, 0.042 mmol) was stirred at 85° C. for 10 min. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 4-(2,6-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-β-carbolin-9-ylethynyl)-benzenesulfonamide. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.9 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 2.82 (t, 2H), 2.79 (t, 2H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Example 244 Preparation of Compound No. 334

A mixture of 5-bromo-thiophene-2-sulfonic acid amide (200 mg, 0.8 mmol), 5-ethynyl-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (222 mg, 0.9 mmol), TBAF.3H₂O (756 mg, 2.4 mmol) and dichloro bis(triphenyl phosphine) palladium (II) (28 mg, 0.04 mmol) was stirred at 85° C. for 10 min. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford crude material, which was purified by column chromatography using neutral alumina and 5% MeOH-DCM, followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-ylethynyl)-thiophene-2-sulfonic acid amide. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.3 (m, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H).

Example 245 Preparation of Compound No. 335

To a degassed solution of 3,6-dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1,6,9-triaza-fluorene (201 mg, 1.0 mmol), 1-(2-bromo-1-methyl-vinyl)-4-fluoro-benzene (279 mg, 1.3 mmol), potassium phosphate (530 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DMF (4 mL), L-proline (28 mg, 0.25 mmol) and cuprous iodide (47 mg, 0.25 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 8 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (4×20 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to afford crude material, which was purified by silica gel flash chromatography to yield 9-[2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-propenyl]-3,6-dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1,6,9-triaza-fluorene. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.1 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 3H), 7.07 (t, 2H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.8 (s, 4H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.0 (s, 3H).

Example 246 Preparation of Compound Nos. 336 and 336a-b

To a solution of 8-aza-10-methyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole (227 mg, 1.0 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (120 mg, 3.0 mmol). After stirring at RT for 15 min, 4-fluorophenethyl 4-methyl-benzenesulfonate (1.47 g, 3 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 12 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound (125 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.53 (s, 1H), 6.82 (m, 4H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.44 (m 1H), 4.26 (m, 1H), 3.47 (m, 1H), 3.3 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 2H), 2.89 (q, 1H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.49 (m, 1H), 244 (s, 3H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.8 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 336a-b.

Example 247 Preparation of Compound Nos. 337 and 337a-b

This compound can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 30 and 30a-b, using 2-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)oxazole as the oxirane reagent. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 337a-b.

Example 248 Preparation of Compound Nos. 338 and 338a-b

To an ice-cooled stirred solution of 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (2.5 g, 7.78 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (373 mg, 15.56 mmol). After stirring for 20 min, heptanoyl chloride (1.9 g, 13.23 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS and TLC. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice water (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (400 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (6% MeOH-DCM), followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield heptanoic acid 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl ester (20 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.74 (s, 2H), 7.91 (s, 2H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.04 (t, 1H), 6.2 (m 1H), 4.7 (d 1H), 4.59 (m, 2H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 3.5 (t, 1H), 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.31 (m, 2H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.1 (m, 1H), 1.35 (m, 2H), 1.22 (m, 2H), 1.15 (m, 3H), 0.86 (t, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers 338a-b.

Example 249 Preparation of Compound Nos. 339 and 339a-b

To a solution of 9-chloro-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydro-3-methylazepino[4,5-b]indole (1.0 g, 4.27 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (717.9 mg, 6.41 mmol). After stirring at RT for 15 min, 2-(3,4-difluorophenyl)oxirane (1.33 g, 8.54 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 3 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound, which was resolved by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (DMSO, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.62-7.50 (t, 1H), 7.50-7.30 (t, 3H), 7.25-7.00 (m, 2H), 4.85-4.75 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.20 (t, 2H), 3.80-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.25-3.10 (m, 4H), 2.90 (s, 3H).

Example 250 Preparation of Compound Nos. 340 and 340a-d

This compound can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 30 and 30a-b, using 5-(oxiran-2-yl)-1H-1,2,3-triazole as the oxirane reagent. Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers 340a-d.

Example 251 Preparation of Compound Nos. 341 and 341a-d

This compound can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 30 and 30a-b, using 5-(oxiran-2-yl)-1H-tetrazole as the oxirane reagent. Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers 341a-d.

Example 252 Preparation of Compound Nos. 342 and 342a-d

This compound can be prepared in analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 30 and 30a-b, using 2-(oxiran-2-yl)-1H-imidazole as the oxirane reagent. Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers 342a-d.

Example 253 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-270 and II-270a-b

These compounds can be synthesized in an analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 55 and 55a-b, using 3,6-dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1,2,6,9-tetraaza-fluorene as the carboline portion and 4-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine as the epoxide. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-270a-b.

Example 254 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-1 and II-1a-b

To a solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanamine (500 mg, 1.56 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added pyridine (185 mg, 2.3 mmol). After stirring for 5 min at RT, a solution of acetyl chloride (147.2 mg, 1.88 mmol) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with saturated aq NaHCO₃ solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with ether to yield N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)acetamide (500 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.42 (d, 2H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.2 (d, 1H), 5.3 (q, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 4.25 (dd, 1H), 3.58 (dd, 2H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.03 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-1a-b.

Example 255 Preparation of Compound No. II-2

Crude 2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate was taken in NMP (5 mL), and KOH powder (873 mg, 15.5 mmol) was added at RT and the mixture stirred at 80° C. for 14 h. The product was detected by LCMS. Water was added to the reaction mixture, which was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed on silica gel using 5% MeOH-DCM to afford 400 mg of the title compound. ¹H NMR (DMSO, Formate salt) δ (ppm): 8.55-8.50 (d, 2H), 8.05-8.00 (d, 1H), 7.85-7.80 (d, 1H), 7.65-7.55 (d, 2H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.15-7.10 (m, 1H), 6.80-6.75 (d, 1H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 3.05 (t, 2H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H).

Example 256 Preparation of Compound No. II-3

To a stirred cooled (−70° C.) solution of 2-methyl-5-[2-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-propenyl]-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole-8-carboxylic acid methyl ester (100 mg, 0.26 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added portionwise LAH (30 mg, 0.79 mmol) and stirring continued at RT for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to −70° C. and quenched with water (0.1 mL), 15% NaOH (0.1 mL) and water (0.2 mL). The solid was filtered and the filtrate concentrated to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Formate salt) δ (ppm): 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 4.7 (s, 2H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.6 (t, 2H), 3.1 (t, 2H), 3.05 (s, 3H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 3H).

Example 257 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-4 and II-4-a-d

6-(2-Azido-2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-9-methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (400 mg, 1.07 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol-water (10 mL:1 mL). Zinc dust (280 mg, 4.3 mmol) and ammonium chloride (228 mg, 4.3 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was heated at 80° C. for 1 h. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and filtrate was concentrated to obtain the residue. The residue was basified with aq ammonia and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 40 mg of 2-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethylamine as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase): δ (ppm): 8.58 (d, 2H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 4.9 (m, 1H), 4.42 (t, 1H), 4.13 (dd, 1H), 3.63 (m, 1H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.01 (m, 2H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.01 (m, 1H). Chiral HPLC separated the racemate into diastereomers II-4-a-d.

Example 258 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-5 and II-5a-d

To a solution of 9-aza-10-methyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole (30 mg, 0.13 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NaH (16 mg, 0.4 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. 3-(2-Methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine 36 mg, 0.26 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at RT. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH (1 mL), concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain the pure product (3.3 mg) as the free base. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase): δ (ppm): 9.1 & 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.8 & 8.7 (s, 1H), 8.6 & 8.5 (d, 1H), 7.6 & 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.18 (s, 2H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 2.7 (dd, 1H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.9 (m, 2H), 1.76 & 1.67 (s, 3H), 1.6 (m, 3H). Chiral HPLC separates the racemate into diastereomers II-5a-d.

Example 259 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-6 and II-6a-d

6-(2-Chloro-2-pyrazin-2-yl-propyl)-9-methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (500 mg, 1.31 mmol) in 40% dimethylamine in water (30 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled at RT and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 62 mg of dimethyl-[1-methyl-2-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-1-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl]-amine. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt): δ (ppm): 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 4.98 (t, 1H), 4.28 (d, 2H), 3.6 (m, 3H), 3.39 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.15 (s, 6H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.17 (m, 3H). Chiral HPLC separated the racemate into diastereomers II-6a-d.

Example 260 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-7 and II-7a-d

Methanesulfonic acid 2-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-1-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl ester (300 mg, 0.70 mmol) in 40% dimethylamine in water (20 mL) was heated at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and extracted with DCM (12×50 mL)The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 60 mg of dimethyl-[2-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-1-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl]-amine. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt): δ (ppm): 8.1 (s, 1H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 5.1 (t, 1H), 4.42 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 3H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.17 (m, 1H), 3.15 (s, 6H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 1H). Chiral HPLC separates the racemate into diastereomers II-7a-d.

Example 261 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-8 and II-8a-b

Methanesulfonicacid-2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethylester (300 mg, 0.75 mmol) in 70% ethylamine in water (15 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 55 mg of [2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl]-ethyl-amine. ¹H NMR (DMSO, TFA salt): δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 2H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.2 (m, 3H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 4.7 (m, 2H), 4.43 (m, 2H), 4.1 (d, 1H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 2.85 (d, 6H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H). Chiral HPLC separates the racemate into enantiomers II-8a-b.

Example 262 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-9 and II-9a-b

Methanesulfonic acid 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethylester (240 mg, 0.60 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of 70% cyclopentylamine solution in water and heated at 100° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 11 mg of cyclopentyl-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl]-amine. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase): δ (ppm): 8.51 (d, 2H), 7.17 (m, 4H), 7.003 (d, 1H), 4.16 (m, 2H), 4.05 (dd, 1H), 3.79 (dd, 2H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.39 (m, 1H), 1.99 (s, 2H), 1.7 (m, 2H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.4 (m, 1H), 1.9 (m, 2H). Chiral HPLC separates the racemate into enantiomers II-9a-b.

Example 263 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-10 and II-10a-b

2-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethylamine (200 mg, 0.62 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL DCM, acetone (108 mg, 1.87 mmol), acetic acid (0.5 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. Sodiumcyanoborohydride (117 mg, 1.87 mmol) was added and stirred at for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (300 mL) and washed with saturated bicarbonate solution (200 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 120 mg of [2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl]-isopropyl-amine as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt): δ (ppm): 8.52 (m, 2H), 7.42 b(s, 2H), 7.30 b(s, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 2H), 4.23 (t, 1H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.4 (m, 3H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 2.99 (d, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.43 (d, 3H), 1.34 (d, 3H). Chiral HPLC separates the racemate into enantiomers II-10a-b.

Example 264 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-11 and II-11a-b

To a solution of 5-(2-azido-2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1 g, 2.75 mmol) in ethanol-water (40-5 mL) was added ammonium chloride (590 mg, 11.02 mmol) and zinc dust (716 mg, 11.02 mmol) and heated at 100° C. for 1 h. After complete conversion of starting material (TLC), ethanol was removed under reduced pressure and 50 mL additional water was added and extracted with DCM (3×100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)ethanamine (730 mg) as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt): δ (ppm): 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.21 (m, 3H), 7.10 (m, 3H), 4.60 (m, 3H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.24 (m, 1H), 3.69 (m, 1H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.96 (s, 3H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H). Chiral HPLC separated the racemate into enantiomers II-11a-b.

Example 265 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-12 and II-12a-b

2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl methane sulfonate (250 mg, 0.6 mmol) in methyl amine (40% solution in water, 5 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 4 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. 10 mL of water was added to the reaction mixture and then extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-N-methyl ethanamine (30 mg) as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase): δ (ppm): 7.32 (t, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.01 (m, 3H), 3.91 (m, 2H), 3.65 (dd, 2H), 2.80 (m, 3H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H). Chiral HPLC separated the racemate into enantiomers II-12a-b.

Example 266 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-13 and II-13a-b

Methanesulfonicacid2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethylester (300 mg, 0.75 mmol) was dissolved in 70% cyclobutylamine in water (6 mL) and heated at 100° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtained 90 mg of cyclobutyl-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl]-amine as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD,TFA salt): δ (ppm): 8.6 (dd, 2H), 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 4.82 (m, 2H), 4.72 (m, 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.23 (t, 1H), 3.8 (m, 2H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.07 (d, 3H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 3H), 2.1 (m, 1H), 1.8 (m, 2H). Chiral HPLC separated the racemate into enantiomers II-13a-b.

Example 267 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-14 and II-14a-b

2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)ethanamine (250 mg, 0.741 mmol), formaldehyde 37-40% solution (5 mL) and formic acid (0.25 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 2 h. After the completion of reaction (TLC and LCMS), the reaction mixture was cooled to RT, neutralized by saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted into DCM (2×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 250 mg of 2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-N,N-dimethylethanamine. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase): δ (ppm): 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 7.02 (t, 2H), 6.88 (m, 3H), 4.56 (dd, 1H), 3.99 (m, 1H), 3.64 (d, 1H) 3.54 (dd, 1H), 3.46 (d, 1H), 2.79 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.3 (s, 6H), 1.9 (m, 1H). Chiral HPLC separated the racemate into enantiomers II-14a-b.

Example 268 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-15 and II-15a-b

1-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol (2.0 g, 5.97 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 ml), sodium hydride (716 mg, 17.9 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at RT for 20 min. Acetic anhydride (913 mg, 8.95 mmol) was added dropwise at the same temperature and stirring continued for 1.5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into 250 mL ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL), washed with water (3×300 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product that was purified by column chromatography (silica gel: 100-200 mesh, eluent:−6-8% MeOH in DCM) to obtain 110 mg of acetic acid 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-methyl-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethyl ester, which was followed by chiral separation. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.38 (d, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, 1H), 7.22 (t, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 4.43 (d, 1H), 4.2 (d, 1H), 3.7 (d, 1H), 3.5 (d, 1H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.53 (m, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 1H), 2.07 (d, 6H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-15a-b.

Example 269 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-16 and II-16a-b

1-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol (5.0 g, 14.9 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (100 mL) and sodium hydride (1.8 g, 45 mmol) was added, and the mixture stirred at RT for 15 min. Pivaloyl chloride (3 g, 25 mmol) was added dropwise at the same temperature, and the mixture stirred for 45 min. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into 400 mL ice water to obtain a solid that was filtered. The solid was dissolved in DCM, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product that was purified by column chromatography (silica gel: 100-200 mesh, Eluent:−4-6% MeOH in DCM) to obtain 1.8 g of 2,2-dimethyl-propionic acid 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-methyl-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethyl ester. The product was further purified by chiral preparative HPLC to give enantiomers II-16a and II-16b. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base): δ (ppm): 8.55 (d, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.18 (m, 3H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 4.3 (dd, 2H), 3.65 (d, 1H), 3.52 (d, 1H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3 (d, 1H), 2.0 (s, 3H), 2.0 (m, 1H), 1.2 (s, 9H).

Example 270 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-17 and II-17a-d

To a solution of 11-aza-10-methyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole (120 mg, 0.52 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NaH (31 mg, 1.06 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min. 3-(2-Methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine 143 mg, 1.06 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was monitored with LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH (2 mL), concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain the 30 mg of product as the free base. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase): δ (ppm): 8.72 & 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.25 (t, 1H), 7.62 & 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.43 (t, 1H), 7.22 & 7.19 (m, 1H), 6.86 (t, 1H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.626 (s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 1.85 (m, 2H), 1.69 & 1.66 (s, 3H). Chiral HPLC separates the racemate into diastereomers II-17a-d.

Example 271 Preparation of Compound No. II-18

To a solution of 2,6,9-trimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.466 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added sodium hydride (60 mg, 1.3 mmol) and 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (337.5 mg, 1.16 mmol). The reaction mixture was irradiated in a microwave reactor at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.1 (m, 2H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 6.6 (d, 2H), 4.98 (m, 1H), 4.5 (m, 1H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 3.82 (bs, 1H), 3.5 (bs, 1H), 3.2 (t, 2H), 3.1 (m, 5H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H).

Example 272 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-19 and II-19a-b

1-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol (3.35 g, 10.0 mmol), isonicotinic acid (1.23 g, 10 mmol), DCC (5.0 g, 24.0 mmol) and DMAP (1.2 g, 10 mmol) were suspended in DCM (300 mL) and the resultant mixture was stirred overnight under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was filtered to remove N,N-dicyclohexyl urea formed during the reaction. The filtrate was washed with water (3×300 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product which was purified by column chromatography (neutral alumina; eluent: 0.5-1% MeOH in DCM) to obtain the product. The product obtained was triturated with diethyl ether (30 mL) to obtain the pure product (400 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase): δ (ppm): 8.71 (d, 2H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, 1H), 7.64 (d, 2H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 2H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 4.45 (dd, 2H), 3.65 (d, 1H), 3.57 (d, 1H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.52 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.16 (s, 3H), 2.01 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-19a-b.

Example 273

Compound Nos. II-21, II-23, II-36, II-56, II-57, II-160, II-188-206, II-233, II-237 and II-254 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2009/055828. Compound Nos. II-107 and II-164-165 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2009/120720. Compound Nos. II-20, II-48-49, II-52-55, II-156-158 and II-161 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2009/120717. Compound Nos. II-47, II-95, II-162-163 and II-166-187 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2010/051501. Compound Nos. II-22, II-24-35, II-37-38, II-41-46, II-50-51, II-155 and II-159 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2010/051503. Compound No. II-219 was synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2010/127177. Compound Nos. II-207-208, II-216-218 and II-228 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2010/019417. Compound No. II-69 was synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2011/038163. Compound Nos. II-79, II-86, II-234-236 and II-238-239 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2011/038161. Compound Nos. II-72-74, II-87 and II-214 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2011/038162. Compound Nos. II-66 and II-85 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2011/038164.

Example 274 Preparation of Compound No. II-39

To a solution of 6-bromo-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.359 mmol), in DMF (2 mL) were added sodium hydride (50 mg, 1.07 mmol) and 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (262 mg, 0.899 mmol). The reaction mixture was irradiated in a microwave reactor at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.36 (s, 1H), 8.17 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 4.62 (t, 2H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 3H), 3.1 (m, 4H), 2.7 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H).

Example 275 Preparation of Compound No. II-40

A solution of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,4,4,8-tetramethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (228 mg, 1 mmol) and KOH (448 mg, 8 mmol) in NMP was heated at 100° C. for 15 min. 2-(Trifluoromethyl)-5-vinylpyridine (381 mg, 2.2 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and stirring continued at 45° C. for 30 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The organic extract was washed with water (3×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo to afford crude material, which was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 0-5% MeOH-DCM, followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield desired compound as the TFA salt (41 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.4 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 4.67 (d, 1H), 4.6 (t, 2H), 4.35 (d, 1H), 3.47 (d, 1H), 3.4 (d, 1H), 3.24 (t, 2H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 3H).

Example 276 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-49 and II-49a-b

Sodium hydride (36 mg, 1.5 mmol) was dissolved in THF. 2,6-Dimethyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole (100 mg, 0.05 mmol) in THF was added dropwise at 0° C. to the NaH solution and the reaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 h. A solution of 2-(2-fluorophenyl) oxirane (103 mg, 0.075 mmol) in THF was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and was stirred at RT for 2 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the reaction was quenched with ice-water, the THF was evaporated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography to yield the desired compound (30 mg) which was stirred in ethanolic HCl to yield 2-(2,6-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol-9(2H)-yl)-1-(2-fluorophenyl)ethanol hydrochloride salt. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 7.6 (t, 1H), 7.3 (m, 3H), 7.2 (t, 1H), 7.1 (t, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.33 (d, 1H), 4.22 (d, 1H), 3.95 (dd, 1H), 3.8 (d, 1H), 3.5 (d, 1H), 2.8 (m, 4H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-49a-b.

Example 277 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-57 and II-57a-b

2,8-Dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.35 g, 6.65 mmol) was taken in DMF (10 mL). NaH (0.9 g, 19.5 mmol) was added to it portionwise at RT and the mixture stirred for 15 min. 2-Methyl-5-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (0.9 g, 6.65 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture dropwise at RT. After complete addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The product was detected by LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH and concentrated to dryness. Water (20 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was extracted in EtOAc (2×100 mL), the extracts dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain a dark brown oil. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain pure material as a TFA salt (310 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 5.0 (t, 1H), 4.18 (dd, 2H), 3.61 (dd, 2H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-57a-b.

Example 278 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-58 and II-58a-b

1-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-4-yl-propan-2-ol (350 mg. 1.0 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL DCM and metachloro perbenzoic acid (216 mg, 1.2 mmol) was diluted in DCM and added dropwise at RT. After consumption of starting material by monitoring TLC & LCMS, the reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 200 mg of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-2-oxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-4-yl-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.54 (d, 2H), 7.68 (d, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.28 (d, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 6.63 (d, 1H), 4.06 (d, 2H), 3.28 (t, 2H), 2.91 (t, 2H),), 2.46 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-58a-b.

Example 279 Preparation of Compound No. II-59

To a de-aerated solution of 2-allyl-8-methyl-5-[2-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-propenyl]-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (750 mg, 2.1 mmol) in DCM (7.5 mL) were added 1,3-dimethylbarbutaric acid (984 mg, 6.302 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (48 mg, 0.042 mmol), and the reaction mixture stirred for 1 h at RT. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue diluted with 25% saturated potassium carbonate and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford crude material, which was purified by column chromatography using neutral alumina and 2% MeOH-DCM followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield 8-methyl-5-[2-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-propenyl]-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (180 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 3.65 (t, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H).

Example 280 Preparation of Compound No. II-60 and II-60a-b

To a solution of 5-(2-hydroxy-2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole-8-carboxylic acid methyl ester (180 mg, 0.493 mmol) in dry THF (12 mL) was portionwise added LAH (56 mg, 1.479 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere, and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C. and quenched with ice water (0.6 mL), 10% NaOH (0.6 mL) and water (1.8 mL), and the solid filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2-(8-hydroxymethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.4 (d, 2H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.38 (m, 3H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 5.1 (t, 1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.3 (d, 2H), 4.0 (dd, 2H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.1 (m, 2H), 2.73 (m, 1H), 2.7 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-60a-b.

Example 281 Preparation of Compound No. II-61

To a de-aerated solution of 2,4,4,8-tetramethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (228 mg, 1.00 mmol), potassium phosphate (466 mg, 2.20 mmol), L-proline (19 mg, 0.10 mmol) and copper iodide (I) (23 mg, 0.20 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added 5-(1-bromoprop-1-en-2-yl)-2-methylpyridine (424 mg, 2.00 mmol), and the reaction mixture stirred at 120° C. for 20 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (3×20 mL), followed by brine (25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.97 (s, 1H), 8.66 (d, 1H), 7.9 (d, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.1 (q, 2H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 4.37 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.5 (bs, 6H).

Example 282 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-62 and II-62a-b

To a degassed solution of 1-(2-allyl-8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-4-yl-propan-2-ol (300 mg, 0.78 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were added 1,3-dimethyl barbituric acid (368 mg, 2.3 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (18 mg, 0.015 mmol). After stirring at RT for 30 min, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with saturated potassium carbonate solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 1-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-4-yl-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, formate salt) δ (ppm): 8.4 (d, 2H), 7.48 (d, 2H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 4.6 (bs, 1H), 4.4 (s, 2H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.1 (m, 2H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-62a-b.

Example 283 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-63 and II-63a-b

To a solution of 2-allyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-8-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1000 mg, 4.42 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was portionwise added sodium hydride (526 mg, 13.26 mmol). After stirring at RT for 5 min., 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (669 mg, 5.31 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. Ice water was added into the reaction mixture and the solid mass obtained was filtered, washed with water (2×10 mL), hexane (2×50 mL) and ether to yield 2-(2-allyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.6 (d, 2H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.0 (d, 2H), 5.98 (m, 1H), 5.2 (dd, 2H), 5.0 (m, 1H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 3.6 (dd, 2H), 3.22 (d, 2H), 2.7-2.9 (m, 3H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-63a-b.

Example 284 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-64 and II-64a-b

To a solution of 2-(8-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (100 mg, 0.325 mmol) in acetonitrile (3 mL), potassium carbonate (135 mg, 0.977 mmol) and 2-bromoethanol (61 mg, 0.488 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture stirred at 60° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2-[2-(2-hydroxy-ethyl)-8-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl]-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, formate salt) δ (ppm): 8.41 (d, 2H), 7.38 (d, 2H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 5.03 (t, 1H), 4.4 (bs, 2H), 4.3 (d, 2H), 3.93 (t, 2H), 3.45-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-64a-b.

Example 285 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-65 and II-65a-b

To a solution of 2-(8-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (200 mg, 0.651 mmol) in acetonitrile (4 mL), potassium carbonate (270 mg, 1.953 mmol) and bromo-acetic acid ethyl ester (163 mg, 0.977 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to yield [5-(2-hydroxy-2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-8-methyl-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2-yl]-acetic acid ethyl ester (220 mg). To a solution of [5-(2-hydroxy-2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-8-methyl-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2-yl]-acetic acid ethyl ester (120 mg, 0.305 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL), 1N NaOH (3 mL) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was neutralized with aq HCl. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue diluted with 90% MeOH in DCM and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield [5-(2-hydroxy-2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-8-methyl-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2-yl]-acetic acid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, formate salt) δ (ppm): 8.42 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 5.03 (t, 1H), 4.6 (bs, 1H), 4.57 (bs, 2H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 2H), 3.7 (bs, 2H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.3 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-65a-b.

Example 286 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-67 and II-67a-b

To a solution of 2-methyl-8-trifluoromethoxy-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 g, 3.70 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (445 mg, 11.12 mmol) under nitrogen at 0° C. After stirring for 10 min, 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (806 g, 6.66 mmol) was added dropwise under nitrogen and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 12 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated and re-crystallized in diethyl ether to yield 2-(2-methyl-8-trifluoromethoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.58 (d, 2H), 7.17-7.21 (m, 4H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.0 (m, 2H), 3.38 (dd, 2H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.18 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-67a-b.

Example 287 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-68 and II-68a-b

To a solution of 8-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 g, 4.1 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added sodium hydride (495 mg, 12.3 mmol) under nitrogen at 0° C. and stirred for 10 min. A solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (898 mg, 7.4 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture at RT and stirred for 12 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mass was poured in ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was re-crystallized with hexane to yield 2-(8-tert-butyl-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.7 (d, 2H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 4.7 (t, 1H), 4.0 (d, 2H), 3.5 (dd, 2H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.4 (s, 9H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-68a-b.

Example 288 Preparation of Compound No. II-70

A solution of 2-(pyridin-4-yl)-1-(2,4,4,8-tetramethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propan-2-ol (110 mg) in thionyl chloride (2 mL) was stirred at RT for 20 min. The excess thionyl chloride was removed under reduced pressure, and to the residue were added DMF (2 mL) and powdered KOH (140 mg, 0.303 mmol), followed by stirring at 85° C. for 25 min. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.7 (d, 2H), 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 4.7 (bs, 1H), 4.4 (bs, 1H), 3.5 (d, 2H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.57 (bs, 6H).

Example 289 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-71 and II-71a-b

To a solution of 9-chloro-2-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydroazepino[4,3-b]indole (1 g, 4.273 mmol) in DMF was added NaH (512 mg, 12.81 mmol) in portions at 0° C. After stirring the reaction mixture at 0° C. for 15 min, a solution of 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (775 mg, 6.409 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise into the mixture at the same temperature and stirring continued at RT overnight. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion, ice water was added into the reaction mixture and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 10% MeOH/DCM as eluent followed by recrystallization with MeOH and acetonitrile to yield 2-(9-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydroazepino[4,3-b]indol-6(1H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 2H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.3 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 4.85 (dd, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.8 (d, 1H), 3.65 (d, 1H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.69 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.85 (m, 2H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-71a-b.

Example 290 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-75 and II-75a-b

To a solution of 3-(3,4-dihydro-8-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2(5H)-yl)propan-1-ol (1000 mg, 4.0983 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was portionwise added sodium hydride (491.8 mg, 12.25 mmol). After stirring at RT for 5 min, 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (620 mg, 4.92 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT overnight. Ice water was added into the reaction mixture and the solid mass filtered, washed with water (2×10 mL) and hexane (2×50 mL). The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 3-(3,4-dihydro-5-(2-hydroxy-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-8-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2(5H)-yl)propan-1-ol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, formate salt) δ (ppm): 8.43 (bs, 2H), 7.39 (d, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.07 (t, 1H), 4.48 (bs, 2H), 4.23 (m, 2H), 3.7 (t, 2H), 3.6 (bs, 2H), 3.4 (t, 2H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.03 (bs, 2H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-75a-b.

Example 291 Preparation of Compound No. II-76

To a de-aerated solution of (E,Z)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (200 mg, 0.515 mmol), 4-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine (225 mg, 1.03 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (215 mg, 1.55 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (1 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (52 mg, 0.045 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 45 min. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield (E)-2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(4-methylpyridin-3-yl)prop-1-en-1-yl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.87 (s, 1H), 8.75 (d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 4.77 (d, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 3.9 (bs, 1H), 3.4 (bs, 1H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.0 (s, 3H).

Example 292 Preparation of Compound No. II-77

To a degassed solution of 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)prop-1-en-1-yl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (200 mg, 0.546 mmol), 5-bromo-2-ethylpyridine (50 mg, 0.273 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (113 mg, 0.819 mmol) in DME (2 mL) and water (1 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (22 mg, 0.019 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen and heated to reflux for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc(3×6 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by reverse phase HPLC as a TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.98 (s, 1H), 8.78 (d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.38 (d, 2H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 4.76 (d, 1H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.85 (bs, 1H), 3.6 (bs, 1H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 3.18 (s, 3H), 3.1 (s, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.5 (t, 3H).

Example 293 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-78 and II-78a-b

To a solution of 6-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1,6,9-triaza-fluorene (1.0 g, 0.0053 mole) in DMF (15 mL) were added portionwise NaH (60%, 0.634 g, 0.0159 mole) and 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (0.807 g, 0.0064 mole). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (10×100 mL), brine (2×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 2H), 8.2 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 2H), 7.9 (m, 1H), 5.08 (m, 1H), 4.5 (d, 1H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 3.6 (dd, 2H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-78a-b.

Example 294 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-80 and II-80a-b

A solution of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-propan-2-ol (100 mg, 0.27 mmol) in 3N HCl (4 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 4 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-1-methyl-ethyl]-pyridin-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 4.6 (bs, 1H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 4.0 (m, 2H), 3.1-3.25 (m, 2H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-80a-b.

Example 295 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-81 and II-81a-b

To a solution of 5-(2-hydroxy-2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole-8-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (200 mg, 0.547 mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added portionwise LAH (63 mg, 1.65 mmol) under nitrogen at RT. After stirring for 2 h, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (0.5 mL), NaOH (1 mL). The organic layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to yield 2-(8-hydroxymethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.41 (d, 2H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.39 (d, 2H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 5.08 (t, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.4 (s, 2H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 2.9 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-81a-b.

Example 296 Preparation of Compound No. II-82

5-(2-Bromocyclopent-1-enyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), 2-methyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine (127 mg, 0.58 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (120 mg, 0.87 mmol) were mixed in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (4 mL) and water (2 mL). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen, Pd(PPh₃)₄ (17 mg, 0.0147 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 26 mg of 2,8-dimethyl-5-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)cyclopent-1-enyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.8 (dd, 1H), 7.61 (d, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 6.95-7.10 (m, 2H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.38 (d, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 2.82-3.2 (m, 9H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3 (m, 2H).

Example 297 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-83 and II-83a-d

To a solution of 2-(8-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (200 mg, 0.651 mmol) in acetonitrile (4 mL), potassium carbonate (270 mg, 1.95 mmol) and 1-bromopropan-2-ol (135 mg, 0.977 mmol) were added and stirred the reaction mixture at 100° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 1-[5-(2-hydroxy-2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-8-methyl-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2-yl]-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR, (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.58 (s, 2H), 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 5.1 (s, 1H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 4.0 (m, 2H), 3.56 (m, 1H), 3.37 (m, 1H), 3.1-3.3 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.2 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers II-83a-d.

Example 298 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-84 and II-84a-b

To a solution of 2-(8-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (200 mg, 0.651 mmol) in acetonitrile (4 mL), potassium carbonate (270 mg, 1.95 mmol) and 1-chloro-2-methyl-propan-2-ol (105 mg, 0.977 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 12 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography (Neutral alumina, 1% MeOH-DCM), to yield 1-[5-(2-hydroxy-2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-8-methyl-1,3,4,5-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2-yl]-2-methyl-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.6 (d, 2H), 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.08 (t, 1H), 4.19 (m, 2H), 3.9 (bs, 2H), 3.0-3.1 (m, 2H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.6 (s, 2H), 2.56 (m, 1H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 1.21 (s, 6H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-84a-b.

Example 299 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-88 and II-88a-b

To a solution of 1-(3,4-Bis-allyloxy-phenyl)-2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-ethanol (500 mg, 1.15 mmol) in 10 mL MeOH was purged with nitrogen for 10 min. 1,3-Dimethylbarbituric acid (903 mg, 5.79 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (80 mg, 0.069 mmol) were added under nitrogen and the mixture stirred for 30 min at RT. After the complete conversion of starting material (TLC and LCMS), the MeOH was removed under reduced pressure. 100 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The resultant crude product was purified by HPLC to obtain 160 mg of 4-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-benzene-1,2-diol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Free base) δ (ppm): 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 6.7 (d, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 6.53 (d, 1H), 4.8 (t, 1H), 4.21 (m, 3H), 4.05 (dd, 1H), 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 2.88 (dt, 1H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.5 (dt, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-88a-b.

Example 300 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-89 and II-89a-b

To a degassed solution of 2-(2-allyl-8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethanol (1.0 g, 2.7 mmol) in DCM were added 1,3-dimethyl barbituric acid (1.27 g, 8.1 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (63 mg, 0.054 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in saturated potassium carbonate solution and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with saturated potassium carbonate (6×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (neutral alumina, 20% methanol in DCM) followed by reverse phase HPLC to yield 2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.4 (d, 1H), 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 5.1 (t, 1H), 4.33 (d, 2H), 4.3 (s, 2H), 3.38-3.5 (m, 2H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 2.9 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-89a-b.

Example 301 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-90 and II-90a-b

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (300 mg, 1.5 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (180 mg, 4.5 mmol) under nitrogen. After stirring at RT for 10 min, 4-(oxiran-2-yl)quinoline (384 mg, 2.25 mmol) was added dropwise under nitrogen into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 18 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC, LCMS and NMR. The reaction mixture was poured in ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (3×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Re-crystallization with diethyl ether yielded 2-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(quinolin-4-yl)ethanol (140 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.86 (d, 1H), 8.19 (d, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.78 (t, 1H), 7.41 (d, 1H), 7.56 (t, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 6.93-7.01 (m, 2H), 5.57 (t, 1H), 4.2 (dd, 1H), 4.1 (dd, 1H), 3.37 (dd, 2H), 2.83 (m, 1H), 2.71 (bs, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-90a-b.

Example 302 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-91 and II-91a-b

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (525 mg, 2.6 mmol) in DMF was added sodium hydride (312 mg, 7.8 mmol) at 0° C. After stirring the solution for 15 min, a solution of 2-cyclohexyloxirane (500 mg, 3.9 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT overnight. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC, NMR and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was thoroughly washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. Re-crystallization with ether yielded the desired product (160 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 4.15 (dd, 1H), 3.92 (dd, 1H), 3.7 (m, 1H), 3.6 (s, 2H), 2.99 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 3H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.9 (d, 1H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 1.7 (d, 2H), 1.52 (m, 1H), 1.22 (m, 5H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-91a-b.

Example 303 Preparation of Compound No. II-92 and II-92a-b

A solution of 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-ethanol (200 mg, 0.569 mmol) in 3N HCl (8 mL) was stirred at 100° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 5-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-hydroxyethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 4.62 (d, 1H), 4.19-4.37 (m, 3H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.24 (m, 2H), 3.1 (m, 4H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-92a-b.

Example 304 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-93 and II-93a-b

To a solution of 2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol (600 mg, 1.84 mmol) in acetone (20 mL) were added 2-bromoethanol (341 mg, 2.76 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (761 mg, 5.52 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at 80° C. for 4 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.41 (d, 2H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.18 (m, 4H), 4.79 (t, 1H), 4.0 (m, 2H), 3.68 (m, 3H), 3.56 (d, 1H), 2.8 (m, 3H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.58 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-93a-b.

Example 305 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-94 and II-94a-b

To a solution of 2-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-3-yl)ethanol (1.0 g, 3.05 mmol) in acetone (30 mL) were added 2-bromoethanol (758 mg, 6.12 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (1.3 g, 9.43 mmol) and the reaction mixture stirred at 80° C. for 4 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.39 (d, 1H), 8.2 (s, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 4.1 (dd, 1H), 4.0 (dd, 1H), 3.7 (m, 2H), 3.6 (d, 1H), 3.5 (d, 1H), 2.85 (m, 3H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.63 (m, 2H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-94a-b.

Example 306 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-95 and II-95a-d

Phenyl magnesium bromide (1M solution in THF) (6.24 mL, 6.24 mmol) was added dropwise at −70° C. to a stirred solution of 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-propionaldehyde (400 mg, 1.56 mmol) in THF (40 mL), the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 16 h, diluted with EtOAc (75 mL) and water (60 mL). The two layers were separated, the aq. layer extracted with EtOAc (2×75 mL), and the combined organic layers dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude (500 mg) was purified by prep. HPLC to afford 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)1-phenyl-propan-1-ol yielded as the TFA salt (65 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.17 (t, 3H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 5.11 (t, 1H), 4.37 (t, 1H), 3.57 (dd, 1H), 3.46 (d, 1H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.51 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.68 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers II-95a-d.

Example 307 Preparation of Compound No. II-96

To a solution of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1 h-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2h)-yl)prop-1-en-2-yltrifluoromethanesulfonate (100 mg, 0.257 mmol) in DME (4 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (15 mg, 0.0128) and the reaction mixture was purged with N₂. 2-Fluoropyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (115 mg, 0.515 mmol), K₂CO₃ (36 mg, 0.257 mmol) and water (2 mL) were added, the reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen and refluxed for 45 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water, extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, and concentrated to afford crude product which was purified by silica gel chromatography followed by reverse phase HPLC to obtain the products as TFA salts. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.21 (m, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.02-7.21 (m, 4H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.16 (m, 5H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.0 (s, 3H).

Example 308 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-97 and II-97a-b

To a solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-8-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol (200 mg, 0.652 mmol) and sodium 2-bromoethanesulfonate (164 mg, 0.78 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) and water (0.5 mL), were added sodium bicarbonate (164 mg, 1.95 mmol) and potassium iodide (128 mg, 0.78 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The aqueous layer was neutralized with aq HCl and the solid obtained was recrystallized from MeOH to yield 2-(3,4-dihydro-5-(2-hydroxy-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-8-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-2(5H)-yl)ethanesulfonic acid as a white solid (80 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.45 (d, 2H), 7.40 (d, 2H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 5.06 (t, 1H), 4.59 (m, 2H), 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.71 (t, 4H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.0 (d, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-97a-b.

Example 309 Preparation of Compound No. II-98 and II-98a-d

To an ice-cooled stirred suspension of 4-bromopyridine hydrochloride salt (1.0 g, 5.1 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added isopropyl magnesium chloride (2M in THF, 5 mL, 10.3 mmol) and stirred the reaction at RT for 30 min. A solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)propanal (300 mg, 1.17 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added into the brown colored reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 1.5 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS (45% conversion). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and quenched with cold saturated ammonium chloride solution (till effervescence stopped) and water was added, stirred at RT for 15 min and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.60 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.55 (d, 2H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 5.15 (d, 1H), 4.2 (t, 1H), 3.4 (d, 1H), 3.28 (d, 1H), 2.94 (m, 1H), 2.784 (m, 1H), 2.68 (m, 2H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers II-98a-d.

Example 310 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-99 and II-99a-b

To a solution of 6-aza-2,8-dimethyl carboline (500 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NaH (60%, 300 mg, 7.5 mmol). After stirring for 5 min at RT, a solution of 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (506.2 mmol, 3.75 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 12 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with ether to yield the desired compound (150 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.7 (s, 1H), 8.41 (d, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.19 (dd, 1H), 4.3 (dd, 2H), 3.6 (d, 1H), 3.5 (d, 1H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.49 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-99a-b.

Example 311 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-100 and II-100a-b

Aza-dimethyl-carboline (100 mg, 0.497 mmol) was charged in a reaction bottle and N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) was added. Sodium hydride (60% suspension in mineral oil) (60 mg, 1.49 mmol) was added portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 5 min and 2-methyl-5-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (300 mg, 2.22 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. Ice water (5 mL) was added and the organic layer was extracted with EtOAc (2×15 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (3×5 mL) and concentrated. The desired product was purified through reverse phase chromatography as a racemate (12.92 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 5.1 (m, 1H), 4.37 (dd, 1H), 4.26 (dd, 1H), 3.59 (dd, 2H), 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-100a-b.

Example 312 Preparation of Compound No. II-101

2,8-Dimethyl-5-(2-pyridin-4-yl-propenyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-1-one (350 mg, 1.057 mmol) was dissolved in dry toluene (6 mL). Methyl magnesium bromide (3M solution in diethyl ether, 1.76 mL, 5.28 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, quenched with ice water and filtered through a Celite bed. The filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (3×70 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography over neutral alumina followed by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 6.5 mg of 1,1,2,8-tetramethyl-5-(2-pyridin-4-yl-propenyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole as a formate salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, formate salt) δ (ppm): 8.60 (d, 2H), 7.70 (d, 2H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 3.70 (t, 2H), 3.10 (t, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 1.90 (s, 6H).

Example 313 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-102 and II-102a-b

To a solution of methyl carboline ethyl ester (500 mg, 1.27 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added LAH (145 mg, 3.81 mmol) under nitrogen at RT and stirred for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding water (0.5 mL), 1N NaOH (1 mL) and water (0.5 mL). The inorganic material was removed by filtration and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with ether to yield the title compound (450 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.6 (s, 2H), 4.21 (q, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.79 (m, 4H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 1.64 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-102a-b.

Example 314 Preparation of Compound No. II-103

To a stirred solution of 6-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-c′]dipyridine (200 mg, 1.068 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added powdered KOH (419 mg, 7.486 mmol). After stirring for 10 min at RT, 2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-vinylpyridine (370 mg, 2.14 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and stirring continued for another 3 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and NMR. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 6-methyl-9-(2-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-c′]dipyridine as the TFA salt (100 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.4 (s, 1H), 8.2 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 4.4 (s, 2H), 3.6 (s, 2H), 3.2 (s, 2H), 2.78 (s, 2H), 2.6 (s, 2H), 2.5 (s, 3H).

Example 315 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-104 and II-104a-b

To a solution of methyl carboline ethyl ester (350 mg, 0.92 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added LAH (175 mg, 4.6 mmol) under nitrogen at RT and stirred for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched by adding water (0.5 mL), 1N NaOH (1 mL) and water (0.5 mL). The inorganic material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified through reverse phase HPLC to yield the title compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.3 (d, 1H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.3 (dd, 1H), 7.0 (m, 2H), 4.6 (s, 2H), 4.4 (dd, 2H), 4.41 (d, 1H), 4.2 (d, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.21 (m, 1H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 1.64 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-104a-b.

Example 316 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-105 and II-105a-b

1-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol (500 mg, 1.49 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL DCM and m-chloro perbenzoic acid (383 mg, 2.24 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at RT. After consumption of starting material by monitoring TLC and LCMS, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography, to obtain 110 mg of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-2-oxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.7 (s, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.4 (bs, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.79 (d, 1H), 4.6 (d, 1H), 4.2 (d, 1H), 4.05 (d, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 2.64 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-105a-b.

Example 317 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-106 and II-106a-b

1-(1-(1-Ethoxyethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)ethanol (147 mg, 0.3848 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (15 mL) and to it was added 20% aqueous hydrochloride solution (15 mL). The mixture was heated at 55° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was neutralized with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate and was extracted with EtOAc (3×60 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (15 mL) and then brine (2×30 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography. Yield: 36.6 mg (TFA salt). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 6.2 (s, 1H), 4.9 (t, 1H), 4.2 (dd, 2H), 3.55 (d, 1H), 3.4 (d, 1H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-106a-b.

Example 318 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-108 and II-108a-b

To a solution of dimethyl-aza carboline (400 mg, 1.99 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NaH (239 mg, 5.97 mmol, 60%). After stirring at RT for 10 min, the epoxide (606 mg, 2.98 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was re-crystallized from ether (250 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.0 (m, 2H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 4.23 (q, 2H), 3.6 (d, 1H), 3.5 (d, 1H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.72 (m, 3H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-108a-b.

Example 319 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-109 and II-109a-b

To a solution of 6-aza-8-chloro-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (400 mg, 1.8 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added NaH (217 mg, 5.42 mmol, 60%). After stirring at RT for 10 min, the epoxide (552 mg, 2.71 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was re-crystallized from ether (340 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.8 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 4.23 (q, 2H), 3.6 (d, 1H), 3.5 (d, 1H), 2.8 (m, 3H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-109a-b.

Example 320 Preparation of Compound No. II-110

To a solution of 3,6-dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-c′]dipyridine (201 mg, 1.0 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added a suspension of NaH (128.0 mg, 3.24 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). After stirring for 5 min at RT, a solution of 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (873 mg, 3.0 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and stirring continued for another 3 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and NMR. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude material, which was purified by silica gel flash chromatography and 10% MeOH-DCM to yield 3,6-dimethyl-9-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-e]dipyridine (190 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.2 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.3 (t, 2H), 3.6 (s, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H), 2.7 (t, 2H), 2.5 (s, 8H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 321 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-111 and II-111a-b

5-[2-(3,6-Dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,6,9-triaza-fluoren-9-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile (600 mg, 1.729 mmol) was dissolved in tert-butanol (12 mL), crushed potassium hydroxide (290 mg, 5.187 mmol) was added, and the mixture heated at 80° C. for 1 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC & LCMS. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, the solvent was removed under vacuum, and the residue was diluted with water (20 ml) and extracted with EtOAc (2×75 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford 100 mg of 5-[2-(3,6-dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,6,9-triaza-fluoren-9-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.1 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.8 (s, 1H), 5.23 (t, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.53 (d, 1H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 3.83 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-111a-b.

Example 322 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-112 and II-112a-d

2,6-Dimethyl-1-phenyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (300 mg, 1.08 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (4 mL). Sodium hydride (172 mg, 4.32 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. 3-(2-Methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine (733 mg, 5.43 mmol) in 1 mL DMF was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred for 5 h at RT. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction was quenched with ice and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude that was purified by column chromatography (silica gel 100-200 mesh, Eluent: 6% MeOH in DCM) to obtain 120 mg of 1-(2,6-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-β-carbolin-9-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol (racemate) and followed by chiral separation. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.4 (m, 3H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.19 (m, 3H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 5.5 (s, 1H), 4.0 (d, 1H), 3.43 (d, 1H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.0 (m, 3H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-112a-b.

Example 323 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-113 and II-113a-d

2,6-Dimethyl-1-phenyl-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-1H-β-carboline (300 mg, 1.08 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL). Sodium hydride (172 mg, 4.32 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at RT for 30 min. 4-Oxiranyl-pyridine (657 mg, 5.43 mmol) in 1 mL DMF was added dropwise into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 5 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction was quenched with ice and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product that was purified by column chromatography (eluent: 10% MeOH in DCM) to obtain 220 mg of 2-(2,6-dimethyl-1-phenyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-(3-carbolin-9-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol (M6792, racemate) and followed by chiral separation. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.17 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 4H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 7.0 (m, 3H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 4.8 (t, 1H), 4.6 (s, 1H), 4.08 (dd, 1H), 3.45 (dd, 1H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-113a-b.

Example 324 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-114 and II-114a-b

1-(6-Bromo-pyridin-3-yl)-2-(3,6-dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,6,9-triaza-fluoren-9-yl)-ethanol (2 g, 4.9 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL), and the mixture was purged with nitrogen. Zinc cyanide (1.16 g, 9.9 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (339 mg, 0.294 mmol) were added, and the mixture heated at 150° C. for 2 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool at RT, diluted with EtOAc (250 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was washed with water (3×100 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude that was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 100 mg of 5-[2-(3,6-dimethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,6,9-triaza-fluoren-9-yl)-1-hydroxy-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile. This was followed by chiral separation. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.62 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 5.25 (d, 1H), 4.45 (d, 1H), 4.3 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (dd, 2H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.4 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-114a-b.

Example 325 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-115 and II-115a-d

Compound Nos. II-115 and II-115a-d are prepared in an analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 129 and 129a-d (Example 110), using 2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole as the starting material.

Example 326 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-116 and II-116a-b

To a degassed solution of aza-allylcyano alcohol (200 mg, 0.53 mmol) and 1,3-dimethylbarbituric acid (251 mg, 1.61 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added Pd(PPh₃)₄ (24 mg, 0.020 mmol) at RT and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 45 min. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was basified with saturated aq NaHCO₃ and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield title compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.2 (s, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, 2H), 7.6 (d, 2H), 5.2 (dd, 1H), 4.5 (dd, 1H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.33 (dd, 1H), 3.6 (t, 2H), 3.25 (d, 1H), 3.1 (d, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-116a-b.

Example 327 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-117 and II-117a-b

Compound Nos. II-117 and II-117a-b are prepared in an analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 5 and 5a-b (Example 5), using 2-fluoro-5-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine as the epoxide.

Example 328 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-118 and II-118a-b

To an ice-cooled stirred solution of 8-chloro-2-cyclobutyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (1.0 g, 3.84 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 462 mg, 11.55 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (780 mg, 5.77 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The product was crystallized from ether:hexane (50:50) to yield the title compound (1.0 g). The product was further purified by chiral HPLC to give enantiomers II-118a and II-118b. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, D1-HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.7 (m, 3H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H), 6.9 (m, 2H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 2H), 4.15 (t, 1H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 2.4 (m, 4H), 1.9 (m, 3H), 1.8 (d, 3H).

Example 329 Preparation of Compound No. II-119

To a stirred solution of 3,6-dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-c′]dipyridine (201 mg, 1.0 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added powdered KOH (392 mg, 7.0 mmol). After stirring for 10 min at RT, 2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-vinylpyridine (346 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and stirring continued for another 3 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and NMR. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude material, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 3,6-dimethyl-9-(2-(6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-c′]dipyridine (80 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.38 (s, 1H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.5 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 3.58 (s, 2H), 3.2 (t, 2H), 2.68 (t, 2H), 2.5 (t, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 3H).

Example 330 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-120 and II-120a-d

9-Methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorine (250 mg, 1.10 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL), sodium hydride (221 mg, 5.53 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at RT for 5 min. 2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-oxirane (305 mg, 2.21 mmol) in 2 mL DMF was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of reaction, the mixture was quenched with ice cold water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC followed by chiral HPLC to obtain 190 mg of 1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.1 (t, 2H), 7.0 (m, 3H), 5.08 (t, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 4.19 (dd, 1H), 3.6 (m, 2H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.0 (d, 1H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 2H), 2.0 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-120a-b.

Example 331 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-121 and II-121a-d

9-Methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (150 mg, 0.66 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL), sodium hydride (79 mg, 1.98 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 5 min. 2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-methyl-oxirane (201 mg, 1.32 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and stirred at RT for 18 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography (neutral alumina) Eluent:−2% MeOH in DCM followed by chiral HPLC to obtain 77 mg of 2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.0 (m, 3H), 5.08 (t, 1H), 4.3 (d, 1H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 3H), 1.62 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-121a-b.

Example 332 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-122 and II-122a-d

To a solution of 11-aza-10-methyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole (200 mg, 0.88 mmol) in DMF (5 mL), NaH (105 mg, 2.6 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) was added at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min. 4-oxiranyl-pyridine (213 mg, 1.76 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction was monitored with LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH (2 mL), concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the product that was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain the 39 mg of product as the free base. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.4 (d, 2H), 7.63 (d, 1H), 7.29 (dd, 2H), 6.95 (t, 1H), 5.0 (t, 1H), 4.3 (m, 3H), 3.21 (m, 1H), 2.9 (m, 4H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.52 (m, 1H), 1.9 (m, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers II-122a-b.

Example 333 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-123 and II-123a-b

A mixture of 9-chloro-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole and 7-chloro-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (2.00 g, 8.5 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (15 mL). Sodium hydride (1.708 g, 42.71 mmol) was added at 0-10° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 15 min., 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (2.309 g, 17.08 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (100 mL) and extract with EtOAc (300 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×100 mL). The organic layer dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain 350 mg of 1-(7-chloro-2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.68 (m, 3H), 7.95 (m, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 6.9 (m, 1H), 4.68 (dd, 1H), 4.38 (m, 2H), 4.32 (dd, 1H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.25 (m, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.35 (d, 3H), 1.83 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-123a-b.

Example 334 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-124 and II-124a-b

A mixture of 9-chloro-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole and 7-chloro-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (2.00 g, 8.5 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (15 mL). Sodium hydride (1.708 g, 42.71 mmol) was added at 0-10° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 15 min., 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (2.309 g, 17.08 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (100 mL) and extract with EtOAc (300 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×100 mL). The organic layer dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain 35 mg of 1-(9-chloro-2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, 1H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 6.87 (d, 1H), 6.77 (d, 1H), 4.22 (dd, 2H), 3.99 (q, 2H), 2.73 (m, 4H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-124a-b.

Example 335 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-125 and II-125a-d

8,10-Dimethyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole (700 mg, 2.92 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 0° C. for 5 min. NaH (580 mg, 14.60 mmol) was added slowly at 0° C. After 10 min. stirring, 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (710 mg, 5.87 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 15 h. The reaction mixture was poured in ice-cold water (150 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (6×300 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain semi-solid residue that was washed with hexane (3×20 mL). The residue was suspended in ether (30 mL) stirred for 1 h. The suspension was filtered to give 200 mg of 2-(8,10-dimethyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.79 (d, 2H), 8.03 (d, 2H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 5.22 (dd, 1H), 5.01 (t, 1H), 4.67 (dd, 1H), 4.48 (dd, 1H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 3.64 (t, 2H), 3.4 (m, 3H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.22 (m, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-125a-b.

Example 336 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-126 and II-126a-b

9-Aza-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (160 mg, 0.88 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (8 mL). Sodium hydride (63 mg, 2.64 mmol) was added at 0-10° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 15 min., 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (480 mg, 3.55 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (4 mL) and solvent was evaporated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain 15 mg of product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.3 (d, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.83 (d, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 6.99 (t, 1H), 4.33 (dd, 2H), 3.78 (dd, 2H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.69 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-126a-b.

Example 337 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-127 and II-127a-d

9-Methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (150 mg, 0.66 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (1 mL), sodium hydride (47 mg, 1.98 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 5 min. 3-(2-Methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine (143 mg, 1.06 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography (silica gel 100-200 mesh, Eluent:−15% MeOH in DCM) to obtain 80 mg of 1-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.66 (dd, 2H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 7.92 (t, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.77 (t, 2H), 5.04 (t, 1H), 3.75 (dd, 2H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.22 (d, 1H), 2.75 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.16 (m, 3H), 1.8 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-127a-b.

Example 338 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-128 and II-128a-d

9-Methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (200 mg, 0.88 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL), sodium hydride (106 mg, 2.65 mmol) was added and stirred for 15 min. at RT. 2-Methyl-5-(2-methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine (263 mg, 1.76 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×60 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 200 mg of 1-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-2-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 1H), 8.3 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 6.82 (s, 2H), 5.03 (t, 1H), 4.38 (dd, 2H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.66 (m, 2H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.22 (m, 2H), 1.77 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-128a-b.

Example 339 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-129 and II-129a-b

7-Aza-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (160 mg, 0.88 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (8 mL). Sodium hydride (63 mg, 2.64 mmol) was added at 0-10° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 15 min., 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (480 mg, 3.55 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (4 mL) and solvent was evaporated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain 3 mg of product as the free base. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.36 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 2H), 3.71 (dd, 2H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 1.72 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-129a-b.

Example 340 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-130 and II-130a-d

To a stirred solution of 10-chloro-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole (1.0 g, 4.06 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was added sodium hydride (60%, 406 mg, 10.15 mmol). After stirring for 10 min., 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (823 mg, 6.09 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the residue that was crystallized with ethanol-hexane to yield the 1.2 g of 1-(10-chloro-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃,freebase) δ (ppm): 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 4.17 (q, 2H), 3.86 (t, 1H), 3.19 (m, 1H), 2.86 (m, 1H), 2.74 (m, 3H), 2.41 (m, 2H), 1.85 (m, 3H), 1.7 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers II-130a-d.

Example 341 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-131 and II-131a-d

9-Methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (200 mg, 0.88 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 ml), sodium hydride (106 mg, 2.65 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 15 min. 3-Oxiranyl-pyridine (214 mg, 1.76 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×60 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 60 mg of 2-(9-Methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-1-pyridin-3-yl-ethanol as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.7 (d, 1H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.4 (d, 1H), 7.85 (t, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.08 (t, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 5.28 (t, 1H), 5.03 (t, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers II-131a-d.

Example 342 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-132 and II-132a-d

1-(2-Methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)-2-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-ethanol (45 mg, 0.119 mmol) and 47% aqueous HBr (4 mL) and heated at 100° C. for 45 min. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was cooled to RT and basified with ammonia and extracted with EtOAc (2×25 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated and the crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 20 mg of 4-(2-(2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-10-methyl-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)-1-hydroxyethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.43 (d, 1H), 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.05 (t, 1H), 6.7 (m, 1H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 3.9 (m, 2H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 1.9 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-132a-b.

Example 343 Preparation of Compound No. II-133

To a stirred solution of 6,8,8-trimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-c′]dipyridine (75 mg, 0.348 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was added sodium hydride (42 mg, 1.0465 mmol). After stirring for 10 min at RT, a solution of 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (304 mg, 1.046 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirring continued at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford crude mass, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.31 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.0 (t, 1H), 4.5 (t, 2H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 3.2 (t, 2H), 2.57 (s, 8H), 1.42 (s, 6H).

Example 344 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-134 and II-134a-b

To a solution of 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydro-3,9-dimethylazepino[4,5-b]indole (3 g, 14.01 mmol) in DMF (40 mL), NaH (2.8 g, 70 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) was added slowly at 0° C. The solution was stirred at 0° C. for 10 min. 4-(2-Methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (3.8 g, 2.8 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 15 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure gave an oily residue that was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) and 10 MeOH-DCM as eluting system followed by chiral preparative HPLC to afford the 300 mg of pure product. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.59 (d, 2H), 7.38 (d, 2H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 4.23 (dd, 2H), 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.75 (m, 4H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-134a-b.

Example 345 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-135 and II-135a-b

3,9-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydroazepino[4,5-b]indole (1 g, 4.6 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at RT for 5 min. NaH (60%, 933 mg, 23.33 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min. 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (1.26 g, 9.34 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water and extracted with EtOAc (200 mL).The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product, which was purified by column chromatography using silica gel:100-200 mesh and 10% MeOH/DCM/1 mL NH₄OH to obtain 600 mg of 1-(3,9-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydroazepino[4,5-b]indol-6(1H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d, 1H), 7.71 (d, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 4.26 (dd, 2H), 2.91 (m, 2H), 2.9 (m, 4H), 2.74 (m, 2H), 2.44 (s, 6H), 1.63 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-135a-b.

Example 346 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-136 and II-136a-b

A mixture of 5-(1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)picolinonitrile (300 mg, 0.833 mmol), crushed KOH (140 mg, 2.499 mmol) in 12 mL tert-butanol was heated at 80° C. for 2 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool at RT, diluted with brine (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (3×100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by Preparative HPLC followed by chiral HPLC to obtain 5-(1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridine-2-carboxamide. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.78 bs (NH), 5.48 s (OH),4.16 (dd, 2H), 3.44 (q, 2H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-136a-b.

Example 347 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-137 and II-137a-b

These compounds were synthesized in an analogous fashion to Compound Nos. 55 and 55a-b, using 3,6-dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-1,2,6,9-tetraaza-fluorene as the carboline portion. Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-137a-b.

Example 348 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-138 and II-138a-d

A solution of benzyl protected fused carboline compound (70 mg, 0.16 mmol) in HPLC grade MeOH (70 mL) was subjected to hydrogenation in H-Cube. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford an oily residue that was purified by preparative HPLC to give 3 mg of desired compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.67 (s, 2H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 5.21 (m, 1H), 5.04 (t, 1H), 4.39 (m, 2H), 3.67 (m, 3H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.03 (m, 1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.19 (m, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers II-138a-d.

Example 349 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-139 and II-139a-d

A suspension of 2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)-1-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethanol (0.4 g, 0.69 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL), 1N HCl (1 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction mixture concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product that was basified with satd. sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse HPLC to obtain 11.30 mg 1-(1H-imidazol-2-yl)-2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)ethanol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.44 (s, 2H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.13 (d, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 5.37 (t, 1H), 5.1 (m, 1H), 4.56 (dd, 1H), 4.46 (dd, 1H), 3.67 (m, 3H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.24 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 3H).

Example 350 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-140 and II-140a-d

To a stirred solution of compound 2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)-1-(1-trityl-1H-imidazol-5-yl)ethanol (400 mg, 0.69 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL), 1N HCl (1 mL) at 0° C. was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction mixture concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product that was basified with sat sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 1-(1H-imidazol-5-yl)-2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)ethanol (12 mg) as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.79 (s, 1H), 7.4 (s, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.2 (dd, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 5.18 (t, 1H), 5.04 (m, 1H), 4.39 (m, 2H), 3.67 (m, 3H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers II-140a-d.

Example 351 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-141 and II-141-a-b

To a solution of 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (90 mg, 0.466 mmol) in DMF (2 mL), sodium hydride (60%, 33 mg, 1.44 mmol) was added. After stirring for 10 min., methyl 5-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)nicotinate (1.09 g, 12.4 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 16 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The aqueous layer was lyophilized and purified by reverse phase HPLC purification to obtain the 10 mg of 5-(1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridine-3-carboxylic acid. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.9 (d, 1H), 8.7 (d, 1H), 8.57 (d, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.74 (d, 2H), 4.67 (dd, 1H), 4.33 (m, 2H), 4.29 (dd, 1H), 3.9 (t, 1H), 3.6 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 1.79 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-141a-b.

Example 352 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-142 and II-142a-b

2,8-Dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (40 mg, 0.200 mmol) was dissolved in 1 ml DMF. Sodium hydride (24 mg, 0.600 mmol) was added at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min. 5-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)oxazole (35 mg, 0.280 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. Ice cold water was added to the reaction mixture and then extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (4×10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain the 20 mg of 1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-(oxazol-5-yl)propan-2-ol as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 4.35 (m, 3H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 3.56 (m, 1H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.58 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-142a-b.

Example 353 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-143 and II-143a-b

2-(2-Chloropyridin-3-yl)-1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propan-2-ol (100 mg, 0.277 mmol) and crushed potassium hydroxide (106 mg, 1.89 mmol) in 3 mL tert. butanol were heated at 90° C. for 4 h. The reaction mixture was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was cooled at RT, diluted with 100 mL brine solution and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3×100 mL),dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to get the 35 mg of 3-(1-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridin-2(1H)-one as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 6.34 (t, 1H), 4.61 (d, 2H), 4.3 (d, 2H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.36 (m, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.51 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-143a-b.

Example 354 Preparation of Compound No. II-144

To a solution of 6-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-c′]dipyridine (200 mg, 1.068 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added a suspension of NaH (128.0 mg, 3.24 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). After stirring for 5 min. at RT, a solution of 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (932 mg, 3.204 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and stirring continued for another 3 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and NMR. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×25 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (3×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude material, which was purified by silica gel flash chromatography eluting with 10% MeOH-DCM to yield 6-methyl-9-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-c′]dipyridine (90 mg) as a free base. The free base was converted into tri-HCl salt by treatment with ethanolic HC1. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Tri-HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.40 (m, 3H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 7.50 (t, 1H), 4.90-4.70 (m, 3H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.42-3.30 (m, 4H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H).

Example 355 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-145 and II-145a-b

2,8,9-Trimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (400 mg, 1.86 mmol) 4 mL DMF, cooled to 0° C. and sodium hydride (224 mg, 5.60 mmol) was added portionwise at the same temperature. 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (504 mg, 3.73 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and allowed to stir at RT for 12 h. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was poured in to ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (3×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was crystallized with ether and hexane to obtain 400 mg of 2-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-(2,8,9-trimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (DMSO, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.42 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.31 (t, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 6.73 (d, 1H), 4.11 (dd, 2H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 6H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.5 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-145a-b.

Example 356 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-146 and II-146a-d

2,3,8-Trimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (214 mg, 1 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (3 mL) and NaH (80 mg, 3.33 mmol) was added portionwise at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 min. The solution of 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (270 mg, 2 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added dropwise at 0° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 10 min and at RT for 16 h. Completion of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured onto crushed ice slowly and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (7×40 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse HPLC to give 23 mg of 2-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-(2,3,8-trimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 4.15 (dd, 2H), 3.78 (dd, 1H), 3.6 (dd, 1H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 2.7 (dd, 1H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H), 1.14 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-146a-d.

Example 357 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-147 and II-147a-d

To a solution of 8-chloro-2,3-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (500 mg, 2.13 mmol) in 4 mL of DMF was added sodium hydride (256 mg, 6.40 mmol) at 0° C., and stirred for 10 min. 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (432 mg, 3.20 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into ice cold water and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was crystallized in n-hexane to obtain 350 mg of 1-(8-chloro-2,3-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.47 (d, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 6.94 (m, 3H), 4.10 (dd, 2H), 3.65 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.36 (m, 1H), 1.62 (s, 3H), 1.07 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-147a-b.

Example 358 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-148 and II-148a-b

To a solution of 2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (700 mg, 3.5 mmol) in 3 mL of DMF was added sodium hydride at 0° C. and stirred for 10 min. 4-Chloro-3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (888 mg, 5.25 mmol) in 2 mL of DMF was added and allowed to stir at RT for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into ice cold water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), Dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure and crystallized in diethyl ether to get the desired compound (700 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 9.1 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 3.63 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.71 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-148a-b.

Example 359 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-149 and II-149a-d

9-Methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6,7-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (700 mg, 3.0 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (7 mL) and sodium hydride (360 mg, 9.0 mmol) was added portionwise at 0° C. and stirred for 10 min. 2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-2-methyl-oxirane (720 mg, 4.8 mmol) in 3 mL DMF was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cooled water and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (4×75 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by passing through a column of silica gel (100-200 mesh), using the eluent 5% MeOH in DCM to obtain 520 mg of 2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6,7-triaza cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.43 s (OH), 7.37 (t, 2H), 6.93 (t, 2H), 4.37 (d, 1H), 4.22 (d, 1H), 4.04 (t, 1H), 3.23 (dd, 1H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.3 (m, 1H), 1.84 (m, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-149a-d.

Example 360 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-150 and II-150a-d

2-(2,8-Dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol (350 mg, 1 mmol), formaldehyde (37%, 0.89 g, 10 mmol) and formic acid (922 mg, 20 mmol) was stirred at 100° C. for 12 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with DCM (2×25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×25 mL) dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product, which was subjected to preparative HPLC to obtain 25 mg of 2-(9-(hydroxymethyl)-2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.56 (d, 2H), 7.29 (d, 2H), 7.12 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 4.9 (dd, 1H), 4.79 (q, 2H), 4.13 (m, 2H), 3.78 (d, 1H), 3.72 (d, 1H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-150a-d.

Example 361 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-151 and II-151a-d

2,8-Dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-4-ol (500 mg, 2.314 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) was cooled to 0° C. NaH (0.462 mg, 11.57 mmol) was added portionwise and stirred for 5 min. 3-(2-Methyl-oxiranyl)-pyridine (620 mg, 4.629 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h. The reaction was quenched with ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to get 900 mg crude that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain the product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.57 (m, 2H), 8.48 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 6.78 (d, 1H), 6.64 (m, 1H), 5.72 (m, 1H), 4.66 (t, 2H), 4.45 (d, 1H), 4.30 (d, 1H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.87 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-151a-b.

Example 362 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-152 and II-152a-d

1,2,8-Trimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (500 mg, 2.3 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) was stirred at 0° C. for 5 min. NaH (279 mg, 6.97 mmol) was added slowly at 0° C. After 10 min. stirring, 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (630 mg, 4.6 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 18 h. The reaction mixture was poured in ice-cold water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (6×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain semi-solid residue that was washed with hexane (3×20 mL) to obtain 350 mg of product that was submitted to chiral reverse phase column chromatography. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, 1H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 4.16 (dd, 2H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 2.97 (m, 1H), 2.69 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H), 1.42 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-152a-d.

Example 363 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-153 and II-153a-b

1-(2,8-Dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol (1 g, 2.99 mmol) in formaldehyde (37%, 5.69 mL, 59.6 mmol) and formic acid (2.25 mL, 59.6 mmol) was stirred at 100° C. for 24 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product, which was subjected to preparative HPLC to obtain pure compound (100 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.7 (s, 1H), 8.5 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 4.80 (q, 2H), 4.19 (dd, 2H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-153a-b.

Example 364 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-154 and II-154a-b

1-(2,8-Dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol (1 g, 2.99 mmol) in formaldehyde (37%, 5.69 mL, 59.6 mmol) and formic acid (2.25 mL, 59.6 mmol) was stirred at 100° C. for 24 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product, which was subjected to preparative HPLC to obtain pure compound (100 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.7 (s, 1H), 8.42 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 6.9 b(s, 2H), 4.7 (s, 2H), 4.1 (q, 2H), 3.9 (s, 2H), 2.9 (m, 3H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.6 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-154a-b.

Example 365 Preparation of Compound No. II-209

2-(2,8-Dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanone (0.1 g, 0.313 mmol) in 6 mL of DCM was cooled to 0° C., DAST (0.062 mL, 0.47 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. After completion of the reaction, DCM (10 mL) was added, and the reaction was quenched with satd. NaHCO₃ solution. The organic layer was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative HPLC to afford 40 mg of the desired compound as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.61 (d, 2H), 7.15-7.2 (m, 3H), 6.83-6.95 (m, 2H), 4.5 (t, 2H), 3.6 (s, 2H), 2.78-2.63 (m, 2H), 2.6-2.45 (m, 5H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 366 Preparation of Compound No. II-210 and II-210a-b

To an ice-cooled stirred solution of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido(4,3-b)indol-5-yl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-propan-2-ol (500 mg, 1.418 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (DAST) (0.374 mL, 2.85 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The DCM layer was diluted and washed with aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (DMSO, oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.18 (m, 3H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.05 (m, 1H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.78 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.65 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-210a-b.

Example 367 Preparation of Compound No. II-211 and II-211a-b

To an ice-cooled stirred solution of 1-(8-chloro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-methylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)propan-2-ol (500 mg, 1.3 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was dropwise added DAST (443 mg, 2.6 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (50 mL), washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (3×30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified with reverse phase HPLC to yield 8-chloro-5-(2-fluoro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)propyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H-NMR (DMSO-d6, oxalate salt) δ (ppm): 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.40 (m, 3H), 7.18 (t, 2H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 3.05 (m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 1.65 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-211a-b.

Example 368 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-212 and II-212a-b

1-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol (500 mg, 1.492 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL DCM, cooled to 0° C. and diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (720 mg, 4.477 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added dropwise at the same temperature and stirred for 1 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated bicarbonate and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with bicarbonate and brine solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 60 mg of 5-(2-Fluoro-2-pyridin-3-yl-propyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.61 (s, 1H), 8.56 (d, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 3.8 (dd, 2H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.75 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-212a-b.

Example 369 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-213 and II-213a-b

1-(8-Hydroxymethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridin-3-yl-propan-2-ol (700 mg, 1.99 mmol) was dissolved in 70 mL DCM and cooled to 0° C. Diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (800 mg, 4.9 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added dropwise at the same temperature and stirred for 45 min. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated bicarbonate and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with water and brine solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 14 mg of [5-(2-fluoro-2-pyridin-3-yl-propyl)-2-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-8-yl]-methanol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.6 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.125 (m, 2H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 3.6 (q, 2H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.7 (dd, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 1.75 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-213a-b.

Example 370 Preparation of Compound No. II-215

To a stirred solution of 6,8,8-trimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-c′]dipyridine (75 mg, 0.348 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was added potassium hydroxide (156 mg, 2.784 mmol). After stirring for 10 min at RT, a solution of 2-(trifluoromethyl)-5-vinylpyridine (181 mg, 1.046 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirring continued at RT for 24 h and then at 80° C. for 48 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2×20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to afford crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.3 (d, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.9 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.2 (t, 1H), 4.6 (m, 3H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 3.5 (d, 2H), 3.38 (bs, 2H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 1.6 (s, 6H).

Example 371 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-220 and II-220a-b

2,7,8-Trimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (400 mg, 1.86 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (4 mL), cooled to 0° C. and sodium hydride (224 mg, 5.60 mmol) was added portionwise at the same temperature. 3-(2-methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (504 mg, 3.73 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and allowed to stir at RT for 12 h. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was poured in to ice water and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (3×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was crystallized with ether and hexane to obtain 400 mg 2-(pyridin-3-yl)-1-(2,7,8-trimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)propan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (DMSO, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.4 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 4.11 (dd, 2H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 2.53 (m, 2H), 2.44 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 6H), 1.5 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-220a-b.

Example 372 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-221 and II-221a-b

To a solution of 3-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridine-4-yl-propionitrile (50 mg, 0.1515 mmol) in anhydrous THF (4 mL) was added LiAlH₄ (17 mg, 0.4545 mmol) at 0° C. under nitrogen atmosphere. After the addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by LCMS. After completion of reaction, 0.5 mL of water was added dropwise and then 0.5 mL of NaOH solution to quench the excess LiAlH₄. The reaction mixture was evaporated and the crude product purified by preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.36 (d, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 6.72 b(s, 2H), 4.23 (m, 1H), 3.71 (dd, 1H), 3.59 (m, 3H), 3.15 (dd, 1H), 3.07 (dd, 1H), 2.77 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.1 (m, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-221a-b.

Example 373 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-222 and II-222a-b

4-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyricacidmethylester (1.5 g, 3.9 mmol) was dissolved in THF (50 mL) and cooled to −78° C., tert-butyl lithium (16% in pentane) (6 mL, 15.13 mmol) was added dropwise under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 90 min. After complete consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ammonium chloride solution and the reaction mixture was allowed to come to RT and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 1.7 g of crude 6-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2,2-dimethyl-5-pyridin-4-yl-hexan-3-one. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.41 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 6.93 (d, 2H), 4.25 (dd, 1H), 3.9 (t, 2H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.67 (dd, 1H), 2.87 (m, 3H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.1 (m, 1H), 1.21 s (9H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-222a-b.

Example 374 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-223 and II-223a-b

4-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-but-3-enoicacid methyl ester (100 mg, 0.266 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and 10% dry Pd/C (50 mg) was added and hydrogen gas was purged in to the reaction mixture at RT for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was recrystallized in ether-hexane to obtained 50 mg of 4-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyric acid methyl ester. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.47 (d, 2H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 3H), 4.22 (dd, 1H), 4.05 (dd, 1H), 3.7 (m, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.5 (dd, 1H), 2.74 (m, 3H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-223a-b.

Example 375 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-224 and II-224a-b

A solution of 4-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyric acid methyl ester (300 mg, 0.795 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of LiAlH₄ (93 mg, 2.37 mmol) in THF (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 30 min. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C. 0.2 mL of water and 0.2 mL of 15% NaOH solution was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to come to RT and diluted with THF and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the crude product was purified by passing through a column of silica gel (100-200 mesh) by using eluent 2% MeOH in DCM to obtain 69 mg of 4-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butan-1-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.48 (d, 2H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 2H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 4.2 (dd, 1H), 4.15 (dd, 1H), 3.64 (d, 1H), 3.56 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 3H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 1.94 (m, 2H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-224a-b.

Example 376 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-225 and II-225a-b

To a compound 3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)propanoic acid (250 mg, 0.7 mmol) in THF was added LiAlH₄ (81.6 mg, 2.1 mmol) and the resultant reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction was quenched by NaOH (0.5 mL), water (3 mL) at 0° C. and extracted with DCM (3×25 mL). The combined organic layer was dried on anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product, which was subjected to reverse phase HPLC to obtain pure compound (30 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.41 (d, 2H), 7.28 b(s, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 4.4 bs (OH), 4.3 (m, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 3.62 (d, 1H), 3.42 (m, 3H), 3.1 (dd, 1H), 2.7 (m, 3H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 2.43 (s, 6H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-225a-b.

Example 377 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-226 and II-226a-b

4-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyricacid methyl ester (400 mg, 1.06 mmol) was dissolved in THF (20 mL) and methyl magnesium chloride (3 M in THF) (2 mL, 6.3 mmol) was added dropwise under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 1 h. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ammonium chloride solution and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 400 mg crude of 5-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-methyl-4-pyridin-4-yl-pentan-2-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.43 (d, 2H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 6.99 (d, 3H), 4.3 (dd, 1H), 3.98 (d, 1H), 3.9 (dd, 1H), 3.8 (d, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.15 (dd, 1H), 2.84 (m, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.3 (dd, 1H), 1.85 (dd, 1H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-226a-b.

Example 378 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-227 and II-227a-d

6-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2,2-dimethyl-5-pyridin-4-yl-hexan-3-one (400 mg, 0.99 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (30 mL). Sodium borohydride (263 mg, 6.9 mmol) was added under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated at 60° C. for 8 h. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was concentrated and 2N HCl was added (pH-acidic) and extracted with DCM (2×200 mL) for removing impurities. The aqueous layer was basified with saturated bicarbonate and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 350 mg of 6-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2,2-dimethyl-5-pyridin-4-yl-hexan-3-ol. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.44 (d, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 4.25 (dd, 1H), 4.0 (dd, 1H), 3.64 (d, 1H), 3.51 (m, 2H), 2.88 (dd, 1H), 2.73 (t, 1H), 2.58 (m, 1H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 1H), 2.02 (t, 1H), 1.71 (t, 2H), 0.837 s (9H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers II-227a-b.

Example 379 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-229 and II-229a-b

4-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyric acid (175 mg, 0.482 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (5 mL), ammonium chloride (51 mg, 0.964 mmol), PYBOP (300 mg, 0.578 mmol) and triethylamine (0.69 mL, 4.82 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h. The reaction progress was monitored by LC-MS. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 45 mg of 4-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyramide as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.6 (d, 2H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 4.63 (t, 1H), 4.5 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 4.3 (dd, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 2.4 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-229a-b.

Example 380 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-230 and II-230a-b

4-(2,8-Dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyric acid (130 mg, 0.358 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (5 mL), dimethyl amine hydrochloride (57 mg, 0.716 mmol), PYBOP (223 mg, 0.429 mmol) and triethylamine (0.51 mL, 3.58 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h. The reaction progress was monitored by LC-MS. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 77 mg of 4-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-N,N-dimethyl-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyramide as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.56 (d, 2H), 7.28 (d, 2H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 4.63 (dd, 1H), 4.54 (dd, 1H), 4.39 (d, 1H), 4.37 (t, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 3.1 (s, 6H), 3.0 (d, 3H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 2.8 (d, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-230a-b.

Example 381 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-231 and II-231a-b

Methanesulfonic acid-4-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyl ester (200 mg, 0.468 mmol) in 10 mL of aqueous ammonia was heated at 100° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was dried and the crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 33 mg of 4-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butylamine as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 2H), 7.5 (m, 2H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.05 (t, 1H), 4.6 (d, 1H), 4.5 (d, 1H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 4.23 (t, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 1H), 3.08 (d, 3H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.2 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-231a-b.

Example 382 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-232 and II-232a-b

Methanesulfonic acid-4-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyl ester (200 mg, 0.468 mmol) in 10 mL of 40% aqueous dimethyl amine was heated at 100° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was dried and the crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 170 mg of [4-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-butyl]-dimethyl-amine as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.57 b(s, 2H), 7.65 (dd, 2H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 4.62 (m, 1H), 4.48 (m, 1H), 4.42 (m, 1H), 4.26 (t, 1H), 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 6H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 2.29 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-232a-b.

Example 383 Preparation of Compound No. II-240

Aza-methylcarboline (50 mg, 0.248 mmol), 4-vinylpyridine (49.6 mg, 0.472 mmol), tetrabutylammoniumbromide (79.8 mg, 0.248 mmol) were charged in 50% solution of sodium hydroxide (2 mL), and the reaction mixture was heated at 95° C. for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was monitored with TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×20 mL) and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The organic layer was concentrated and purified through reverse phase chromatography. Yield: 19.20 mg. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.38 (d, 2H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 3.8 (s, 2H), 3.15 (t, 2H), 3.0 (t, 2H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 384 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-241 and II-241a-b

Aza-carboline (100 mg, 0.53 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (8 mL). Sodium hydride (38 mg, 1.59 mmol) was added at 0-10° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 15 min. 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (254 mg, 2.12 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (4 mL) and solvent was evaporated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain 10 mg of product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.41 (d, 2H), 8.19 (d, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.06 (m, 1H), 5.04 (t, 1H), 4.6 (m, 1H), 4.33 (m, 2H), 3.76 (dd, 2H), 2.9 (m, 4H), 2.5 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-241a-b.

Example 385 Preparation of Compound No. II-242 and II-242a-b

Aza-carboline (300 mg, 1.60 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (8 mL). Sodium hydride (153 mg, 6.4 mmol) was added at 0-10° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 15 min., 4-(oxiran-2-yl)pyridine (769 mg, 6.41 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (4 mL) and solvent was evaporated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain 8 mg of product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.43 (d, 2H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.38 (d, 2H), 5.07 (t, 1H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 3.68 (s, 2H), 3.3 (s, 2H), 2.85 (m, 4H), 2.45 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-242a-b.

Example 386 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-243 and II-243a-b

5-[2-(9-Methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6,7-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid (400 mg, 1.063 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL DCM and cooled at 0° C. Oxalyl chloride (669 mg, 5.315 mmol) and catalytic amount of DMF was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated and aqueous ammonia was added at 0° C. The reaction mixture was warmed to RT and stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 2.5 mg of 5-[2-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6,7-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR TFA:—CD₃OD: 8.2 (s, 2H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.8 (s, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 5.0 (t, 1H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 3.62 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 3H), 2.8 (d, 1H), 2.63 (m, 2H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 2H), 2.1 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-243a-b.

Example 387 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-244 and II-244a-b

9-Methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6,7-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (250 mg, 1.10 mmol), 4-vinyl-pyridine (347 mg, 3.30 mmol), tetrabutyl ammonium bromide (355 mg, 1.10 mmol) were charged in a screw cap bottle and a 60% solution of sodium hydroxide (5 mL) was added and heated to 100° C. for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was diluted with 25 mL of water and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The resultant crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 85 mg of 9-methyl-6-(2-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl)-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6,7-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene as the formate salt (the product was a racemate which was purified by chiral prep HPLC to obtain product II-244a & product II-244b as the freebase). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.45 (d, 2H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, 2H), 4.5 (m, 1H), 4.42 (t, 1H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 3.26 (m, 2H), 3.16 (m, 5H), 2.81 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.1 (m, 2H), 1.9 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-244a-b.

Example 388 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-245 and II-245a-b

A suspension of azabicyclic carboline (0.2 g, 0.8 mmol), vinylpyrazine (0.375 g, 3.5 mmol), and tetrabutylammoniumbromide (0.855 g, 2.6 mmol) in 50% NaOH solution (2 mL) was heated at 100° C. for overnight. The reaction mixture diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), organic layer washed with water (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 2.4 mg of desired compound. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.48 (s, 1H), 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.1 (s, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 5.1 (m, 1H), 4.64 (t, 2H), 3.7 (m, 4H), 3.03 (t, 2H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.15 (m, 4H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-245a-b.

Example 389 Preparation of Compound No. II-246

To a solution of 7,10-dichloro-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydro-3-methylazepino[4,5-b]indole (200 mg, 0.746 mmol) in DMF (2 mL), sodium hydride (90 mg, 2.25 mmol) was added. After stirring at 60° C. for 30 min., 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (543 mg, 1.86 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 40 min. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the residue that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 7,10-dichloro-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydro-3-methyl-6-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl)azepino[4,5-b]indole. ¹H NMR TFA:—CD₃OD: 8.4 (s, 1H), 8.1 (d, 1H), 7.75 (d, 1H), 7.0 (q, 2H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 3H), 3.3 (m, 2H), 3.2 (t, 3H), 3.0 (s, 3H), 2.7 (s, 3H).

Example 390 Preparation of Compound No. II-247

To a solution of 9-bromo-6-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (500 mg, 1.67 mmol) in DMF (5 mL), sodium hydride (200 mg, 5.0 mmol) was added. After stirring at 60° C. for 30 min., 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.2 g, 4.2 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain the 9-bromo-6-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-5-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.39 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 7.66 (d, 1H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 4.67 (m, 4H), 3.7 (m, 2H), 3.27 (t, 2H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H).

Example 391 Preparation of Compound No. II-248

To a solution of 9-chloro-6-fluoro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (500 mg, 2.1 mmol) in DMF (5 mL), sodium hydride (252 mg, 6.3 mmol) was added. After stirring at 60° C. for 30 min., 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.5 g, 5.25 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain the 9-chloro-6-fluoro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-5-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA) δ (ppm): 8.37 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 7.02 (dd, 1H), 6.86 (t, 1H), 5.1 (m, 1H), 4.57 (t, 2H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.27 (m, 3H), 3.2 m (2,H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H).

Example 392 Preparation of Compound No. II-249

To a solution of 5,8-dichloro-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole (200 mg, 0.78 mmol) in DMF (2 mL), sodium hydride (94 mg, 2.36 mmol) was added. After stirring at 60° C. for 30 min., 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (572 mg, 1.96 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred at the same temperature for 40 min. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to get the residue that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain the 5,8-dichloro-2,3,4,9-tetrahydro-2-methyl-9-(2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl)-1H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 4.79 (t, 2H), 4.65 b(s, 1H), 3.62 b(s, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.25 (t, 2H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H).

Example 393 Preparation of Compound No. II-250

To a solution of 6,9-difluoro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (550 mg, 2.42 mmol) in DMF (3.5 mL) was added sodium hydride (300 mg, 7.4 mmol). After stirring at 60° C. for 30 min., 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.8 g, 6.1 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (540 mg, TFA salt). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.35 (s, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 7.73 (d, 1H), 6.7 (m, 2H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 4.57 (t, 2H), 4.5 (m, 1H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 2.69 (s, 3H).

Example 394 Preparation of Compound No. II-251

To a solution of 6,9-dibromo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (800 mg, 2.32 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (0.279 g, 6.9 mmol). After stirring at 60° C. for 30 min., 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.7 g, 5.8 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (460 mg, TFA salt). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, 1H), 7.72 (d, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 5.2 (m, 2H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 4H), 3.15 (s, 3H), 2.71 (s, 3H).

Example 395 Preparation of Compound No. II-252

To a solution of 6-bromo-9-chloro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (500 mg, 1.67 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added sodium hydride (120 mg, 5.0 mmol). After stirring at 60° C. for 30 min., 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.2 g, 4.19 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (279 mg, TFA salt). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.14 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 5.0 (m, 2H), 4.6 (m, 2H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.27 (t, 2H), 3.22 (t, 2H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 2.7 (s, 3H).

Example 396 Preparation of Compound No. II-253

To a solution of 6-chloro-9-fluoro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-methyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (500 mg, 2.1 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added sodium hydride (252 mg, 6.3 mmol). After stirring at 60° C. for 30 min., 2-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.5 g, 5.25 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, which was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC (463 mg, TFA salt). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.42 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.1 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (t, 1H), 4.8 (m, 2H), 4.5 (m, 2H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.3 (t, 2H), 3.2 (t, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.7 (s, 3H).

Example 397 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-255 and II-255a-b

3-(2,8-Dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-hydroxy-2-(pyridin-4-yl)propanenitrile.diHCl salt (500 mg, 1.19 mmol) was dissolved in 500 mL Ethanol. The solution was passed through H-Cube as condition 70 mbar at 70° C. (Ra/Ni as catalyst). The product formation observed by LCMS. The solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase column chromatography to obtain 1-amino-3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol (31 mg) as the TFA salt.

¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.61 (d, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 4.17 (dd, 2H), 3.68 (q, 2H), 3.2 (d, 1H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 2.76 (m, 3H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.43 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-255a-b.

Example 398 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-256 and II-256a-b

A solution of alcohol (2 g, 6.2 mmol) in THF (150 mL) was cooled at −78° C., NaH (0.3 g, 12.4 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 min. Methyl acrylate (2.1 g, 31.1 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h and at RT for further 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (60 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×60 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Sodium sulfate. Removal of solvent under reduced pressure gave crude product that was purified by column chromatography using neutral alumina and 1-2% MeOH-DCM system as eluent to give 0.8 g pure desired ester. To a solution of ester (0.2 g, 0.49 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added 1 N LiOH (1 mL) at RT and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness under reduce pressure to give crude product which was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give 108 mg pure product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA) δ (ppm): 8.66 (d, 2H), 7.8 (d, 2H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.0 & 6.9 (d, 1H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 4.7 (m, 1H), 4.4 (m, 3H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 2H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.24 (m, 4H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-256a-b.

Example 399 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-257 and II-257a-b

A mixture of 2,8-dimethyl-5-((2-(pyridin-3-yl)oxiran-2-yl)methyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.3 mmol) in 20% aq. TFA (2 mL) was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with EtOAc (2×30 mL) to remove the impurities. The aqueous layer was lyophilized to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 5 mg of 3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propane-1,2-diol as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA) δ (ppm): 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.6 (m, 2H), 7.83 (m, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 4.62 (d, 1H), 4.45 (dd, 2H), 4.3 (t, 1H), 4.05 (t, 1H), 3.8 (m, 2H), 3.5 (m, 3H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.3 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-257a-b.

Example 400 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-258 and II-258a-b

3-(2,8-Dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)propanoic acid (20 mg, 0.057 mmol) was charged in pyridine (0.5 mL) under nitrogen. DMAP (9.73 mg, 0.08 mmol) and (Boc)₂O (14 mg, 0.069 mmol) were added into it. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 30 min and allowed to come to RT. Tert-butanol (84.81 mg, 1.146 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. 1M citric acid (5 mL) was added and reaction mixture was then washed with DCM (5 mL). The organic layer was concentrated and the crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain tert-butyl 3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)propanoate (15.4 mg, TFA salt). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.49 (d, 2H), 7.53 (d, 2H), 7.3 (t, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 5.5 (m, 1H), 4.6 (t, 1H), 4.24 (t, 1H), 3.8 (m, 3H), 3.3 (m, 2H), 3.13 (d, 2H), 2.89 (m, 1H), 2.77 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 1.39 s (9H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-258a-b.

Example 401 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-259 and II-259a-b

2,8-Dimethyl-5-((2-(pyridin-4-yl)oxiran-2-yl)methyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.3 mmol) was added to 2M dimethyl amine solution in THF (5 mL) and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 60° C. overnight. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain a crude oily product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 5 mg of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-3-(dimethylamino)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)propan-2-ol as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.58 (d, 2H), 7.81 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.05 (m, 1H), 6.91 (m, 1H), 4.63 (m, 1H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.27 (d, 1H), 4.18 (m, 2H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.1 (s, 6H), 2.89 (m, 1H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-259a-b.

Example 402 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-260 and II-260a-b

Methanesulfonic acid 2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethylester (1.0 g, 3.5 mmol) was dissolved in 70% cyclopropylamine in water (50 mL) and heated at 90° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 300 mg of cyclopropyl-[2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethyl]-amine. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.52 (d, 2H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.13 (d, 2H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 4.22 (m, 2H), 3.98 (dd, 1H), 3.76 (d, 1H), 3.70 (d, 1H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.74 (m, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.36 (m, 2H), 0.33 (m, 2H), 0.23 (m, 2H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-260a-b.

Example 403 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-261 and II-261a-d

Methanesulfonicacid2-(9-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c] fluoren-6-yl)-1-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl ester (280 mg, 0.65 mmol) was dissolved in 3 mL DMF, sodium azide (64 mg, 0.98 mmol) was added and heated at 90° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was monitored by LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with water (3 mL) and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 60 mg of 6-(2-azido-2-pyrazin-2-yl-ethyl)-9-methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6-diaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.65 (d, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.09 (t, 1H), 5.1 (m, 1H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 4.6 (dd, 1H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 3.45 (m, 3H), 2.97 (m, 2H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.45 (d, 3H), 2.2 (m, 1H), 1.9 m (PH). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-261a-b.

Example 404 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-262 and II-262a-b

3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)propanenitrile (80 mg, 0.24 mmol) in conc. HCl (2 mL) was heated at 80° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain a residue that was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 5.3 mg of 3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)propanoic acid as the free base. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.1 (d, 2H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.6 (dd, 1H), 3.4 (m, 3H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.32 (m, 1H). Chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-262a and II-262b.

Example 405 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-263 and II-263a-b

To a solution of tert-butanol (4 mL) containing crushed KOH (20.36 mg, 0.363 mmol) was added 3-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-2-pyridine-4-yl-propionitrile (40 mg, 0.121 mmol) and the resultant reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 90 min. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After completion of the reaction, the tert-butanol was evaporated under vacuum and resultant reaction mixture was purified by preparative HPLC to obtain the desired compound (15 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase): 8.32 (d, 2H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 6.63 (d, 1H), 4.8 (d, 1H), 3.77 (m, 2H), 3.39 (t, 2H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.3 (m, 1H). Chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-263a and II-263b.

Example 406 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-264 and II-264a-b

2,8-Dimethyl-5-((2-(pyridin-3-yl)oxiran-2-yl)methyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (100 mg, 0.3 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and aq. ammonia (2 mL) and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 24 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to obtain a crude oily product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 7 mg of 1-amino-3-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol as TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.65 (m, 2H), 8.43 (dd, 1H), 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 6.88 (m, 2H), 4.67 (d, 1H), 4.55 (m, 2H), 4.29 (t, 1H), 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.69 (m, 1H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers II-264a-b.

Example 407 Preparation of Compound Nos. II-265 and II-265a-b

2,8-Dimethyl-5-((2-(pyridin-3-yl)oxiran-2-yl)methyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (200 mg, 0.6 mmol) was added to 2M dimethylamine solution in THF (5 mL) and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 40° C. overnight. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain a crude oily product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 50 mg of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-3-(dimethylamino)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, Free base) δ (ppm): 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, 1H), 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 3.83 (dd, 2H), 2.98 (m, 4H), 2.74 (d, 2H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 6H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers II-265a-b.

Example 408

Compounds III-1, III-53 and III-223-224 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2009/055828. Compounds III-2-3 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2009/120720. Compounds III-4-9 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2009/120717. Compounds III-10-46, III-209-220 and III-320-352 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2010/051503. Compounds III-47-51 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2010/127177. Compounds III-52 and III-225-253 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2010/019417. Compounds III-54-58, III-353-355 and III-357 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2011/038163. Compounds III-59-61, III-356 and III-358-361 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2011/038161. Compounds III-62-98, III-187-197 and III-256-258 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2011/038162. Compounds III-99-138, III-198-208, III-221 and III-289-319 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2011/038164.

Example 409

Compounds W-2, IV-4-7 and IV-10 were synthesized as described in PCT publication WO2011/038161. Compounds IV-1, IV-3, IV-9, IV-11-92, IV-94-208 and IV-211-244 can be synthesized using similar conditions to those described in both Examples 410-412 below, and in PCT publication WO2011/038161.

Example 410 Preparation of Compound Nos. IV-8 and IV-8a-b

To a solution of 10-methyl-1,2,3,4,5,6,7,11c-octahydro-4-a,7,8-triaza-benzo[c]fluorene (150 mg, 0.622 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) were added sodium hydride (75 mg, 1.86 mmol) and a solution of toluene-4-sulfonic acid 2-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-ethyl ester (544 mg, 1.86 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-cold water and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (5×25 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography to yield compound 8 (140 mg). This product was further purified by chiral preparative HPLC to give compounds 8a and 8b. Compound 8a: ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 3.28 (d, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3 (d, 1H), 1.9 (m, 1H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.5 (q, 2H). Compound 8b: ¹HNMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 3.28 (d, 1H), 3.08 (m, 1H), 3.0 (m, 4H), 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.5 (m, 1H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.3 (d, 1H), 1.9 (m, 1H), 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.5 (q, 2H).

Example 411 Preparation of Compound Nos. IV-209 and IV-209a-d

9-Methyl-2,3,4,5,6,10c-hexahydro-1H-3a,6,7-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluorene (600 mg, 2.643 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (18 mL), and cooled to 0° C. Potassium tert-butoxide (444 mg, 3.964 mmol) was added and stirred for 5 min. 4-Oxiranyl-pyridine (639 mg, 5.286 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 12 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (4×70 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product, which was purified by reverse phase chromatography to obtain 400 mg of 2-(9-Methyl-1,2,3,4,5,10c-hexahydro-3a,6,7-triaza-cyclopenta[c]fluoren-6-yl)-1-pyridin-4-yl-ethanol. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt) δ (ppm): 8.8 (d, 2H), 8.2 (d, 2H), 8.1 (s, 1H), 7.9 (s, 1H), 5.38 (m, 1H), 5.09 (t, 1H), 4.68 (dd, 2H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 3.75 (m, 4H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.2 (m, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers IV-209a-d.

Example 412 Preparation of Compound Nos. IV-210 and IV-210a-d

Chloroaza carboline (500 mg, 2.02 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (8 mL), sodium hydride (404 mg, 10.12 mmol) was added at 0-10° C. and stirred at the same temperature for 15 min. 3-(2-Methyloxiran-2-yl)pyridine (546 g, 4.04 mmol) was added dropwise into the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction was monitored by TLC and LCMS. After consumption of starting material, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (100 mL) and extract with EtOAc (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product, which was purified by crystallization using Diethyl ether to obtain 200 mg of product. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, HCl salt): 8.8 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 2H), 7.88 (s, 2H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 4.99 (m, 2H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.2 (m, 3H), 1.83 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers IV-210a-d.

Example 413

Compound Nos. V-4 to V-13, V-16 to V-17 and V-19 to V-20 can be synthesized using similar conditions to those described in Examples 414-422 below.

Example 414 Preparation of Compound Nos. V-1 and V-1a-b

To a solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethylpyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (900 mg, 2.18 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added sodium azide (212.5 mg, 3.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 5-(2-azido-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,8-dimethyl-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (650 mg). The resulting racemate was purified and resolved by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.8 (d, 2H), 8.0 (d, 2H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 5.45 (m, 1H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 4.59 (t, 1H), 4.4 (m, 2H), 3.9 (d, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H).

Example 415 Preparation of Compound Nos. V-2 and V-2a-b

To a solution of 2-(2,8-dimethyl-6-aza-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (300 mg, 0.724 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added sodium azide (70.65 mg, 1.08 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by NMR. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was thoroughly washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 9-(2-azido-2-(pyridin-4-yl)ethyl)-3,6-dimethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,3-b:4,5-e]dipyridine (160 mg). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.6 (d, 2H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.27 (d, 2H), 5.23 (m 1H), 4.37 (dd, 1H), 4.19 (m, 1H), 3.62 (dd, 2H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 2.82 m, 2H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided enantiomers V-2a-b.

Example 416 Preparation of Compound Nos. V-3 and V-3a-b

5-(2-Chloro-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole (crude) (700 mg) was dissolved in DMF (4 mL). Sodium azide (975 mg, 15 mmol) was added and reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water, basified with aqueous NaHCO₃ solution and was extracted with EtOAc (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (6×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 1 mg of 5-(2-azido-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propyl)-2,8-dimethyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indole as the TFA salt. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.56 (m, 2H), 8.11 (dd, 1H), 7.6 (t, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 6.85 (m, 2H), 4.67 (d, 1H), 4.47 (d, 1H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 3.84 (m, 1H), 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.34 (m, 1H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers V-3a-b.

Example 417 Preparation of Compound Nos. V-14 and V-14a-b

To a solution of 1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-ol (200 mg, 0.597 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added potassium carbonate (412 mg, 2.98 mmol). After stirring for 5 min at RT, ethyl bromoacetate (200 mg, 1.19 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, which was stirred at RT for 2 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was concentrated and residue was purified by reverse HPLC to yield 2-((1-(2,8-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5(2H)-yl)-2-(pyridin-3-yl)propan-2-yl)oxy)acetic acid (80 mg). The resulting racemate was purified and resolved by chiral preparative HPLC. ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.5 (d, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.8 (dd, 1H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.58 (s, 1H), 4.32 (d, 1H), 4.25 (m, 2H), 3.94 (m, 2H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.69 (s, 3H).

Example 418 Preparation of Compound Nos. V-15 and V-15a-d

Ethyl 2-(2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethoxy)acetate (170 mg, 0.392 mmol) in 2N LiOH solution (5 mL) was stirred at RT for 3 h. The desired product was detected by LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude product was purified by reverse phase chromatography to yield 2-(2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethoxy)acetic acid (13 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.45 (d, 2H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 5.09 (m, 2H), 4.6 (s, 1H), 4.45 (dd, 1H), 4.29 (m, 2H), 4.19 (m, 1H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 3.81 (d, 1H), 3.7 (t, 1H), 3.2 (d, 1H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 3.82 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.34 (m, 1H), 2.09 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers V-15a-d.

Example 419 Preparation of Compound Nos. V-18 and V-18a-d

2-(10-Methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethanol (350 mg, 1 mmol), succinic acid (118 mg, 1 mmol) and dimethylaminopyridine (122 mg, 1 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were stirred at RT. Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (206 mg, 1.6 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 4-(2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)-1-(pyridin-4-yl)ethoxy)-4-oxobutanoic acid (96 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 8.46 (d, 2H), 7.33 (d, 2H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.23 (s, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 6.07 (t, 1H), 4.8 (t, 2H), 4.5 (m, 2H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.0 (q, 2H), 2.7 (m, 1H), 2.54 (m, 2H), 2.39 (s, 3H), 2.37 (m, 1H), 2.1 (m, 4H). Separation by chiral HPLC provided diastereomers V-18a-d.

Example 420 Preparation of Compound Nos. V-21 and V-21a-b

To a solution of the mesylate compound (2 g, 4.46 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) was added sodium azide (435 mg, 6.69 mmol) and reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 1 h. The progress of reaction was monitored by NMR. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×150 mL). The organic layer was washed with water, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield 6-(2-azido-2-(2,4-difluorophenyl)ethyl)-3,9-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydroazepino[4,5-b]indole (1.6 g). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.4 (q, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 5.13 (dd, 1H), 4.26 (dd, 1H), 4.2 (dd, 1H), 2.9 (d, 1H), 2.93 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.83 m (4,H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 2.46 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers V-21a-b.

Example 421 Preparation of Compound Nos. V-22 and V-22a-b

Methanesulfonic acid-1-(6-carbamoyl-pyridin-3-yl)-2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-ethyl ester (300 mg, 0.678 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL DMF, and sodium azide (88 mg, 1.357 mmol) was added, and the mixture heated at 100° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture was monitored by LCMS. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to RT and diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with water (4×40 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase chromatography to yield 5-[1-azido-2-(2,8-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-pyrido[4,3-b]indol-5-yl)-ethyl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide (135 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, TFA salt) δ (ppm): 8.6 (dd, 1H), 8.1 (t, 1H), 7.9 (t, 1H), 7.33 (dd, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.06 (t, 1H), 5.3 (t, 1H), 4.7 (dd, 1H), 4.42 (dd, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 2H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 3.8 (m, 1H), 3.6 (m, 1H), 3.34 (dd, 1H), 3.1 (d, 3H), 2.4 (s, 3H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides enantiomers V-22a-b.

Example 422 Preparation of Compound Nos. V-23 and V-23a-d

A solution of 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-(10-methyl-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indol-7(11cH)-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (400 mg, 0.9 mmol) and sodium azide (88 mg, 1.3 mmol) in dimethylformamide (10 mL) was stirred at RT for 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ice cooled water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (5×50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to obtain the crude product that was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield 7-(2-azido-2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethyl)-10-methyl-2,3,5,6,7,11c-hexahydro-1H-indolizino[7,8-b]indole (25 mg). ¹H NMR (CD₃OD, freebase) δ (ppm): 7.32 (m, 3H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 5.09 (t, 1H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 4.32 (m, 2H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.3 (m, 1H), 3.1 (m, 1H), 3.0 (d, 1H), 2.8 (m, 1H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.18 (m, 2H), 2.0 (m, 1H). Separation by chiral HPLC provides diastereomers V-23a-d.

Example 423

Compounds II-266 to II-269 and II-271 to II-299 can be synthesized in an analogous fashion to other compounds described herein and by reference to the PCT publications listed in the General Methods above.

Example B1 Determination of the Ability of Compounds of the Invention to Bind an Adrenergic Receptor Adrenergic α_(2B)

To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of compounds of the invention, human recombinant adrenergic α_(2B) receptor expressed in Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) K₁ cells (Uhlen, S. et al, Eur. J. Pharmacol. 343(1):93, 1998) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 12.5 mM MgCl₂, 1 mM EDTA, 0.2% BSA) was used. Compounds of the invention were incubated with 2.5 nM [3H]Rauwolscine for 60 min at 25° C. Non-specific binding was estimated in the presence of 10 μM Prazosin. Receptor proteins were filtered and washed, the filters were then counted to determine [3H]Rauwolscine specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1 μM or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds of the invention were tested in this biochemical assay and percent inhibition of specific binding was determined. Biochemical assay results are presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding in Table B1.

Adrenergic α_(2A)

To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of compounds of the invention, human recombinant adrenergic α_(2A) receptor expressed in insect Sf9 cells (Uhlen, S. et al, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 271:1558, 1994) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 12.5 mM MgCl₂, 2 mM EDTA) was used. Compounds of invention were incubated with 1 nM [³H]MK-912 for 60 min at 25° C. MK912 is (2S-trans)-1,3,4,5′,6,6′,7,12b-octahydro-1′,3′-dimethyl-spiro[2H-benzofuro[2,3-a]quinolizine-2,4′(1′H)-pyrimidin]-2′(3′H)-one hydrochloride. Non-specific binding was estimated in the presence of 10 μM WB-4101 (2-(2,6-Dimethoxyphenoxyethyl)aminomethyl-1,4-benzodioxane hydrochloride). Receptor proteins were filtered and washed, the filters were then counted to determine [³H]MK-912 specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1 μM or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds of the invention were tested in this biochemical assay and percent inhibition of specific binding was determined. Biochemical assay results are presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding in Table B1.

Adrenergic α_(1B)

To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of compounds of the invention, rat adrenergic α_(1B) receptor obtained from Wistar Rat liver (Garcia-S′ainz, J. et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 186:760, 1992; Michel, A. et al, Br. J. Pharmacol. 98:883, 1989) in a modified Tris-HCl buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl buffer, pH 7.4, 0.5 mM EDTA) was used. Compounds of the invention were incubated with 0.25 nM [³H]Prazosin for 60 min at 25° C. Non-specific binding was estimated in the presence of 10 μM phentolamine. Receptor proteins were filtered and washed, the filters were then counted to determine [³H]Prazosin specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1 μM or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Compounds of the invention were tested in this biochemical assay and percent inhibition of specific binding was determined. Biochemical assay results are presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding in Table B1.

Adrenergic α_(1D)

To evaluate in radioligand binding assays the activity of compounds of the invention, human recombinant adrenergic α_(1D) receptor expressed in human embryonic kidney (HEK-293) cells (Kenny, B. et al, Br. J. Pharmacol. 115(6):981, 1995) in a 50 mM Tris-HCl buffer, pH 7.4, was used. Compounds were incubated with 0.6 nM [³H]Prazosin for 60 min at 25° C. Non-specific binding was estimated in the presence of 10 μM phentolamine. Receptor proteins were filtered and washed, the filters were then counted to determine [³H]Prazosin specifically bound. Compounds were screened at 1 μM or lower, using 1% DMSO as vehicle. Biochemical assay results are presented as the percent inhibition of specific binding in Table B1.

TABLE B1 Percentage inhibition of ligand binding to aminergic G protein- coupled receptors by compounds of the invention: Compound Adrenergic (0.1 μM)* Adrenergic (0.03 μM)* No. α_(1B) α_(1D) α_(2A) α_(2B) α_(1B) α_(1D) α_(2A) α_(2B)  1 32 16 6 74 — — — —  2 27, 28 13  4, 19 95 — — — 75  3 51, 54 12 12, 37 100, 103 24 — 4 99  3a 12, 44 — 16 62 18 — — 26, 30  3b 50, 55, 18 21, 22, — 27, 32, 34 — 1 100, 101, 57, 61 23, 25 102, 112  4 51, 60 12 12, 41 101 — — — 106  4a 52, 57 — 19, 24 104 25 — 5  99, 103  4b 58 — 7 — — — — 46  5 14, 21 4 13 96 — — — 100  5a 18 — 0 57 — — — 29, 38  5b 23, 30, 33 1 18, 21, 22 82, 100, 107 10, 11, 15 — 4, 6, 15 81, 86, 90, 100  6 8 — 2 — — — — 62  7 35 — 16 — — — — 59  7a 28 — 1 — — — — 59  7b 37 — 25 — — — — 74  8 58 — 23 — — — — 61  8a 39 — 15 — — — — 22  8b 61, 63 —  8, 12 78 24 — — 49  9 5 — −4 — — — — 36  9a 11 — 4 — — — — 23  9b 10 — 10 — — — — 50  10a 30 — 8 — — — — 34  10b 28 — 15 — — — — 91  11a 16 — −6 — — — — 28  11b 18 — 13 — — — — 64  12a 23 — 3 — — — — 24  12b 8 — 3 — — — — 21  13 83 — 18 — — — — 92  13a 75 — −2 — — — — 37  13b 91 — −2, 21 — 68 — — 100, 102  14a 43, 44 —  8, 26 — 17 — — 97, 98  14b 25 — −6 — — — — 14  15 93 — 19 — — — — 93  15a 81 — 6 — — — — 65  15b 89, 93 — 21, 24 — 73 — — 103  16a 47 — 9 — — — — 33  16b 16 — 2 — — — — 2  17 18 — 19 — — — — 37  17a 13 — 19 — — — — 32  17b 16 — 9 — — — — 20  18a 55 — 50 — — — — 54  18b 87 — 32 — — — — 61  19a 75 — 21 — — — — 75  19b 62 — 9 — — — — 27  20a 67 — 29 — — — — 28  20b 94 — 28 — — — — 36  21a 5 — −1 — — — — −2  21b −2 — −3 — — — — 1  22a 19 — 16 — — — — 22  22b 9 — 0 — — — — 30  23a −20 — 4 — — — — 6  23b 4 — 1 — — — — −3  24a 8 — 8 — — — — 63  24b 8 — 15 — — — — 29  25a 4 — 15 — — — — 54  25b 12 — 18 — — — — 75  26a 52, 61 — 23, 33 — 32 — 14 101, 107  26b 15 — 12 100 — — — 75, 88  26c 1 — 19 — — — — 1, 7  26d −2 — 0 — — — —  6, 11  27a 59, 64 —  2, 11 94 34 — — 76, 83  27b  6, 16 —  0, 18 48 — — — 30, 36  28a 41 — 28 — — — — 96  28b 20 — 24 — — — — 37  29 24 1 10 100 — — — —  29a 32, 38 — 35, 39 — 19 — 16  98, 100  29b 14 — 10 — — — — 46  30 86 49 63 91 — — — —  30a 57 — 19 — — — — 79  30b 89, 91 — 74, 75 — 68 — 42 100, 102  31a 25, 28 — 19, 27 — 16 — 11 93, 97  31b 3 — 14 — — — — 36  32 12 7 28 86 — — — —  33a −2 23 26 −3 — — — —  33b 0 14 −7 2 — — — —  34 30 2 28 38 — — — —  34a 11 19 29 20 — — — —  34b −2 13 3 1 — — — —  35a 9 6 20 62 — — — —  35b 5 −13 12 47 — — — —  36a 14 — 8 — — — — 33  36b 11 — 0 — — — — −1  37a −5 — 18 — — — — 2  37b −10 — −20 — — — — −3  37c 2 — 6 — — — — 0  37d 2 — 8 — — — — −3  38 20 — −1 — — — — 56  38a 11 — 14 — — — — 35  38b 20 — −1 — — — — 17  39 25 — 1 — — — — 89  39a 38, 33 — 13, 15 92 9 — 5 86  39b 24 — 1 — — — — 28  40a 2 — 7 — — — — 27  40b −2 — 13 — — — — 29  41 57 — 24 — — — — 45  41a 43 — −9 — — — — 14  41b 50 — 8 — — — — 50  42a 15 — 3 — — — — 29  42b 19 — 12 — — — — 34  43 21 — −1 — — — — 24  43a 33 — 9 — — — — 51  43b 46 — 13 — — — — 27  44 −3 — −1 — — — — 56  44a 12 — 11 — — — — 33  44b 18 — 1 — — — — 75  45a 23 — −4 — — — — 54  45b 24 — 16 — — — — 96  47a 58 — 10 — — — — 40  47b 70 — 41 — — — — 119  47c 6 — 4 — — — — 53  47d 5 — −3 — — — — 30  48a 16 — 12 — — — — 58  48b 14 — 17 — — — — 86  49a 4 — 1 — — — — 18  49b 5 — 6 — — — — 19  51 43 — 20 — — — — 82  51a 8 — 11 — — — — 21  51b 36 — 26 — — — — 90  52a 9 — 5 — — — — 21  52b 73 — 29 — — — — 93  53a 12 — 10 — — — — 37  53b 14 — 12 — — — — 85  54a 39 — 30 — — — — 105  54b 71 — 66 — — — — 106  55 37 — 13 — — — — 63  55a 28 — 11 — — — — 14  55b 57 — 7 — — — — 67  56a 1 — 11 — — — — 20  56b 6 — 17 — — — — 28  57a 3 — 22 — — — — 16  57b 9 — 24 — — — — 84  58 21 — −1 — — — — 26  58a 7 — 9 — — — — 5  58b 24 — 0 — — — — 39  59a 11 — 18 — — — — 15  59b 7 — 12 — — — — 31  60 65 35 26 93 — — — 66  61 60 37 30 85, 94 28 14 — 65, 80  62 16 — 1 — — — — 76  63a 10 — 16 — — — — 83  63b −5 — 3 — — — — 41  64 25 — 12 — — — — 62  65 −13 — −3 — — — — 64  66 48 — 15 — — — — 69  67 12 — −7 — — — — 17  68 2 — 1 — — — — 4  69a 4 — 11 — — — — 10  69b 8 — 7 — — — — 19  70 8 — 10 — — — — 26  71 11 — 11 — — — — 9  72 6 — −2 — — — — 12  73 17 — 15 — — — — 61  74 81 57 6 104 — — — —  74a 91, 96 61 22, 27 101 81 42 — 93  74b 28 — 14 — — — — 27  75a 61 — 11 — — — — 77  75b 16 — 5 — — — — 43  75c 59 — −2 — — — — 11  75d 26 — 49 — — — — 102  76a 78 — 21 — — — — 92  76b 71 — 18 — — — — 34  76c 33 — 5 — — — — 35  76d 51 — 40 — — — — 91  77 5, 6 10 −1, 22 91 — — — 84  78 11, 12 22 −7, 18 87 — — — 67  79 34 — 19 — — — — 77  80 49 — 12 — — — — 81  81 25 — 26 — — — — 96  82 16 — 5 — — — — 79  83  9, 15 13 21, 29 78 — — — 63  84 69 36 27 84 — — — —  85 26 17 12 60 −3 — — 40  86 62 62 27 77 — — — —  87 5 24 14 66 — — — —  88 10 36 2 90 — — — —  89 79 68 23 57, 79 — — — 25  90 57 20 22 91 — — — —  90a 74 — 71 — — — — 97  90b 81 — 82 — — — — 97  91 52, 53, 58 25, 30, 32 5 82, 83, 87 25, 28, 32 7, 11, 21 6 53, 56  92 77 46 30 77 — — — —  93 25 6 21 87 — — — —  93a 37 — 25, 36 — 13 — 14  63, 102  93b 1 — −5 — — — — 26  94 40 10 11 66 — — — —  95 52 29 9 105 — — — —  96 25 3 29 71 — — — —  97 3 −7 −12 88 — — — —  98 81, 83 31, 35 26, 32  96, 103 — — — —  99 69 34 29 85 — — — — 100 73 47 20 72 — — — — 101 61, 79 45, 48 14, 15 63, 76 — — — — 102 40 21 21 77 — — — — 103 49 20 19 80 — — — — 105 57 36 14 68 — — — — 106 65 45 6 79 — — — — 107 56 63 10 85 — — — — 108 42 21 20 88 — — — — 109 13 21 25 69 — — — — 110 5 35 27 62 — — — — 111 56 77 0 65 — — — — 112 44 40 26 79 — — — — 113 12 3 29 87 — — — — 114 15 15 21 58, 71 — — — 42 115 19 24 21 94 — — — — 116 23 26 22 75 — — — — 117 59 — 18 68 — — — — 118 35 7 19 60 — — — — 119 14 −6 14 60 — — — — 120 21, 22 14, 26 45, 48 55, 70 4 3 25 39 121 6 44 16 88 — — — — 122 51 84 13 96 — — — — 124 19 12 −2 63 — — — — 125 −3 1 −4 68 — — — — 126 30 46 12 82 — — — — 127a 26 — 9 74 — — — 43 127b 13 — 4 — — — — 1 128a 37, 45 — 31, 34 104 14 9 97, 100 128b 45 — 22 — — — — 54 129a 73 — 46 — — — — 86 129b 69 — 55 — — — — 89 129c 94, 96 — 29, 35 — 86 — 14 100 129d 94, 99 — 90, 96 — 93 — 87  97, 104 130a 66, 68 — 82, 89 107 32 — 56 100, 104 130b  8, 11 — 31, 44 93 2 — 13 89, 92 131a 24 — 10 — — — — 30 131b 36 — 11 90 — — — 53, 63 132 28 — 19 — — — — 91 133a 57 — 13 — — — — 52 133b 40, 42 — 34, 39 94 16 27 87, 88 134a 27 — 4 — — — — 42 134b 93, 95 — 23, 29 — 78 — — 102, 103 135a 60 — 4 — — — — 42 135b 30 — 22 — — — — 68 136a 54 — 16 — — — — 34 136b 90 — 21 — — — — 69 137a 94 — 19 — — — — 104 137b 23 — 6 — — — — 30 138a 61 — −8 — — — — 63 138b 22 — 4 — — — — 25 139 72 — −2 87 46 — — 59, 83 139a 17 — 16 — — — —  88, 101 139b 11 — 6 — — — — 59 140 37 — −2 — — — — 49 140a 59 — 11 — — — — 76 140b 18 — 3 52 141 23 — 5 — — — — 76 141a 25 — −5 — 70 141b 28 — 19 — 79, 86 142a 68 — 19 95 — — — 71 142b 83 — 63 — — — — 99 143a 43 — 19 — — — — 77 143b 17 — 0 — — — — 49 144a 57 — 1 — — — — 40 144b 53, 60, 66 — 3, 4 100, 102 28, 36 — — 83, 85, 87 145 49 — 6 — — — — 61 146a 41 — −1 — — — — 37 146b 11 — 21 — — — — 63 147 7 — 19 — — — —  91, 102 147a 33 — 3 — — — — 72 147b 82 — 36 — — — — 93 148a 23 — −5 — — — — 52 148b 71, 74 — 37 106 35 — — 105 148c 6 — −1 — — — — 16 148d 19 — −11 — — — — 11 149a 12 — −4 — — — — 16 149b 16 — 19 — — — — 32 150a 16 — 16 100 — — — 88, 96 150b 7 — 5 — — — — 9 151a 11 — 15 — — — — 93 151b 9 — 8 — — — — 37 152a 20 — 17 — — — — 20 152b 7 — 10 — — — — 19 153 17 — 6 — — — — 17 154 86 — 15 — — — — 58 154a 39 — 4 — — — — 31 154b 95 — 5 95 80 — — 80, 83 155 15 — 14 — — — — 36 155a 9 — −1 — — — — 10 155b 1 — 5 — — — — 5 156 21 — 1 — — — — 6 157 57 — 6 — — — — 43 158 8 — −1 — — — — 43 159a −2 — 10 — — — — 37 159b 53 — −12 — — — — 52 160a 35 — −12 — — — — 43 160b 65 — 5 — — — — 41 168 23 — 16 — — — — 32 169 2 — 15 — — — — 20 172a 54 — 18 — — — — 65 172b 92 — 46 — — — — 93 173a 5 — 15 82 — — — 61, 68 173b 8 — −2 — — — — 28 174a 13 — 22 86 — — — 62, 71 174b 11 — 6 — — — — 15 175a 11 — 11 90 — — — 69, 73 175b 4 — 7 — — — — 4 176a 79 — 32 105 52 — — 93, 98, 100 176b 41 — 12 — — — — 67 179 6 — 6 — — — — 8 180 87 74 95 99 70 — — 91 181 30 32 89 92 −4 — — 70 182 29 16 69 91 13 — — 83 183 71 36 93 80 50 — — 68 183a 77 — 56 — — — — 82 183b 93 — 93, 97 — — — 84 98 184 — — 93 — 60 24 — 95 185 86 58 62 94, 97 63 47 37 73, 77 186 53, 55 51, 55 54, 72 100, 101 24 31 53 94, 97 187 71 83 63, 84 84, 98 — — 41 78 188 60 48 66, 90 105 — — 35 — 189 31, 55 16 81, 86 104, 107 26 — 71 96 190 14, 15 31 70, 89 84, 99 9 — 49 88 191 10, 20 43 89, 98 89, 99 2 — 85 84 193 93 88 77 103 — — — — 193a 89 — 85 — — — — 98 193b 91 — 83 — — — — 104 194a 100 — 98 — — — — 106 194b 100 — 94 — — — — 103 196a 54.6 — 58, 71 — 30 — 37  93, 103 196b 37 — 19 — — — — −2 197a 82 — 31 — — — — 81 197b 96 — 56, 77 — 89 — 50 101, 105 198a 24 — 10 — — — — 47 198b 84 — 44 — — — — 103 199a 82 — 96 — — — — 94 199b 88 — 61 — — — — 27 200 83 69 92 — 63 — 81 — 201 50 18 67 36 22 — — 16 202 52 52 92 22 29 — — 7 203 71 47 88 41 37 — — 23 203a 76 — 71 — — — — 36 203b 47 — 31 — — — — 24 204 — — 87 107 — — — — 205 — — 69 70 — — — — 206 — — 86 102 46 42 — — 207 — — 90 106 49 39 — — 208 — — 101 97 60 41 — — 209 — — 80 84 — — — — 210 — — 88 63 — — — — 211 — — 88 108 63 44 — — 212 — — 66 64 — — — — 213 — — 98 68, 97 53 53 — 26 214 18 — 58, 64 80 — — 37 48 215 — — 97 102 — — — — 216 65 — 76, 98 103, 106 34, 47 38 58 98 217 62 — 74 102 — — — — 218 — — — — 79 60 85 110 219 — — — — — 3 69 — 221 65 16 56 80 — — — — 222 95 101 96 104 — — — — 223 21 — 69 — — — — 47 224 70 26 52 69 — — — — 225 27 12 75 80 — — — — 226 88 48 85 83 — — — — 227 21 −2 66 98 — — — — 228 64 19 77 42 — — — — 229 17 8 53 90 — — — — 230 94 58 87 93 — — — — 231 48 26 65 87 — — — — 232 87 43 87 102 — — — — 233 73 28 80 103 — — — — 235 48 11 80 96 — — — — 236 94 85 99 98 — — — — 237 80 52 98 99 — — — — 238 67 25 94 98 — — — — 239 19 −11 52 30 — — — — 240 74, 75 44, 47 82, 87 83, 97 — — — — 241 81, 82 47, 49 75, 78 91, 93 — — — — 242 53 37 50 98 — — — — 243 58 45 90, 98 105 — — 73 — 244 78 42 76 99 — — — — 245 69 35 65 96 — — — — 246 82 68 86 101 — — — — 247 95 81 96 89 — — — — 248 76 31 90 95 — — — — 249 95 82 98 98 — — — — 250 37 22 62 105 — — — — 251 89 53 85 101 — — — — 252 36 13 66 52 — — — — 253 54, 55 18, 24 44, 64 64, 86 — — — — 254a 75 36 58 85 — — — — 254b 63 22 57 79 — — — — 255 55 43 63 96 — — — — 256 47 23 55 58 — — — — 257 51 24 84 100 — — — — 258 93 74 94 99 — — — — 259 71 53 82 98 — — — — 260 45 26 54 92 — — — — 261 50 30 84 84 — — — — 262 52 35 87 74 — — — — 263 1 6 61 54 — — — — 264 79 46 81 82 — — — — 265 50 30 67 70 — — — — 266 63 72 62 92 — — — — 267 7 26 63 85 — — — — 268 57 39 90 94 — — — — 269 36 44 61 83 — — — — 270 50 66 96 76 — — — — 271 65 83 97 71 — — — — 272a 27 12 33 −10 — — — — 272b 30 36 68 72 — — — — 273 88 71 67 89 — — — — 274 28 25 68 27 — — — — 275 75 61 51 94 — — — — 276 86 81 71 101 — — — — 277 71 84 98 97 — — — — 278 62 44 93 98 — — — — 279 79 93 90 92 — — — — 280 76 65 97 98 — — — — 281 67 47 72 90 — — — — 282 33 30 75 101 — — — — 283 63 46 90 89 — — — — 284 83 81 97 76 — — — — 285 63 71 98 97 — — — — 286 26 19 80 60 — — — — 287 81 69 99 98 — — — — 288a 89 88 98 104 — — — — 288b 39 17 67 84 — — — — 289a 51 57 60 90 — — — — 289b 12 −2 53 54 — — — — 290 90 79 80 96 — — — — 291 88 85 102 105 — — — — 292 13 23 58 104 — — — — 293 73 82 96 93 — — — — 294 76 39 94 41 — — — — 295 15 7 69 79 — — — — 296 20 33 60 70 — — — — 297 69 36 50 46 — — — — 298 60 17 54 51 — — — — 299 78 47 52 54 — — — — 300 14 29 67 86 — — — — 301 29 36 87 84 — — — — 302 23 17 81 35 — — — — 303 16 51 62 71 — — — — 304 15 27 79 81 — — — — 305 20 41 93 79 — — — — 306 18 12 78 14 — — — — 307 93 81 93 98 — — — — 308 79 56 86 97 — — — — 309 23 40 57 37 — — — — 310 63 47 69 87 — — — — 311 87 79 91 97 — — — — 312 71 50 56 93 — — — — 313 92 53 73 73 — — — — 314 92 71 91 50 — — — — 315 4 3 59 48 — — — — 316 93 81 90 45 — — — — 317 89 71 61 7 — — — — 318 94 60 95 103 — — — — 319 13 8 63 4 — — — — 320 61 56 66 18 — — — — 321 94 66 59 90 — — — — 322 59 22 58 49 — — — — 323 85 69 92 95 — — — — 324 63 31 67 99 — — — — 325 −1 1 81, 84 −6 — — 53 — 326 33 35 51 93 — — — — 327 −5 4 58 −4 — — — — 328 95 80 76 93 — — — — 329 68 78 60 104 — — — — 330 98 72 58 99 — — — — 331 53 70 53 99 — — — — 332 41 51 94 86 — — — — 333 65 16 52 88 — — — — 334 91 72 55 82 — — — — 335 82 73 60 99 — — — — 336 98 — 66 — — — — 104 338 16 — 60 — — — — 102 339a 13 — 37 — — — — 86 339b 10 — 64 — — — — 87 II-1a 6 — 15 — — — — 14 II-1b −7 — 1 — — — — 32 II-2 74 — 49 — — — — 96 II-4a 72 — 35 — — — — 79 II-4b 98 — 57 — — — — 100 II-5 2 — 9 — — — — 4 II-6a 66 — 45 — — — — 85 II-6b 91 — 81 — — — — 102 II-7 95 — 52 — — — — 100 II-8 6 — 9 — — — — 70 II-9 30 — 7 — — — — 78 II-10 7 — 10 — — — — 47 II-11 63 — 25 — — — — 70 II-11a 9 — 22 — — — — 53 II-11b 76 — 43 — — — — 89 II-12 18 — 11 — — — — 65 II-12a 26 — 25 — — — — 89 II-12b 11 — 15 — — — — 65 II-13 9 — 9 — — — — 73 II-14a 30 — 34 — — — — 88 II-14b 8 — 17 — — — — 33 II-15a 61 — 7 — — — — 47 II-15b 5 — 18 — — — — 40 II-16a 20 — 11 — — — — 39 II-16b 32, 46 — 32 88 16 — — 65, 73 II-17 8 — 4 — — — — 7 II-18 −7 −9 14 −15 — — — II-19 8 — 8 — — — — 21 II-39 16 13 27 −14 — — — — II-40 — — 36 — — — — II-48 27 8 26 0 — — — — II-49a 47 — 34 — — — — 43 II-49b 69 — 18 — — — — 50 II-56 54 11 31 78 — — — — II-57a 20 — 22 — — — — 38 II-57b 31 — 31 — — — — 45 II-58 16 — 16 — — — — 58 II-60 11 — 9 — — — — 54 II-61 — — — 47 — — — — II-62 14 — 5 — — — — 37 II-63 55 — 39 — — — — 90 II-64 23 — −3 — — — — 54 II-65 10 — 12 — — — — 25 II-66 27 — 0 — — — — 46 II-67 7 — −11 — — — — 43 II-68 12 — 5 — — — — 17 II-69 45 — 11 — — — — 14 II-70 — — — 34 — — — — II-71 3 — −3 — — — — 11 II-72 30 — 25 — — — — 47 II-73 34 — 28 — — — — 33 II-74 11 — 10 — — — — 18 II-75 8 — 15 — — — — 35 II-76 — — — 103 — — — — II-77 54 66 43 108 — — — — II-78 −11 — 1 — — — — −9 II-79 7 — 0 — — — — 59 II-80 4 — 3 — — — — 9 II-81 −1 — 15 — — — — −9 II-82 13 23 45 48, 53 — — — 35 II-83 12 — 2 — — — — 24 II-84 2 — 11 — — — — −11 II-85 −7 — 15 — — — — −2 II-86 44 — 27 — — — — 35 II-87 11 — 1 — — — — 24 II-88 68 — −2 — — — — 48 II-89 13 — −5 — — — — 35 II-90 62 — 19 — — — — 55 II-91 16 — −2 — — — — 25 II-92 13 — 0 — — — — 25 II-93a 6 — 7 — — — — 24 II-93b 18 — 4 — — — — 56 II-94a 10 — 0 — — — — 8 II-94b 7 — −5 — — — — 24 II-95a 32 — 16 — — — — 53 II-95b −1 — −1 — — — — 12 II-96 39 31 49 95 — — — — II-97 −4 — 4 — — — — 24 II-98a 33 — 12 — — — — 10 II-98b 10 — 19 — — — — 5 II-99a 12 — 24 — — — — 49 II-99b 5 — 16 — — — — 7 II-100a 10 — 7 — — — — 12 II-100b 24 — 4 — — — — 1 II-102 2 — 10 — — — — 49 II-103 1 8 −5 35 — — — — II-104 3 — 10 — — — — 21 II-105 5 —  7, 18 27 — — — 5, 30 II-106a 25 — 18 — — — — 20 II-106b 31 — 8 — — — — 36 II-108a 13 — −2 — — — — 27 II-108b −2 — −6 — — — — 11 II-109a 27 — 2 — — — — 41 II-109b 5 — −10 — — — — 2 II-110 25, 36 17 1, 2 47 — — — 11 II-111 42 — 3 — — — — 35 II-112a 5 — 10 — — — — 36 II-112b 10 — 3 — — — — 31 II-113a 9 — −3 — — — — 39 II-113b 5 — 19 — — — — 38 II-114a 45 — 12 — — — — 40 II-114b 7 — −5 — — — — 40 II-116 4 — 3 — — — — 43 II-118a 18 — 3 — — — — 27 II-118b 11 — 5 — — — — −3 II-119 23 53 −4 27 — — — — II-120a 99 — 65 — — — — 101 II-120b 100 — 98 — — — — 98 II-121a 97, 98 — 91, 92 — 90 — 65 103, 104 II-121b 93, 96 — 80, 85 — 77 — 54 100, 103 II-122 −2 — −10 — — — — 47 II-123a 41 — 16 — — — — 62 II-123b 61 — 75 — — — — 93 II-124a −2 — 23 — — — — 26 II-124b 10 — 7 — — — — 18 II-125a 92 — 62 — — — — 100 II-125b  97, 102 — 97, 98 — 89 — 89 103, 106 II-125c 42 — 9 — — — — 67 II-125d 64 — 71 — — — — 88 II-126 −4 — 4 — — — — 4 II-127a 83 — 79 — — — — 105 II-127b 65 — 54 — — — — 104 II-128a 61 — 34 — — — — 97 II-128b 84, 86 — 74, 77 — 56 50 102, 106 II-129 2 — 12 — — — — 1 II-130 43 — 41 — — — — 97 II-130a 92 — 86 — — — — 103 II-130b 3 — 15 — — — — 33 II-131 90 — 85 — — — — 103 II-132a 33 — 8 — — — — 40 II-132b 68 — 22 — — — — 70 II-133 — — — −5 — — — — II-134a 86 — 19 — — — — 89 II-134b 65 — 6 — — — — 79 II-135a 48 — −3 — — — — 34 II-135b 60, 70 — 40 105 26 — — 103, 105 II-136a 60 — 7 — — — — 36 II-136b 31 — 5 — — — — 32 II-138 57 — 9 — — — — 77 II-139 34 — 7 — — — — 72 II-140 53 — 3 — — — — 72 II-141 7 — −2 — — — — 22 II-142 5 — −4 — — — — 23 II-143 13 — −3 — — — — 22 II-146a 23 — 47 — — — — 102 II-146b 13 — 5 — — — — 43 II-146c 17 — 8 — — — — 42 II-146d 13 — 3 — — — — 16 II-147a 32 — 57 — — — — 102 II-147b 20 — 15 — — — — 66 II-147c 7 — 3 — — — — 38 II-147d 10 — 4 — — — — 13 II-148 21 — 27 — — — — 93 II-149a 90 — 53 — — — — 104 II-149b 59 — 27 — — — — 96 II-149c 49 — 5 — — — — 41 II-149d 41 — 7 — — — — 44 II-150 14 — 5 — — — — 30 II-151a 11 — 1 — — — — 27 II-151b 13 — 11 — — — — 78 II-152a 19 — 9 — — — — 93 II-152b 2 — 6 — — — — 61 II-152c 6 — 1 — — — — 14 II-152d 5 — 8 — — — — 9 II-153 2 — 2 — — — — 7 II-154 2 — 11 — — — — 73 II-160  7, 14 15 17, 37 35 — — — 39 II-161 7 2 7 13 — — — — II-163 66 28 41 86 — — — — II-164 12 0 15 40 — — — — II-171 95 55 96 94 — — — — II-187 54 — 10 — — — — 27 II-212 29 — 19 — — — — 73 II-213 −3 — 12 — — — — 11 II-215 — — — −5 — — — — II-221 −1 — 10 — — — — 0 II-222 19 — 26 — — — — 99 II-223 9 — 8 — — — — 88 II-224 13 — 22 — — — — 68 II-225 9 — −1 — — — — 8 II-226 15 — 4 — — — — 40 II-227a 25 — 15 — — — — 86 II-227b 8 — 6 — — — — 18 II-227c 20 — 24 — — — — 94 II-227d 12 — 6 — — — — 26 II-228 −2 — 3 — — — — 10 II-229 3 — 6 — — — — 12 II-230 −2 — 1 — — — — 22 II-231 11 — 9 — — — — −2 II-232 3 — 3 — — — — 28 II-234 −8 −1 7 33 — — — — II-235 58 28 3 45 — — — — II-236 — — — −4 — — — — II-238 — — — 98 — — — — II-239 — — — 17 — — — — II-240 57 — 7 — — — — 53 II-241 5 — −1 — — — — −1 II-242 4 — 2 — — — — 3 II-243 91, 93 — 19 82 79 — — 58, 61 II-244a 95 — 22 — — — — 102 II-244b 12 — 2 — — — — 16 II-245 27 — 7 — — — — 44 II-246 −2 — 47 — — — — 5 II-247 3 — 83 — — — — 19 II-248 4 — 88 — — — — 5 II-249 6 — 74 — — — — 4 II-250 −5 — 57 — — — — 6 II-251 −7 — 81 — — — — −4 II-252 −1 — 91 — — — — 1 II-253 9 — 54 — — — — 16 II-261 71 — 70 — — — — 103 II-262 3 — 10 — — — — 11 II-263 2 — 10 — — — — 10 IV-2 — — — 50 — — — — IV-4 2 15 −3 56 — — — — IV-8a 49 — 7 — — — — 4 IV-8b 5 — 22 — — — — 3 IV-93a 7 — 18 — — — — 52 IV-93b 65 — −1 — — — — 44 IV-209a 89 — 6 — — — — 72 IV-209b 11 — 10 — — — — 13 IV-209c 98 — 59 — — — — 102 IV-209d 54 — 8 — — — — 79 IV-210a 70, 75 — 37 — 43 — — 101, 103 IV-210b 10 — 8 — — — — 29 IV-210c −4 — 1 — — — — 10 IV-210d 19 — 13 — — — — 87 V-1 15 — 35 — — — — 102 V-1a 20 — 36 — — — — 88 V-1b 57 — 29 — — — — 102 V-2 49 — 2 — — — — 61 V-3 22 — 40 — — — — 71 V-14a 0 — 18 — — — — 7 V-14b 2 — 3 — — — — 0 V-15 4 — 7 — — — — 20 V-18a 78 — 13 — — — — 57 V-18b 95 — 57 — — — — 98 V-21a 68 — 62 — — — — 98 V-21b 34 — 43 — — — — 93 V-22 28 — 18 — — — — 90 V-23 94 — 109 — — — — 105 *Where shown, some compounds were tested in repeat assays, each datapoint is shown.

TABLE B2 Ki values of compounds of the invention*: α_(1D) Compound No. α_(2B) (nM) α_(2A) (nM) α_(1B) (nM) (nM)  3 0.64 0.26 — —  3a 27.41 — — —  3b 0.26, 0.28, 0.46 139, 166, 222 51 258  4a 0.64 176 — —  5a 35 — — —  5b 0.95, 1.06, 4.53 152, 192, 195 184 —  8b 11.65 2104 — —  13b 0.62 199 — —  14a 1.92 123 — —  15b 0.64 112 — —  26a 0.56 113 — —  26b 3.06 — —  27a 4.32 1101 — —  27b 43.43 3713 — —  29a 1.09 77.23 — —  30b 1.13 14.25 — —  31a 1.58 167 — —  39a 2.50 1659 — —  74a 1.42 234 4.72 —  60 5.84 — — —  61 5.89 — — —  89 32 — — —  91 9.84, 10.68, 11.97 — — —  93a 1.14 90.50 — — 114 17.38 — — — 120 20.52 65.83 — — 127a 15.14 — — — 128a 0.97 98.62 — — 129c 0.77 88.55 — — 129d 0.35 1.87 — — 130a 1.66 6.91 — — 130b 2.52 72.60 — — 131b 7.95 — — — 133b 2.42 59.45 — — 134b 0.43 102 — — 139a 2.36 — — — 139 8.12 390 — — 141b 3.44 — — — 144b 1.70, 2.36 — — — 148b 0.43 — — — 147 1.49 — — — 150a 1.57 — — — 154b 3.33 — — — 173a 8.77 — — — 174a 7.91 — — — 175a 4.42 — — — 176a 0.53 — — — 183b — 2.72 — — 184 — 184 — — 185 3.80 20.97 — — 186 0.52 11.04 — — 187 4.43 17.89 — — 189 0.86 2.86 — — 190 2.26 12.83 — — 191 3.23 2.10 — — 196a 1.83 16.80 — — 197b 0.78 11.90 — — 200 — 1.63, 3.21 — — 204 — 2.48 — — 206 — 1.12, 6.79 — — 207 — 1.16 — — 213 26.30 — — — 214 12.91 22.67 — — 216 0.95 9.59 — — 243 — 3.86 — — 325 206 9.88 — — II-16b 5.58 — — — II-82 26.76 — — — II-105 152 — — — II-121a — 4.52 — — II-121b 0.22 9.18 — — II-125b 0.16 1.21 — — II-128b 0.49 13.07 — — II-135b 0.53 — — — II-243 9.44 — — — IV-210a 0.33 — — — V-1 0.51 — — — *Where shown, some compounds were tested in repeat assays, each datapoint is shown.

Example B2 Functional Activity on Recombinant Adrenergic α_(1B), Adrenergic α_(2A) Adrenergic α_(2B) and Adrenergic α_(1D) Receptors using Aequorin and GTPγS Functional Assays

To study the functional activity of compounds of the invention on the human recombinant adrenergic α_(2B), adrenergic α_(2A), adrenergic α_(1B) or adrenergic α_(1D) with Aequorin functional assays and on the human recombinant adrenergic α_(2B) receptor with GTPγS assay, CHO-K1 cell lines expressing adrenergic α_(2B), adrenergic α_(2A), adrenergic α_(1B) or adrenergic α_(1D) recombinant receptor, mitochondrial apoaequorin and Gα16 were used for the Aequorin assay. CHO-K1 cell line expressing the recombinant α_(2B) receptor was amplified to prepare membranes used for the GTPγS assay.

The following reference agonists were used as both the reference ligand in agonist mode and as the agonist that needs to be inhibited in antagonist mode.

α_(2A) Assay α_(1B) (aeq) α_(1D) (aeq) (aeq) α_(2B) (aeq) α_(2B) (GTPgS) Agonist Cirazoline Cirazoline UK Oxymetazoline Guanfacine ligand 14304

Aequorin Assay Procedure

Aequorin adrenergic α_(1B) (FAST-008A) (FIG. 5), adrenergic α_(2A) (FAST-006A) (FIG. 3) or adrenergic α_(2B) (FAST-007A) (FIGS. 1, 2, 3, 6) cells were grown 18 h prior to the test in media without antibiotics. They were then detached by gentle flushing with PBS-EDTA (5 mM EDTA), recovered by centrifugation and re-suspended in “assay buffer” (DMEM/HAM's F12 with HEPES+0.1% BSA protease free). Cells were incubated at RT for at least 4 h with Coelenterazine h (Molecular Probes). Dose response curves with reference compounds were performed before testing the compounds of the invention. The α_(1B) reference agonist and antagonist were cirazoline and qinazoline, respectively. The α_(2A) reference agonist and antagonist were UK14,304 and rauwolscine, respectively. The α_(2B) reference agonist and antagonist were oxymetazoline and rauwolscine, respectively.

For agonist testing, 50 μL of cell suspension were injected on 50 μL of test compound or reference agonist plated in a 96-well plate. The resulting emission of light was recorded using the Hamamatsu Functional Drug Screening System 6000 (FDSS 6000). For antagonist testing, following an incubation of 15 min. after the first injection, 100 μL of reference agonist at a concentration corresponding to its EC₈₀ was injected on the 100 μL of the mixture of cell suspension and test compound. The resulting emission of light was recorded using the same luminometer as for agonist testing. To standardize the emission of recorded light (determination of the “100% signal”) across plates and across different experiments, some of the wells contained 100 μM digitonin or a saturating concentration of ATP (20 μM). Plates also contained the reference agonist at a concentration equivalent to the EC₈₀ obtained during the test validation.

Agonist activity of test compound was expressed as a percentage of the activity of the reference agonist at its EC₁₀₀ concentration. Antagonist activity of test compound was expressed as a percentage of the inhibition of reference agonist activity at its EC₈₀ concentration.

Compounds were tested for agonist & antagonist activity at the human adrenergic α_(1B) (FAST-008A), adrenergic α_(2A) (FAST-006A) or adrenergic α_(2B) (FAST-007A) at the following nanomolar concentrations, in duplicate: Agonist (nM): 0.3, 1, 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 10000; Antagonist (nM): 0.15, 0.5, 1.5, 5, 15, 50, 150, 500, 1500, 5000.

GTPγS Assay Procedure: The procedure was carried out with the following: assay buffer [20 mM HEPES pH 7.4; 100 mM NaCl, 10 μg/mL saponin, 1 mM MgCl₂]; membranes [Recombinant CHO-K1-adrenergic α_(2B) membrane extracts thawed on ice and diluted in assay buffer to give 10 μg/well and kept on ice]; GDP [diluted in assay buffer to give 3 μM final concentration]; beads [PVT-WGA (Amersham, RPNQ0001), diluted in assay buffer at 0.5 mg/well]; GTPγ³⁵S [(PerkinElmer NEG030X), diluted in assay buffer to give 0.1 nM final concentration]; ligand [Guanfacine (Tocris, 1030) as reference agonist and Rauwolscine (Tocris, 891) as reference antagonist, diluted in assay buffer]. Membranes were mixed with GDP (volume:volume) and incubated for at least 15 min. on ice. In parallel, GTPγ[³⁵S] was mixed with the beads (volume:volume) just before starting the reaction.

For agonist testing, the following reagents were successively added in the wells of an Optiplate (Perkin Elmer): 50 μL of test or reference ligand, 20 μL of the membranes:GDP mix, 10 μL of assay buffer and 20 μL of the GTPγ[³⁵S]:beads mix. For antagonist testing, the following reagents were successively added in the wells of an Optiplate (Perkin Elmer): 50 μL of test or reference ligand, 20 μL of the membranes:GDP mix, and then after an incubation of 15 min. at RT, 10 μL of reference ligand at historical EC₈₀ concentration and 20 μL of the GTPγ[³⁵S]:beads mix.

The plates were covered with a top seal, mixed on an orbital shaker for 2 min, and then incubated for 1 h at RT. Then the plates were centrifuged for 10 min. at 2000 rpm, incubated at RT 4 h and counted for 1 min/well with a Perkin Elmer TopCount reader.

Compounds were tested for antagonist activity at the human adrenergic α_(2B) receptor (FAST-007G) (FIG. 4) at the following nanomolar concentrations, in duplicate: Agonist and antagonist (nM): 0.3, 1, 3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 10000.

Inverse Agonist Activity

SPA 35S-GTPgS and Radioligand Binding experiments were conducted with Euroscreen membrane preparations. Compound was tested for inverse agonist activity at the human Adrenergic a2A receptor using GTPg35S binding functional assay (FAST-006G) in dose-reponse and in duplicates. As shown in the FIG. 28, Compound No. 129d showed inverse agonist activity to adrenergic α_(2A) receptor.

Example B3 Cell Culture and Cell Viability Assay

SH-SY5Y cells cultured in DMEM/F12 media supplemented with 10% FBS are seeded in 96-well microplates at 150,000 cells/cm². After 24 h, cells are depleted from FBS and kept in culture for 24 h before the experiment. A stock solution is prepared by dissolving the calcium ionophore 4-Br-A23187 (Calbiochem Cat. No. 100107) in DMSO at 25 mM. Cells are then treated with 4-Br-A23187 (2 μM), hydrogen peroxide (300 μM) or the mitochondrial toxin rotenone (25 μM) in the presence of vehicle or Compound of the Invention for 24 h. Cell death is determined by measurements of LDH release according to the Cytotoxicity Detection KitPlus (Roche, Mannheim, Germany). Cell viability is determined by measuring the capacity of cells to metabolize MTS tetrazolium (MTS) according to the Cytotoxicity Detection KitPlus (Roche, Mannheim, Germany) and MTS reduction is assessed by the CellTiter 96® AQueous One Solution Cell Proliferation assay (Promega Corporation, Madison, Wis., USA). Compounds are screened at 10 nM, using DMSO as vehicle. Assay results for the experiments with Br-A23187 are presented as the MTS reduction capacity (cell viability) of untreated cells (control), 4-Br-A23187-treated cells (vehicle), and co-incubation of Br-A23187 with Compounds of the Invention treated cells and using p-trifluoromethoxyphenylhydrazone (FCCP) at 10 μM for 30 min as a control. This assay assesses the ability of the test compounds to protect against cell death that is mediated by mitochondrial dysfunction. In the assay, the calcium ionophore 4-Br-A23187 is used to challenge the cells, causing calcium levels to rise in mitochondria, which leads to depolarization and cell death. Test compounds are assessed for their ability to prevent cell death in response to challenge with 4-Br-A23187.

Example B4 Cell Culture and Cell Viability Assay

Cell Culture.

SH-SY5Y cells stably transfected with a doxycyline-inducible wild-type α-synuclein (α-syn) gene along with control SH-SY5Y cells over-expressing the β-galactosidase (13-gal) gene (a gift from L. Stefanis, Division of Basic Neurosciences, Biomedical Research Foundation of the Academy of Athens, Athens, Greece) are cultured as described by Vekrellis et al. (Vekrellis K, Xilouri M, Emmanouilidou E, Stefanis L. (2009). Inducible over-expression of a-syn in human neuronal cells leads to caspase-dependent non-apoptotic death. J. Neurochem. 109, 1348-1362). In accordance with this method, cells are cultured and maintained in RPMI 1640, 10% fetal bovine serum supplemented with 250 μg/mL G418 and 50 μg/mL Hygromycin B. Expression of cc syn is switched off in stock cultures with doxycycline (2 μg/mL). For experimental procedures, cells are plated at (4−8×10⁴ cells/cm²) and differentiated in absence of doxycycline and in the presence of 20 μM all-trans retinoic acid (RA) (Sigma, St Louis, Mo., USA).

Viability Assay

Cells are cultured in 96-well plates. After 24 h, cells are treated with RA and Compounds of Invention at 0.1 and 10 nM in the absence of doxycyline. Culture medium with RA and drugs is fully replaced after 7 days. Cell viability is measured by the release of lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) from necrotic cells into the culture medium and by measuring the capacity of cells to metabolize MTS tetrazolium (MTS) after 14 days in culture. LDH leakage is assessed according to the Cytotoxicity Detection KitPlus (Roche, Mannheim, Germany) and MTS reduction is assessed by the CellTiter 96® AQueous One Solution Cell Proliferation assay (Promega Corporation, Madison, Wis., USA).

Immunoblotting of α-synuclein and α-synuclein Aggregates

Cells stably expressing α-synuclein are cultured in 6-well plates at a density of 4×10⁴ cells/cm² cells per well. Cells are differentiated and treated with Compound of the Invention at 10 nM in absence of dox after 24 h of plating. Drug treatments are repeated after 7 days in freshly prepared medium containing RA. After 14 days, cells are washed twice with cold PBS and lysed in lysis buffer containing 1% Triton X-100, 20 mM HEPES, 150 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, 1 mM EGTA, 1.5 mM MgCl₂, 1 mM PMSF pH 7.4, and 1× protease inhibitor mixture (Roche, Mannheim, Germany). Lysates are homogenized and subjected to four successive freeze-thaw cycles to disrupt membranes. Triton soluble fractions and triton insoluble pellets are obtained by ultracentrifugation at 100,000×g for 30 min at 4° C. The concentration of protein in each fraction is determined by BCA assay (Thermo Scientific). Samples from total, soluble and triton insoluble fractions, are boiled in 1× sample buffer (20 mM Tris, 1% glycerol, 180 mM β-mercaptoethanol, 0.003% bromophenol blue, and 2% SDS, pH 6.8), loaded on 12% SDS-PAGE gels, and transferred to polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF) membranes (0.2 μM-pore immobilon Biorad). Membranes are blocked in 1×TBS-Tween (20 mM Tris, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, and 0.2% Tween 20) containing 5% milk for 1 h and incubated overnight at 4° C. with the following primary antibodies in blocking solution at the indicated dilutions: monoclonal anti-α-synuclein α-syn-1 (1:1000; BD Transduction Laboratories). (Perrin, R. J., Payton, J. E., Barnett, D. H., Wraight, C. L., Woods, W. S., Ye, L., and George, J. M. (2003). Epitope mapping and specificity of the anti-α-synuclein monoclonal antibody Syn-1 in mouse brain and cultured cell lines. Neurosci. Lett. 349, 133-135), and monoclonal vimentin (1:1000; BD PharMingen). Primary antibodies are detected with secondary anti-mouse antibodies conjugated to HRP (1:5000).

Isolation of RNA and RT-quantitative PCR (RT-qPCR)

SH-SYSY cells stably over-expressing α-syn are treated with Compound of the Invention (10 nM). Total RNA from these cells as well as control cells not treated with Compound is extracted using the E.Z.N.A RNA extraction Kit (OMEGAbiotek, Norcross, Ga.). 1 μg of RNA is reverse transcribed to cDNA using the M-Mulv reverse transcriptase enzyme (Promega Corporation, Madison, Wis., USA). RT-qPCR of cDNA templates is carried out using TAQMAN probes for human α-synuclein (Hs00240906_M1) and TAQMAN masterMix (Applied Biosystems) and a Mx3005P real-time PCR system (Agilent Technologies Inc., Santa Clara, Calif.). Levels of alpha-tubulin mRNA are used to normalize the amounts of total RNA between samples. Fold changes are calculated as described by (Pfaffl, M. W. (2001). A new mathematical model for relative quantification in real-time RT-PCR. Nucleic Acids Res 29, e45).

Example B5 Insulin Secretion Ability—In Vitro

Islet isolation and in-vitro insulin release from rat islets

Rat isolated pancreatic islets were prepared from rat pancreas by collagenase digestion. After digestion, islets were hand-picked and incubated in a humidified atmosphere with RPMI 1640 tissue culture medium supplemented with 10% (vol/vol) fetal bovine serum and penicillin/streptomycin [Carter J D, Dula S B, Corbin K L, Wu R, Nunemaker C S. (2009) “A practical guide to rodent islet isolation and assesment.” Biol. Proced. Online 11(1): 3-31]. In-vitro insulin secretion was measured in static incubations. Prior to experiments, islets were preincubated for 1 hour at 37° C. in a Krebs-Ringer bicarbonate buffer composed of 120 mM NaCl, 25 mM NaHCO₃, 5 mM KCl, 1 mM MgCl₂, 2.5 mM CaCl₂, 2.8 mM glucose and 0.5% bovine serum albumin. The medium was gassed with 100% CO₂ for 15 minutes to obtain constant pH. Next, groups of 15 islets were incubated in 1 mL for 60 minutes at 37° C. in Krebs-Ringer buffered solution supplemented with glucose (2.8 mM as low glucose or 20 mM as high glucose), Compound No. 129d, clonidine, yohimbine or norepinephrine as indicated. Immediately after incubation, an aliquot of the medium was removed for analysis of insulin content by ELISA (Mercodia). FIGS. 6 and 7 show a dose-proportional increase in insulin release in the presence of Compound No. 129d, in competition with either norepinephrine or clonidine.

Example B6 Insulin Secretion Ability—In Vitro

To demonstrate the insulin secretion ability and/or glucose lowering effect of an α_(2A) and α_(2B) mixed antagonist (e.g., Compound No. 129d), several animal models were used, including clonidine (an α_(2A) agonist) induced, norepinephrine (a natural ligand of a2A) induced, glucose induced, and spontaneous (no agonist) rat (nomal Wistar rats or spontaneously hypertensive rats with obesity (SHR.OB)) models of hyperglycemia and norepinephrine induced and spontaneous (no agonist) obese mouse (ob/ob) models of hyperglycemia. These models and their pathophysiology were reported in e.g., Kuhn C. M. et al., Pharmacol. Biochem. Behay. 26:491-495 (1987); Velliquette R. A. and Ernsberger P, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 306:646-657 (2003); Rosengren A. H., et al., Science, 327:217-220 (2010); Chen B., et al., Exp. Biol.Med., 236:309-414 (2011); and Saperstein R., et al., Metabolism, 39:445-451 (1990). To rule out the possible hypoglycemic effects, normoglycemic rats were used. Male or female 16 week old spontaneously hypertensive obese rats (SHR.OB), 10 week old male Wistar rats and 10 week old male ob/ob mice were utilized in these studies. Free access to standard lab chow and reverse osmosis (RO) water was supplied to all rats. All aspects of this work, including housing and feeding, experimentation and disposal of animals were performed in general accordance with the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (National Academy Press, Washington, D.C., 1996).

Effect of Compound No. 129d on Blood Glucose Levels in Clonidine Induced Rat Models of Hyperglycemia:

In separate studies, six hour fasted SHR.OB or Wistar rats were randomized according to their baseline blood glucose levels and divided into several groups with an “n” of 4 for group depending on the experimental design. All the experimental agents were dissolved in sterile saline or appropriate solvents and administered sub-cutaneously (SC), oral (PO) or intra-peritoneal (IP) as indicated. The vehicle group received saline alone via SC route. Test Compound No. 129d at doses of 0 (vehicle), 6 mg/kg and 18 mg/kg in SHR.OB rats; and 0 (vehicle), 5 mg/kg and 15 mg/kg to Wistar rats were administered via SC route at −30 minutes. Hyperglycemia was induced in both SHR.OB and Wistar rats with clonidine at a dose of 0.05 mg/kg via PO route at 0 min. At all the study points, blood glucose levels were measured by one touch glucose meter (Lifescan, Milpitas, Calif.). The tip of the tail was snipped by sharp scissors and gently squeezed for a drop of blood. The glucose strip was inserted in the slot of the hand-held glucose meter and a drop of blood was added to the strip. Within 20 seconds, the device determined the blood glucose levels. Blood glucose levels were recorded at −30, 0, 15, 30, 60 and 120 minutes. Results are shown in FIGS. 1 and 2.

Effect of Compound No. 129d on Blood Glucose and Serum Insulin Levels in Norepinephrine Induced Rat Models of Hyperglycemia:

All experimental conditions and experimental procedures are identical to that of clonidine induced rat models of hyperglycemia in SHR.OB and Wistar rats except norepinephrine was given in the place of clonidine at a dose of 1 mg/kg via IP route; and Compound No. 129d was tested at a single dose, 15 or 18 mg/kg via SC route; data on glucose are shown in FIGS. 3 and 4. In further studies, both blood glucose and serum insulin levels were measured in the same study at 10 or 30 mg/kg SC doses of Compound No. 129d; The results are shown in FIGS. 9 and 10 in SHR.OB rats (n=8 per/group) and in FIGS. 11 and 12 in Wistar rats (n=6/group).

Effect of Compound No. 129d on Blood Glucose and Serum Insulin Levels in Norepinephrine Induced ob/ob Mouse Model Hyperglycemia:

Studies with ob/ob mice, all experimental procedures are identical to that of norepinephrine induced rat models of hyperglycemia and Compound No. 129d was tested via SC route at a dose of 30 mg/kg. Data on blood glucose in FIG. 13 and serum insulin in FIG. 14 were presented. Number of mice used per group per time point are 3.

Effect of Compound No. 129d on Blood Glucose and Serum Insulin Levels in ob/ob Mouse Model Spontaneous Hyperglycemia with No Norephinephrine:

All experimental procedures are identical to that of studies conducted in ob/ob mice where norepinephrine was not given at 0 minutes; and Compound No. 129d at a dose of 30 mg/kg via SC route was dosed at −30 minutes. Data on blood glucose in FIG. 15 and serum insulin in FIG. 16 were reported. Number of mice used per group and each time point are 3.

Effect of Compound No. 129d on Blood Glucose and Serum Insulin Levels in Glucose Induced (Oral Glucose Tolerance Test—OGTT) Rat SHR.OB Model of Hyperglycemia:

All experimental procedures are identical to that of norepinephrine induced hyperglycemia in SHR.OB rats except glucose was given in the place of norepinephrine at 0 minutes at a dose of 6 g/kg via oral route as reported by Chen et al, Exp. Biol.Med., 236:309-414 (2011); and Compound No. 129d was tested via SC route at doses shown in FIG. 17 for blood glucose; and FIG. 18 for serum insulin. Number of rats used per group are 8.

When administered via SC route to SHR.OB or Wistar rats, Compound No. 129d markedly reduced blood glucose levels by 30 minutes after the clonidine or norepinephrine challenge and the effect was evident throughout the entire study period (FIGS. 1, 2, 3, 4, 9 and 11). Identical effects on blood glucose levels were found in norepinephrine induced hyperglycemic ob/ob mice (FIG. 13). These effects are dose-dependent and obvious. The glucose lowering effect of Compound No. 129d is robust in α_(2A) agonized SHR.OB rats, which is an animal model of metabolic syndrome, when compared to Wistar rats. In agreement with the reduction in blood glucose levels, 96d proportionally increased insulin secretion in all these models (FIGS. 10, 12 and 14). It also found that 129d lowers blood glucose levels even in the absence of norepinephrine where ob/ob mice are spontaneously (moderately) hyperglycemic (Fgiure 15); and it proportionally enhanced insulin secretions (FIG. 16). Intriguingly, Compound No. 129d promoted insulin secretions (FIG. 18) but not reduced blood glucose levels at higher dose (FIG. 17) in a OGTT test conducted in SHR.OB rats, suggesting that its role is obvious in insulin secretion but may not improve insulin sensitivity in this particular model.

Effect of Compound No. 129d on Blood Glucose Levels in Normoglycemic Rats:

In addition to the studies with rat models of hyperglycemia, the effect of Compound No. 129d at high dose (18 mg/kg, SC) on blood glucose levels was also tested in normoglycemic SHR.OB rats, which is an animal model of metabolic syndrome. This is to rule out possible hypoglycemic effects in normoglycemic rats. The experimental protocol in this study is identical to that of the other studies except that the rats are normoglycemic and did not get clonidine or norepinephrine at 0 minutes. Results are shown in FIG. 5, which illustrates that Compound No. 129d as a 18 mg/kg dose did not reduce blood glucose levels or cause hypoglycemia in normoglycemic rats.

Compound No. 129d markedly prevented clonidine/norepinephrine induced hyperglycemia, suggesting the compound can prevent or halt hepatic glucose production via blocking gluconeogenesis or glycogenolysis or both which is an extra-pancreatic effect.

Compound No. 129d potentiated nateglinide/meglitinides induced insulin release in pancreatic beta cell in-vitro model (FIG. 8). This discovery suggests that it may be used in combination with another anti-diabetic agent such as secretagogues, sensitizers or/and others agents.

Example B7 Bood Pressure Lowering Ability—In Vivo

To demonstrate the blood pressure lowering effect of an α_(2A) and α_(2B) mixed antagonist (e.g., Compound No. 129d), male spontaneously hypertensive rats (SHR) were used. SHR rats were anaesthetized with sodium pentobarbital (50 mg/kg IP). The left carotid artery cannulated with a polyethylene catheter (38 cm in length; PE60, Portex, Ltd.) connected with a polyurethane tubing (12 cm in length; PU-40, Cat. # BB520-40, Scientific Commodities, Inc.), which was tunneled under the skin and exited through the nape of the neck. The arterial cannula was connected to a pressure transducer through a swivel system, allowing free roaming during continuous recording of mean arterial pressure and heart rate. The animals were housed individually with food and water freely available during recovery. On the following day, the arterial cannula was connected via a Statham (P 23×L) pressure transducer to a NEC/San-Ei amplifier and data acquisition and analysis system (Power Lab 8/SP) for direct mean arterial pressure and heart rate measurements. To determine the effect of Compound No. 129d on systolic blood pressure, oral or i.v. bolus or i.v. escalating doses of compound administration in every 30 minutes was performed and systolic blood pressure was monitored at time points shown in the FIG. 19 (oral), FIG. 20 (i.v., bolus) and FIG. 21 (i.v., escalating dose). As shown in the FIG. 19, FIG. 20 and FIG. 21, baseline data was collected during 0 to 120 minutes time points; Compound No. 129d was dosed at 120 minutes; and compound effect was monitored from 120 minutes to 255 minutes.

When Compound No. 129d was tested oral (10 mg/kg) or i.v., bolus (1 mg/kg) or i.v., escalating doses (1, 3, 10 and 30 mg/kg/iv for every 30 minutes), its systolic blood pressure lowering effects are robust (FIG. 19, FIG. 20 and FIG. 21) which suggests that Compound No. 129d is a promising agent for the managmenet of a pathological condition where type-2 diabetes or obesity or metabolic syndrome is clustered with hypertension.

Example B8 Synergistic Studies with Other Secretagogue Drugs

Similar to the methods mentioned in the earlier section (Insulin Secreation Ability—in vitro), male Sprague Dawley rats were anesthetized with a mixture of ketamine and xilazine (1:1) and their abdominal walls were cut open. Ten milliliter Hank's buffer saline containing collagenase (2 mg/ml) was injected into the common bile duct of the rat. The pancreas swollen with the digestion solution was quickly excised and immersed into a plastic culture bottle with solution for 12 minutes-14 minutes incubation at 37° C. The digested suspension obtained was washed with Hank's buffer complement with 0.2% bovine serum albumin. Islets were obtained from a rat by gradient centrifugation (Histopaque-1077). After, islets were cultured for 24 hours in RPMI medium and collected for tests. Different scretagogue drugs like sulfonylureas (nateglinide, a meglitinide class) or sulfonylureas (glibenclamide, a second generation sulfonylureas or glimepiride, a third generation sulfonylurea) were tested with Compound No. 129d and found synergism (FIG. 8, FIG. 23 and FIG. 24).

Compound No. 129d Blocks pERK1/2

For Western blotting, whole-cell extracts, cells were washed with ice-cold PBS and lysate with lysis buffer and collected by scraping. The protein concentration was determined using a BCA Protein Assay Reagent Kit. Cell lysates containing 30 μg proteins were electrophoresed on 10% SDS-PAGE and then transferred onto a PVDF membrane. The membranes were rinsed with TBST, followed by incubation with p-ERK (mouse, 1/1000, SCBT) or ERK (rabbit, 1/1000, SCBT) for 2 or 1 hour, respectively, at room temperature. After being washed with TBST, the membranes were incubated with the anti-mouse or anti-rabbit, respectively, HRP antibody (1:5000; Rockland) for 1 hour. Immunoreactive bands were visualized by ECL Western blotting detection (PIERCE). As shown in the FIG. 25 (Westernblot), Compound No. 129d blocked pERK1/2 norepinephrine mediated effects in rat pancreatic islets.

Example B9 Human Clinical Studies

The compound is studied in a clinical trial of adult-onset type 2 diabetic patients whose blood glucose levels remain suboptimally controlled despite use of metformin. The study compares the active compound against a matched placebo with the primary objective of comparing mean hemoglobin A1c changes from baseline to the end of the study between the active compound and placebo.

All references throughout, such as publications, patents, patent applications and published patent applications, are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, it is apparent to those skilled in the art that certain minor changes and modifications will be practiced. Therefore, the description and examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. 

1. A method of regulating blood glucose levels in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound of the formula (A-III):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein: R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0; R^(2a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; R^(3a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; R^(4a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety; R^(5a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety; each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl; X is N or CR^(6a); t is 1, 2 or 3; each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H; halo; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond; R⁸ is H; halo; hydroxyl; N(R¹¹)R¹²; SR¹³, S(O)R₁₃; SO₂R¹³; —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; OC(O)-aryl; —OC(O)-heteroaryl; or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino; or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond; R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond; R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond; each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene; R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.
 2. The method of claim 1, wherein the method reduces blood glucose level in the individual.
 3. The method of claim 2, wherein the method reduces blood glucose level in the individual for a period of more than 0.5 hour following administration.
 4. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the method stabilizes of blood glucose level in the individual.
 5. A method of (i) increasing insulin secretion, and/or (ii) promoting insulin release into the blood stream, in an individual in need thereof comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound of the formula (A-III):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein: R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0; R^(2a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; R^(3a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; R^(4a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety; R^(5a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety; each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl; X is N or CR^(6a); t is 1, 2 or 3; each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H; halo; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond; R⁸ is H; halo; hydroxyl; N(R¹¹)R¹²; SR¹³, S(O)R₁₃; SO₂R¹³; —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; —OC(O)-aryl; —OC(O)-heteroaryl; or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino; or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond; R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond; R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond; each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene; R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.
 6. The method of claim 5, wherein the method increases insulin secretion.
 7. The method of claim 5, wherein the method promotes insulin release into the blood stream.
 8. The method of any one of claim 1 or 5, wherein the individual has a disease or condition that involves impaired insulin secretion.
 9. The method of any one of claim 1 or 5, wherein the individual has one or more risk factors for developing a disease or condition that involves impaired insulin secretion.
 10. The method of any one of claim 1 or 5, wherein the administration results in decrease of blood pressure in the individual.
 11. A method of treating a disease or condition that is responsive to an increase in insulin secretion, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the formula (A-III):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein: R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0; R^(2a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; R^(3a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; R^(4a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety; R^(5a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety; each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl; X is N or CR^(6a); t is 1, 2 or 3; each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H; halo; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond; R⁸ is H; halo; hydroxyl; N(R¹¹)R¹²; SR¹³, S(O)R₁₃; SO₂R¹³; —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; —OC(O)-aryl; —OC(O)-heteroaryl; or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino; or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond; R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond; R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond; each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene; R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.
 12. A method of delaying the onset of a disease or condition that is responsive to an increase in insulin secretion, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of the formula (A-III):

or a salt, solvate or N-oxide thereof, wherein: R¹ is H; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; or —C(O)O—C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R^(2a) or R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a) or R^(5a), where present, to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; each n and m is 1, or n is 0 and m is 1, or n is 1 and m is 0; R^(2a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(5a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; R^(3a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R¹ or R^(4a), where present, to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; R^(4a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(5a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety; R^(5a) is H; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a butylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R¹ to form an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety or a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(3a) to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety or an ethylene (—CH₂CH₂—) moiety; or is taken together with R^(4a), where present, to form a methylene (—CH₂—) moiety; each R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4b) and R^(5b) is independently H, optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₅ alkenyl, or optionally substituted aryl; X is N or CR^(6a); t is 1, 2 or 3; each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H; hydroxyl; halo; C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, carboxyl and perhaloalkyl; C₂-C₅ alkenyl; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkoxy; or optionally substituted —C(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H; halo; optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or optionally substituted aryl; or is taken together with R⁸ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R⁹ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond; R⁸ is H; halo; hydroxyl; N(R¹¹)R¹²; SR¹³, S(O)R₁₃; SO₂R¹³; —OC(O)N(R¹⁴)R¹⁵; —OC(O)-aryl; —OC(O)-heteroaryl; or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl optionally substituted with amino; or is taken together with R⁷ and the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a dioxolane ring or a carbonyl moiety; or is taken together with R¹⁰ to form a bond; R⁹ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁷ to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene when R⁸ and R¹⁰ are taken together to form a bond; R¹⁰ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or is taken together with R⁸ to form a bond; each R¹¹ and R¹² is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹¹ and R¹² are taken together to form C₃-C₅ alkylene; R¹³ is H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or R¹⁴ and R¹⁵ are taken together to form a C₃-C₅ alkylene; and Q is unsubstituted aryl; unsubstituted heteroaryl; aryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino; or heteroaryl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₃-C₈ cycloalkyl, C₁-C₅ alkoxy, C₃-C₈ cycloalkoxy, cyano, carboxyl, aminoacyl and acylamino.
 13. The method of claim 11 or 12, wherein the disease or condition is type 2 diabetes.
 14. The method of claim 13, wherein the individual is not responsive to standard treatment of type 2 diabetes.
 15. The method of claim 11 or 12, wherein the disease or condition is glucose intolerance.
 16. The method of claim 11 or 12, wherein the disease or condition is metabolic syndrome.
 17. The method of claim 11 or 12, further comprising administering to the individual in need thereof one or more anti-diabetic agents.
 18. The method of claim 17, wherein at least one of the anti-diabetic agents is an insulin sensitizer.
 19. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; and each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl.
 20. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein X is N.
 21. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein R¹ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl.
 22. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl.
 23. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl.
 24. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, and R⁸ is hydroxyl.
 25. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein R⁷ is H, R⁸ is hydroxyl, n is zero and m is
 1. 26. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein R⁷ is methyl, R⁸ is hydroxyl, n is zero and m is
 1. 27. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein Q is: unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; unsubstituted imidazolyl; unsubstituted triazolyl; pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; pyrimidyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; pyrazinyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; phenyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; imidazolyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl; or triazolyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected form the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.
 28. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein: X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is hydrogen; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; or pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.
 29. The method of claim 28, wherein n is 0 and m is 1; R⁷ is H or CH₃; and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl.
 30. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein: X is N; R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is hydrogen; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; or pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.
 31. The method of claim 30, wherein n is 0 and m is 1; R⁷ is H or CH₃; and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl.
 32. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein: n is 0 and m is 1; R¹ is taken together with R^(2a) to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety; X is CR^(6a), wherein R^(6a) is H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H or C₁-C₅ alkyl, R⁸ is H, hydroxyl, N(R¹¹)R¹² or —OC(O)C₁-C₅ alkyl; each R⁹ and R¹⁰ is hydrogen; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl; or pyridyl substituted with 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C₁-C₅ alkyl, halo-substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl, carboxyl and —C(O)NR¹⁶R¹⁷, wherein each R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is independently H or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl.
 33. The method of claim 32, wherein R⁷ is H or CH₃; and R⁸ is H or hydroxyl.
 34. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein the compound is Compound No. 325, 129d, 130a, II-121b, II-123b, II-127a, II-128b, II-130a, II-131, and II-6b.
 35. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein: n is 0 and m is 1; each of R^(2b), R^(3b), R^(4a) and R^(4b) is H; t is
 1. 36. The method of claim 35, wherein X is CH.
 37. The method of claim 35, wherein X is N.
 38. The method of claim 35, wherein R¹ is H or CH₃.
 39. The method of claim 35, wherein R^(2a) is H or is taken together with R¹ to form a propylene (—CH₂CH₂CH₂—) moiety.
 40. The method of claim 35, wherein each R⁶ and R^(6a) is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl.
 41. The method of claim 35, wherein R⁷ is H or CH₃.
 42. The method of claim 35, wherein R⁸ is hydroxyl.
 43. The method of claim 35, wherein Q is: unsubstituted pyridyl; unsubstituted pyrimidyl; unsubstituted pyrazinyl; unsubstituted phenyl; unsubstituted imidazolyl; unsubstituted triazolyl; pyridyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrimidyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; pyrazinyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃; or phenyl substituted with halo, CH₃, CF₃, CONH₂, OH, or OCH₃.
 44. The method of claim 35, wherein: X is CH; each R⁶ is independently H, halo or C₁-C₅ alkyl; R⁷ is H or CH₃; R⁸ is hydroxyl; and Q is unsubstituted pyridyl, or pyridyl substituted with H, halo, CH₃, CF₃, or OCH₃.
 45. The method of claim 35, wherein the compound is Compound No. 325, 129d, 130a, II-121b, II-127a, II-128b, II-130a, II-131, and II-6b.
 46. The method of any one of claims 1, 5, 11 and 12, wherein the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2A) and, wherein the compound either (a) also binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) or (b) the compound is not an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and the compound is administered in conjunction with a second agent that reduces blood pressure in the individual.
 47. The method of claim 46, wherein the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B).
 48. The method of claim 46, wherein the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B).
 49. The method of claim 47, wherein the compound binds to and is an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(1B).
 50. The method of claim 46, wherein the compound is not an antagonist of the adrenergic receptor α_(2B) and the compound is administered in conjunction with a diuretic, an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, an angiotensin-2 receptor antagonist, a beta blocker, a calcium channel blocker, or any combination thereof. 